Owner's Manual for HYUNDAI models including: 2020, Ioniq Hybrid Car, 2020 Ioniq Hybrid Car
your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner
your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle. This manual contains important safety ...
OWNER'S MANUAL
Operation Maintenance Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, HYUNDAI Auto Canada Corp. reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.
* Trademarks and tradenames owned in Canada by HYUNDAI Auto Canada Corp. which carries on business as HYUNDAI Auto Canada.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI
Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the Department of Transportation and other government agencies in your country.
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
F2
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE. These titles indicate the following:
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
F3
INTRODUCTION
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive HYUNDAIs. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI we build. Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar with your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle. This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's controls and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle. This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required. This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety and maintenance information.
HYUNDAI AUTO CANADA
CAUTION
Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-7 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
Copyright 2019, HYUNDAI Auto Canada Corp. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written permission of HYUNDAI Auto Canada Corp. All trademarks and tradenames owned in Canada by HYUNDAI Auto Canada Corp.
F4
GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS
1. What are HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the same parts used by HYUNDAI Motor Company to manufacture vehicles. They are designed and tested for the optimum safety, performance, and reliability for our customers.
2. Why should you use genuine parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing requirements. Damage caused by using imitation, counterfeit or used salvage parts is not covered under the HYUNDAI New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other HYUNDAI warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts caused by the installation or failure of an imitation, counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by any HYUNDAI Warranty.
3. How can you tell if you are purchasing HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine Parts Logo on the package (see below).
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts exported are packaged with labels written only in English.
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only sold through authorized HYUNDAI Dealerships.
F5
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can assist you in many ways. To gain an overview of the contents of your Owner's Manual, use the Table of Contents in the front of the manual. The first page of each Chapter includes a detailed Table of Contents of the topics in that Chapter.
To quickly locate information about your vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in this manual and the page number where it can be found.
For your convenience, we have incorporated tabs on the right-hand page edges. These tabs are coded with the Chapter titles to assist you with navigating through the manual.
SAFETY MESSAGES
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner's Manual provides you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well as damage to your vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.
Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION.
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
F6
Introduction
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.
Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not use methanol blended fuels)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine and engine components, never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified.
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for additional information.
WARNING
· Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling.
· Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.
Gasoline containing alcohol or methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For example, "E15" is a gasohol comprised of 15% ethanol and 85% gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur.
F7
Introduction
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not compatible with your vehicle. Use of "E85" may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system. HYUNDAI recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 15 percent.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system:
· Never use gasohol which contains methanol.
· Never use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol.
· Never use leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
· Never use "E85" fuel.
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use of "E85" fuel.
Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives)
Using fuel additives such as:
- Silicone fuel additive
- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
- Other metallic-based fuel additives
may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to the catalyst, or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine resulting in a reduction in the overall life of the powertrain.
- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels or fuel additives may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
HYUNDAI does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission control system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on.
Detergent Fuel Additives
HYUNDAI recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System. For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website (www.toptiergas.com).
F8
Introduction
For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, detergent-based fuel additives that you can purchase separately may be added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months is recommended.
Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to:
· Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
· Determine that acceptable fuel is available.
VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS
· This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty.
· If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.
VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS
By following a few simple precautions for the first 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
· Do not race the engine.
· While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute) between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
· Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
· Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.
F9
Introduction
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
· How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
· Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/ fastened;
· How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
· How fast the vehicle was traveling.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
F10
Your Vehicle at a Glance
1
Safety System of Your Vehicle
2
Convenient Features of Your Vehicle
3
Infotainment System
4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Driving Your Vehicle
5
What to Do in an Emergency
6
Maintenance
7
Specifications
8
Index
I
Hybrid System Overview
HEV (Hybrid Electric Vehicle) System..................H2 Hybrid Vehicle......................................................................H2
PHEV (Plug-in Electric Vehicle) System..............H3 Plug-in Hybrid Vehicle.......................................................H3
Charging the Plug-in Hybrid Vehicle....................H4 Charging Information .........................................................H4 Charging Types ....................................................................H4 Charging Time Information...............................................H4 Charging Status ...................................................................H5 Charging Connector AUTO/LOCK Mode .......................H6 Scheduled Charging............................................................H7 Charging Precautions.........................................................H8 AC Charge .............................................................................H9 Trickle Charge....................................................................H15 Action to be taken when charging stops abruptly...H27
Driving the Hybrid/Plug-in Hybrid Vehicle .......H28 Starting the Vehicle..........................................................H28 Special Features................................................................H29 Hybrid System Gauge ......................................................H31 Plug-in Hybrid Mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)..........H32 Aux. Battery Saver+ (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) ...........H33 Warning and Indicator Lights ........................................H35 LCD Display Messages.....................................................H36 Energy flow........................................................................H45
Safety Precautions for Hybrid System ..............H49 High Voltage Battery System.........................................H49 Safety Plug.........................................................................H52 High Voltage Battery Cooling Duct ..............................H53 If an Accident Occurs ......................................................H54 When the Hybrid Vehicle Shuts Off ............................H55
HEV (HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM
Hybrid Vehicle
The HYUNDAI Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) uses both the gasoline engine and the electric motor for power. The electric motor is run by a high-voltage HEV battery. Depending on the driving conditions, the HEV computer selectively operates between the engine and the electric motor or even both at the same time. Fuel efficiency increases when the engine is off at idle, or when the vehicle is driven by the electric motor with the HEV battery. The HEV battery charge must be maintained, so at times the engine will come on even at idle to act as a generator. Charging also occurs when decelerating or by regenerative braking.
Electric motor
Electric motor + Engine
Startup/Low speed cruise
Acceleration
Engine High speed cruise
Charging Deceleration
Engine OFF Stop
OAE056066
H2
PHEV (PLUG-IN ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM
Plug-in Hybrid Vehicle
The HYUNDAI Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV) shares the characteristics of both a conventional hybrid electric vehicle and an all-electric vehicle. When used as a conventional hybrid electric vehicle, the HEV computer selectively operates between the engine and the electric motor or even both at the same time. When it is operating in the electric vehicle mode, the vehicle is driven only using the electric motor over a certain distance until the hybrid battery becomes low. The driving distance in EV mode depends on customer driving style and road conditions. Aggressive driving maneuvers may at times temporarily enable the engine to operate for maximum power. The hybrid battery can be fully charged by connecting a plug to an external electric power source.
CD (Charge Depleting) Mode
Electric Vehicle Mode
Electric motor
CS (Charge Sustaining) Mode
Motor
Engine+Motor Engine+Motor
Startup/Low speed Acceleration
High speed
Charging
Deceleration
Charging Battery charging
6 External charging
OAEPH057200L
H3
CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE
Charging Information · AC Charge :
The plug-in hybrid vehicle is charged by plugging into a AC charger installed in your home or a public charging station. (For further details, refer to the 'AC Charge'.)
Charging Types
· Trickle Charge :
The plug-in hybrid vehicle can be charged by using household electricity. The electrical outlet in your home must comply with regulations and can safely accommodate the Voltage / Current (Amps) / Power (Watts) ratings specified on the portable charge.
Charging Time Information
· AC Charge : Takes approximately 2 hours 15 minutes at room temperature. (Can be charged to 100%.)
· Trickle Charge : For charging at home. Please note that Trickle Charger is slower than the AC Charger
Category
Charging Inlet (Vehicle)
Charging Connector Charging Outlet
How to Charge
Charging Time
AC Charge
Use AC charger installed in homes or public charging station
Approx. 2 hours 15 minutes (to fully charge, 100%)
OAEEQ016020
OLFP0Q5006K
OLFP0Q4057N
Trickle Charge
OAEEQ016020
OLFP0Q5006K
Use household current
OAEEQ016024
For charging at home. Please note that Trickle Charger is slower than the AC Charger.
· Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the high voltage battery may vary.
· Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer.
H4
Charging Status
OAEEQ016025
When charging the high voltage battery, the charge level can be checked from outside the vehicle.
Operation of Charging Indicator Lamp
(1)
(2)
(3)
(OFF)
(OFF)
(OFF)
Blink
(OFF)
(OFF)
(ON)
Blink
(OFF)
(ON)
(ON)
Blink
(ON)
(ON)
(ON)
Blink
Blink
Blink
(OFF)
(OFF)
Blink
(OFF)
Blink
(OFF)
Details
Not Charged
0~33%
Charging
34~66%
67~99%
Fully charged (100%)(turns OFF in 5 seconds)
Error while charging
Charging the 12 V auxiliary battery (Aux. Battery Saver+)
- Reserved charging is operating (turns OFF after 3 minutes)
- Charging is temporarily interrupted (e.g. power failure)
H5
CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
Charging Connector AUTO / LOCK Mode
A
B
OAEPHQ019059N
[A]: LOCK mode [B]: AUTO mode
You may select when the charging connector can be locked and unlocked in the charging inlet.
Press the
button to change
between AUTO mode and LOCK
mode.
When the Charging Connector is Locked
Before charging While charging Finished charging
LOCK O O O
AUTO X O X
· LOCK mode (button indicator off) :
The connector locks when the charging connector is plugged into the charging inlet. The connector is locked until all doors are unlocked by the driver. This mode can be used to prevent charging cable theft.
- If the charging connector is unlocked when all doors are unlocked, but the charging cable is not disconnected within 15 seconds, the connector will be automatically locked again.
- If the charging connector is unlocked when all doors are unlocked, but all doors are locked again, immediately, the connector will be automatically locked again.
· AUTO mode (button indicator on) :
The connector locks when charging starts. The connector unlocks when charging is complete. This mode can be used when charging in a public charging station.
H6
Scheduled Charging (if equipped)
· You can set-up a charging schedule for your vehicle using the infotainment system or BlueLink application.
Refer to the infotainment system manual or the BlueLink manual for detailed information about setting scheduled charging.
· Scheduled charging can only be done when using a AC charger or the portable charger (ICCB: InCable Control Box).
OAEEQ016026
· When scheduled charging is set and the AC charger or the portable charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) is connected for charging, the indicator lamp in the middle blinks (for 3 minutes) to indicate that scheduled charging is set.
· When scheduled charging is set, charging is not initiated immediately when the AC charger or portable charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) is connected. When immediate charging is required, use the infotainment system to deactivate the scheduled charge setting or press scheduled charging deactivation ( ) button.
OAEPHQ019027L
· If you press the scheduled charging deactivation ( ) button to immediately charge the battery, charging must be initiated 3 minutes after the charging cable has been connected.
When you press the scheduled charging deactivation ( ) button for immediate charging, the scheduled charge setting is not completely deactivated. If you need to completely deactivate the scheduled charge setting, use the infotainment system to finalize the deactivation.
Refer to "AC Charge or Trickle Charge" for details about connecting the AC charger and the portable charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box).
H7
CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
Charging Precautions
AC Charger
OLFP0Q4057N
Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer.
WARNING
· Electromagnetic waves that are generated from the charger can seriously impact medical electric devices such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker.
When using medical electric devices such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker, make sure to ask the medical team and manufacturer whether charging your electric vehicle will impact the operation of the medical electric devices such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker.
· Check to make sure there is no water or dust on the charging cable connector and plug before connecting to the charger and charging inlet. Connecting while there is water or dust on the charging cable connector and plug may cause a fire or electric shock.
WARNING
· Be careful not to touch the charging connector, charging plug, and the charging inlet when connecting the cable to the charger and the charging inlet on the vehicle.
· Comply with the following in order to prevent electrical shock when charging:
- Use a waterproof charger.
- Be careful when touching the charging connector and charging plug with your hands wet, or when standing in water or snow while connecting the charging cable.
- Be careful when there is lightning.
- Be careful when the charging connector and plug is wet.
H8
WARNING
· Immediately stop charging when you find abnormal symptoms (odor, smoke).
· Replace the charging cable if the cable coating is damaged to prevent electrical shock.
· When connecting or removing the charging cable, make sure to hold the charging connector handle and charging plug.
If you pull the cable itself (without using the handle), the internal wires may disconnect or get damaged. This may lead to electric shock or fire.
CAUTION
· Always keep the charging connector and charging plug in clean and dry condition. Be sure to keep the charging cable in a condition where there is no water or moisture.
· Make sure to use the designated charger for charging the electric vehicle. Using any other charger may cause failure.
· Before charging the battery, turn the vehicle OFF.
· When the vehicle is switched OFF while charging, the cooling fan inside the motor compartment may automatically operate. Do not touch the cooling fan while charging.
· Be careful not to drop the charging connector. The charging connector can be damaged.
AC Charge
AC Charger
OLFP0Q4057N
Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer.
H9
CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
How to Connect AC Charger 1. Depress the brake pedal and
apply the parking brake. 2. Turn OFF all switches, shift to P
(Park), and turn OFF the vehicle.
OAEEQ016030
3. Press center edge of the charging door to open the charging door.
i Information
The charging door opens only when the door is unlocked.
OAEEQ016031
5. Hold the charging connector handle and connect it to the vehicle AC charging inlet. Push the connector until you hear a "clicking" sound. If the charging connector and charging terminal are not connected properly, this may cause a fire.
4. Check if there is dust on the charging connector and charging inlet.
H10
i Information
Charging connector AUTO/LOCK mode
The charging connector is locked in the inlet at a different period according to which mode is selected.
· LOCK mode : The connector locks when the charging connector is plugged into the charging inlet.
· AUTO mode : The connector locks when charging starts.
For more details, refer to "Charging Connector AUTO/LOCK Mode" in this chapter.
AC Charger
OLFP0Q4057N
6. Connect the charging plug to the electric outlet at a AC charging station to start charging.
Type A
Type B
OAEPHQ018032/OAEPHQ048804
7. Check if the charging indicator light of the high voltage battery on the instrument cluster is turned ON. Charging is not done when the charging indicator lamp is OFF.
When the charging connector and charging plug are not connected properly, reconnect the charging cable to charge.
H11
CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
i Information
· Even though charging is possible with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON/START position, for your safety, start charging when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF position and the vehicle shifted to P (Park). After charging has started, you can use electrical components such as the radio by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button to the ACC or ON position.
· During AC charging, the radio reception may be bad.
· Moving the shift lever from P (Park) to R (Reverse)/N (Neutral)/D (Drive) stops the charging process.
To restart the charging process, move the shift lever to P (Park), place the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position, and disconnect the charging cable. Then, connect the charging cable.
OAEPHQ049818L
8. After charging has started, the estimated charging time is displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute.
If you open the driver seat door while charging, the estimated charging time is also displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute.
When scheduled charging is set, the estimated charging time is displayed as "--".
i Information
Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the battery may vary.
H12
Checking Charging Status
OAEEQ016025
When charging the high voltage battery, the charge level can be checked from outside the vehicle.
Operation of Charging Indicator Lamp
(1)
(2)
(3)
(OFF)
(OFF)
(OFF)
Blink
(OFF)
(OFF)
(ON)
Blink
(OFF)
(ON)
(ON)
Blink
(ON)
(ON)
(ON)
Blink
Blink
Blink
(OFF)
(OFF)
Blink
(OFF)
Blink
(OFF)
Details
Not Charged
0~33%
Charging
34~66%
67~99%
Fully charged (100%) (turns OFF in 5 seconds)
Error while charging
Charging the 12 V auxiliary battery (Aux. Battery Saver+)
- Reserved charging is operating (turns OFF after 3 minutes)
- Charging is temporarily interrupted (e.g. power failure)
H13
CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
How to Disconnect AC Charger
AC Charger
OLFP0Q4057N
1. When charging is complete, remove the charging plug from the electrical outlet of the AC charging station.
OAEEQ016033
2. Hold the charging connector handle and pull it while pressing the release button (1).
i Information
To prevent charging cable theft, the charging connector cannot be disconnected from the inlet when the doors are locked. Unlock all doors to disconnect the charging connector from the inlet.
However, if the vehicle is in the charging connector AUTO mode, the charging connector automatically unlocks from the inlet when charging is completed.
For more details, refer to "Charging Connector AUTO/LOCK Mode" in this chapter.
H14
Unlock Charging Connector in Emergency
Trickle Charge
Portable Charger
OAEEQ016034
3. Make sure to completely close the charging door.
OAEPHQ016060
If the charging connector does not disconnect due to battery discharge and failure of the electric wires, open the hood and slightly pull the emergency cable. The charging connector will then disconnect.
OAEEQ016042
(1) Code and Plug (Code set) (2) Control Box (3) Charging Cable and Charging
Connector
Trickle Charge can be used when AC Charge is not available by using household electricity.
H15
CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
How to set the charge level of the portable charger
6. When setting the charge level is complete, start charging according to the trickle charge procedure.
Plug
Electric Outlet
OAEE046506N
1. Check the rated current of the electric outlet prior to connecting the plug to the outlet.
2. Connect the plug to a household electric outlet.
3. Check the display window on the control box.
OOSEVQ018054
4. Press the button (1) on the back of the control box for more than 1 second to adjust the charge level.
(Refer to charging cable type and example for setting the charge level.)
5. The display window on the control box changes from 12A and 10A to 8A every time you press the button (1).
H16
Example for setting the ICCB charge level (The example is only for reference and may vary according to the surrounding environment.)
Outlet current
ICCB charge level
Control box display window
14-16A
12A
13-12A
10A
11-10A
8A
9-8A
6A
How to Connect Portable Charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box)
Plug
Electric Outlet
OAEE046506N
1. Connect the plug to a household electric outlet.
H17
CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
OOSEVQ018056
2. Check if the power lamp (green) illuminates on the control box.
3. Depress the brake pedal and apply the parking brake.
4. Turn OFF all switches, shift to P (Park), and turn OFF the vehicle.
OAEEQ016030
5. Press center edge of the charging door to open the charging door.
i Information
The charging door opens only when the door is unlocked.
OAEEQ016031
7. Hold the charging connector handle and connect it to the vehicle AC charging inlet. Push the connector until you hear a "clicking" sound. If the charging connector and charging terminal are not connected properly, this may cause a fire.
6. Check if there is dust on the charging connector and charging inlet.
H18
i Information
Charging connector AUTO/LOCK mode
The charging connector is locked in the inlet at a different period according to which mode is selected.
· LOCK mode : The connector locks when the charging connector is plugged into the charging inlet.
· AUTO mode : The connector locks when charging starts.
For more details, refer to "Charging Connector AUTO/LOCK Mode" in this chapter.
OOSEVQ018057
8. Charging starts automatically (charging lamp blinks).
Type A
Type B
OAEPHQ018032/OAEPHQ048804
9. Check if the charging indicator light of the high voltage battery on the instrument cluster is turned ON. Charging is not done when the charging indicator lamp is OFF.
When the charging connector is not connected properly, reconnect the charging cable to charge it again.
H19
CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
i Information
· Even though charging is possible with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON/START position, for your safety, start charging when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF position and the vehicle shifted to P (Park).
After charging has started, you can use electrical components such as the radio by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button to ACC or ON position.
· Moving the shift lever from P (Park) to R (Reverse)/N (Neutral)/D (Drive) stops the charging process.
To restart the charging process, move the shift lever to P (Park), place the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position, and disconnect the charging cable. Then, connect the charging cable.
OAEPHQ049818L
10. After charging has started, the estimated charging time is displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute. If you open the driver seat door while charging, the estimated charging time is also displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute.
When scheduled charging is set, the estimated charging time is displayed as "--".
i Information
Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the battery may vary.
H20
Checking Charging Status
OAEEQ016025
When charging the high voltage battery, the charge level can be checked from outside the vehicle.
Operation of Charging Indicator Lamp
(1)
(2)
(3)
(OFF)
(OFF)
(OFF)
Blink
(OFF)
(OFF)
(ON)
Blink
(OFF)
(ON)
(ON)
Blink
(ON)
(ON)
(ON)
Blink
Blink
Blink
(OFF)
(OFF)
Blink
(OFF)
Blink
(OFF)
Details
Not Charged
0~33%
Charging
34~66%
67~99%
Fully charged (100%) (turns OFF in 5 seconds)
Error while charging
Charging the 12 V auxiliary battery (Aux. Battery Saver+)
- Reserved charging is operating (turns OFF after 3 minutes)
- Charging is temporarily interrupted (e.g. power failure)
H21
CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charger
Control Box
Indicator
PLUG POWER
(Green) (Red)
Details On : Power on Blink : Plug temperature sensor failure
On : Plug high temperature protection Blink : Plug high temperature warning
On : Power on
CHARGE
Blink : Charging In power saving mode, only the CHARGE indicator is illuminated.
FAULT
Blink : Charging interrupted
CHARGE LEVEL
Charging current 12 A Charging current 10 A Charging current 8 A
The charging current changes (3 level) whenever the button (1) is pressed for 1 sec with the charger plugged into an electrical outlet but not the vehicle.
Back of the control box
H22
VEHICLE
(Green) (Blue) (Red)
Charging connector plugged Charging Blink : Charging impossible
Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charger
NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure
· Charging connector plugged into vehicle (Green ON)
· Plug temperature sensor failure
(Green blink)
- Charging connector plugged into
1
· Plug high temperature protection
2
vehicle (Green ON)
(Red blink)
· Plug high temperature warning (Red ON)
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- While charging
- Before plugging charging connector into vehicle (Red blink)
3
· Charge indicator (Green blink) · Vehicle indicator (Blue ON)
4
· Abnormal temperature · ICCB (In-Cable Control Box) failure
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
H23
CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure
- Plugged into vehicle (Red blink)
- After plugging charging connector
· Diagnostic device failure
into vehicle (Red blink)
5
· Current leakage
· Communication failure 6
· Abnormal temperature
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7 H24
· Plug temperature sensor failure (Green blink)
· Plug high temperature protection
(Red blink)
8
· Plug high temperature warning (Red ON)
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- Power saving mode
· 3 minutes after charging starts (Green blink)
How to Disconnect Portable Charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box)
Plug
Electric Outlet
OAEEQ016033
1. Hold the charging connector handle and pull it while pressing the release button (1).
i Information
To prevent charging cable theft, the charging connector cannot be disconnected from the inlet when the doors are locked. Unlock all doors to disconnect the charging connector from the inlet. However, if the vehicle is in the charging connector AUTO mode, the charging connector automatically unlocks from the inlet when charging is completed. For more details, refer to "Charging Connector AUTO/LOCK Mode" in this chapter.
OAEEQ016034
2. Make sure to completely close the charging door.
OAEE046507N
3. Disconnect the plug from the household electric outlet. Do not pull the cable when disconnecting the plug.
4. Close the protective cover for the charging connector so that foreign material cannot get into the terminal.
5. Put the charging cable inside the cable compartment to protect it.
H25
CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
Unlock Charging Connector in Emergency
OAEPHQ016060
If the charging connector does not disconnect due to battery discharge and failure of the electric wires, open the hood and slightly pull the emergency cable. The charging connector will then disconnect .
Precautions for Portable Charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box)
· Use the portable charger that is certified by HYUNDAI Motors.
· Do not try to repair, disassemble, or adjust the portable charger.
· Do not use an extension cord or adapter.
· Stop using immediately when failure occurs.
· Do not touch the plug and charging connector with wet hands.
· Do not touch the terminal part of the AC charging connector and the AC charging inlet on the vehicle.
· Do not connect the charging connector to voltage that does not comply with regulations.
· Do not use the portable charger if it is worn out, exposed, or there exists any type of damage on the portable charger.
· If the ICCB case and AC charging connector is damaged, cracked, or the wires are exposed in any way, do not use the portable charger.
· Do not let children operate or touch the portable charger.
· Keep the control box free of water.
· Keep the AC charging connector or plug terminal free of foreign substances.
· Do not step on the cable or cord. Do not pull the cable or cord and do not twist or bend it.
· Do not charge when there is lightning.
· Do not drop the control box or place a heavy object on the control box.
· Do not place an object that can generate high temperatures near the charger when charging.
· Charging with the worn out or damaged household electric outlet can result in a risk of electric shock. If you are in doubt to the household electric outlet condition, have it checked by a licensed electrician.
· Stop using the portable charger immediately if the household electric outlet or any components is overheated or you notice burnt odors.
H26
Action to be taken when charging stops abruptly When the high voltage battery does not charge, check the followings:
1. Check the charging setting for the vehicle. (e.g. When scheduled charging is set, charging is not initiated immediately when the AC charger or portable charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) is connected.)
2. Check the operation status of AC charger, portable charger. (Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charger, refer to "Checking Charging Status" for trickle charge in this chapter.) Actual method for indicating the charging status may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer.
3. When the vehicle does not charge and a warning message appears on the cluster, check the corresponding message. Refer to "LCD Display Messages", in this chapter.
4. If the vehicle is properly charged when charged with another normally working charger, contact the charger manufacturer.
5. If the vehicle does not charge when charged with another normally working charger, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for inspection.
H27
DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE
Starting the Vehicle
Vehicles with remote key system
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park).
3. Depress the brake pedal.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the START position. Hold the key (maximum of 10 seconds) until the engine starts and release it.
Vehicles with smart key system
1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle.
2. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied.
3. Place the shift lever in P (Park). With the shift lever in N (Neutral), you cannot start the vehicle.
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button. If the hybrid system starts, the " " indicator will come on.
Whether the engine is cold or warm, it should be started without depressing the accelerator.
After following the start procedures, " " indicator on the instrument cluster will turn on.
For more information, please check Chapter 5.
ECONOMICAL and SAFE OPERATION of Hybrid system
· Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moderate rate and maintain a steady cruising speed. Do not make "jack-rabbit" starts. Do not race between stoplights.
Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible. Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking. This also reduces brake wear.
· The regenerative brake generates energy when the vehicle decelerates.
· When the hybrid battery power is low, the hybrid system automatically recharges the hybrid battery.
· When the engine is running with the shift lever in N (Neutral), the hybrid system cannot generate electricity. The hybrid battery cannot recharge with the shift lever in N (Neutral).
H28
i Information
In the hybrid system, the engine automatically runs and stops. When the hybrid system operates, the " " indicator is illuminated.
In the following situation, the engine may operate automatically.
- When the engine is ready to run
- When the hybrid battery is being charged
- Depending on the temperature condition of the hybrid battery
Special Features
Hybrid vehicles sound different than gasoline engine vehicles. When the hybrid system operates, you may hear a sound from the hybrid battery system behind the rear seat. If you apply the accelerator pedal rapidly, you may hear an unconventional sound. When you apply the brake pedal, you may hear a sound from the regenerative brake system. When the hybrid system is turned off or on, you may hear a sound in the engine compartment. If you depress the brake pedal repeatedly when the hybrid system is turned on, you may hear a sound in the engine compartment. None of these sounds indicate a problem. These are normal characteristics of hybrid vehicles.
If any of following occur, it's a normal condition if you hear a motor sound in the engine compartment:
- After turning off the hybrid system, the brake pedal is released.
- When the hybrid system is turned off, the brake pedal is applied.
- When the driver door is opened.
When the hybrid system is turned ON, the gasoline engine may activate or may not. In this situation, you may feel a vibration. This does not indicate a malfunction. When the " " indicator illuminates, the hybrid system is ready to begin driving. Even if the engine is off, you can operate the vehicle as long as the " " indicator is illuminated.
NOTICE
The hybrid system contains many electronic components. High voltage components, such as cables and other parts, may emit electromagnetic waves. Even when the electromagnetic cover blocks electromagnetic emissions, electromagnetic waves may have an effect on electronic devices. When your vehicle is not used for a long period of time, the hybrid system will discharge. You need to drive the vehicle several times a month. We recommend driving at least for 1 hour or 10 miles. When the hybrid battery is discharged, or when it is impossible to jump start the vehicle, contact your HYUNDAI dealer.
H29
DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
WARNING
· When you start the hybrid system with the shift lever in P (Park), the " " indicator illuminates on the instrument cluster. The driver can drive the vehicle, even when the gasoline engine is off.
· When you leave the vehicle, you should turn OFF the vehicle and place the shift lever in P (Park). If you depress the accelerator pedal by mistake, or when the shift lever is not in P (Park), the vehicle will abruptly move, possibly resulting in serious injury or death.
Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS)
The Virtual Engine Sound System generates engine sounds for pedestrians to hear vehicle sound because there is limited sound while electric power is used.
What Does Regenerative Braking Do?
It uses an electric motor when decelerating and when braking and transforms kinetic energy to electrical energy in order to charge the high voltage battery.
Battery
· Hybrid vehicle
- The vehicle is composed of a high voltage battery that drives the motor and air conditioner, and an integrated 12V lithium ion polymer battery with the HEV battery that drives the lamps, wipers, and audio system.
- The integrated 12V battery is automatically charged when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.
· Plug-in hybrid vehicle
- The vehicle is composed of a high voltage battery that drives the motor and air-conditioner, and an auxiliary battery (12 V) that drives the lamps, wipers, and audio system.
- The auxiliary battery is automatically charged when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.
H30
Hybrid System Gauge
Type A
Type B
According to the hybrid system gauge area, the "EV" indicator comes on or off. - "EV" indicator ON : Vehicle is driven
using the electric motor or the gasoline engine is stopped.
- "EV" indicator OFF : Vehicle is driven using the gasoline engine.
Battery State of Charge (SOC) gauge
Type A
Type B
OAEPHQ048008/OAEPHQ048802
The hybrid system gauge indicates whether the current driving condition is fuel efficient or not.
· CHARGE :
Shows that the energy made by the vehicle is being converted to electrical energy. (Regenerated energy)
· ECO :
Shows that the vehicle is being driven in an Eco-friendly manner.
· POWER :
Shows that the vehicle is exceeding the Eco-friendly range.
OAEPH048522/OAEPHQ048009
This gauge indicates the remaining hybrid battery power. If the SOC is near the "L (Low)" level, the vehicle automatically operates the engine to charge the battery. However, if the Service Indicator ( ) and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ( ) turn on when the SOC (State of charge) gauge is near the "L (Low)" level, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. The actual cluster in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
H31
DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
Plug-in Hybrid Mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
HEV Button
Each time the mode is changed a corresponding indicator is displayed on the instrument cluster as follows.
CD mode · Type A
· Type B
OAEPH048518
OAEPH048633
Pressing the [HEV] button changes the plug-in hybrid system modes, among Electric (CD), AUTO and Hybrid (CS) mode. H32
OAEPH049611N/OAEPH049612N
AUTO mode
· Type A
· Type B
OAEPH048612/OAEPH048611
CS mode · Type A
· Type B
Infotainment system Screen (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) (if equipped)
Aux. Battery Saver+ (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
The Aux. Battery Saver+ is a function that monitors the charging status of the 12 V auxiliary battery.
If the auxiliary battery level is low, the main high voltage battery charges the auxiliary battery.
OAEPH048520/OAEPH048594
Plug-in hybrid mode indicator
· CD (Charge Depleting, Electric) mode : The high-voltage (hybrid) battery is used to drive the vehicle.
· AUTO mode : CD mode and CS mode are selected automatically depending on road conditions.
· CS (Charge Sustaining, Hybrid) mode : The high-voltage (hybrid) battery and gasoline engine is used to drive the vehicle.
i Information
Even when the battery charging rate is high and driving in electric mode is possible, engine may turn on in some areas to protect the system.
OAEPHQ049856L
Press [PHEV] on the [Home] screen or the [All menus] screen and the menus related to plug-in hybrid ([ECO driving], [Energy information], [EV range], [Set charging times], [Charging stations], [Petrol stations]) are displayed.
For more information, please refer to the Infotainment System Manual that was separately supplied with your vehicle.
i Information
The Aux. Battery Saver+ function will be ON when the vehicle is delivered. If the function is not needed, you may turn it off in the Users Settings mode on the cluster. For more information, refer to the following page.
H33
DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
Mode
· Cycle Mode :
When the vehicle is OFF with all doors, hood and liftgate closed, the Aux. Battery Saver+ activates according to the auxiliary battery status.
· Automatic Mode :
When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position with the charging connector plugged in, the function activates according to the auxiliary battery status to prevent overdischarge of the auxiliary battery.
i Information
· The Aux. Battery Saver+ activates maximum of 20 minutes. If the Aux. Battery Saver+ function activates more than 10 times consecutively when in the automatic mode, the function will stop activating, judging that there is a problem with the auxiliary battery. In this case, drive the vehicle for some period of time or if the auxiliary battery returns to normal, the function will start activating.
· The Aux. Battery Saver+ function cannot prevent battery discharge if the auxiliary battery is damaged, worn out, used as a power supply or unauthorized electronic devises are used.
· If the Aux. Battery Saver+ function was activated, the high voltage battery level may have decreased.
System Setting
OAEPHQ049855L
The driver can activate the Aux. Battery Saver+ function by placing the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position and by selecting: 'User Settings Other (Features) Aux. Battery Saver+' The Aux. Battery Saver+ function deactivates, when the driver cancels the system setting.
H34
WARNING
OAEEQ016025
When the function is activating, the third Charging Indicator Lamp will blink and high voltage electricity will be flowing in the vehicle. Do not touch the high voltage electric wire (orange), connector, and all electric components and devices. This may cause electric shock and lead to injuries. Also, do not modify your vehicle in any way. This may affect your vehicle performance and lead to an accident.
Warning and Indicator Lights Service Warning Light
Ready Indicator
This indicator illuminates : When the vehicle is ready to be driven. - ON : Normal driving is possible. - OFF : Normal driving is not possible,
or a problem has occurred. - Blinking : Emergency driving.
This warning light illuminates : · When you turn the ignition switch
or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
· When there is a problem with the hybrid vehicle control system or hardware.
When the ready indicator goes OFF or blinks, there is a problem with the system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
When the warning light illuminates while driving, or does not go OFF after starting the vehicle, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
EV Mode Indicator
EV
This indicator illuminates when the vehicle is driven by the electric motor.
H35
DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
Charging Cable Connection Indicator (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
LCD Display Messages Check Hybrid system
This indicator illuminates in red when the charging cable is connected.
Regenerative Brake Warning Light
Check Hybrid system. Turn engine Off
This warning light illuminates : When the regenerative brake is not operating. This causes the Brake Warning light (red) and Regenerative Brake Warning Light (yellow) to illuminate simultaneously as soon as possible.
In this case, drive safely and have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The service brake still function, however, the operation of the brake pedal may be more difficult than normal and the braking distance can increase.
OAEPHQ049819L
This message is displayed when there is a problem with the hybrid control system.
Refrain from driving when the warning message is displayed.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OAEPHQ049820L
This message is displayed when there is a problem with the hybrid system. The " " indicator will blink and a warning chime will sound until the problem is solved.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
H36
Check Hybrid system. Do not start engine
Stop vehicle and check power supply
Park with engine on to charge battery
OAEPHQ049821L
This message is displayed when the hybrid battery power (SOC) level is low. A warning chime will sound until the problem is solved.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OAEPHQ049822L
This message is displayed when a failure occurs in the power supply system.
In this case, park the vehicle in a safe location and tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the vehicle inspected.
OAEPHQ049823L
This message is displayed when the hybrid battery power (SOC) level is low.
In this case, park the vehicle in a safe location and wait until the hybrid battery is charged.
You can increase the hybrid battery charging rate by holding the accelerator pedal to the floor with transmission in P. The engine will rev high but it will be limited for charging purpose when you hold the pedal to the floor.
H37
DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
Refuel to prevent Hybrid battery Refill inverter coolant damage
Check regenerative brakes/ Stop vehicle and check regenerative brakes
OAEPHQ049824L
This message is displayed when the fuel tank is nearly empty.
You should refill the fuel tank to prevent hybrid battery damage.
OAEPHQ049825L
This message is displayed when the inverter coolant is nearly empty. You should refill the inverter coolant.
OOSEV048118L/OOSEV048117N
This warning message is displayed when the regenerative brake system does not work properly.
If this warning message is displayed, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
H38
Check Virtual Engine Sound System
Unplug vehicle to start (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
Charging stopped. Check the AC charger
OAEPHQ049828L
This message is displayed when there is a problem with the Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS).
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OAEPHQ049829L
This message is displayed when you start the engine without unplugging the charging cable. Unplug the charging cable, and then start the vehicle.
OOSEV048131L
· This warning message is displayed when charging is stopped for the reasons below:
- There is a problem with the external AC charger
- The external AC charger stopped charging
- The charging cable is damaged
In this case, check whether there is any problem with the external AC and charging cable.
H39
DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
If the same problem occurs when charging the vehicle with a normally operating AC charger or genuine HYUNDAI portable charger, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Charging stopped. Check the cable connection
Remaining time (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
OOSEV048196L
This warning message is displayed when charging is stopped because the charging connector is not correctly connected to the charging inlet
In this case, separate the charging connector and re-connect it and check whether there is any problem (external damage, foreign substances, etc.) with the charging connector and charging inlet.
If the same problem occurs when charging the vehicle with a replaced charging cable or genuine HYUNDAI portable charger, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OAEPHQ049818L
This message is displayed to notify the remaining time to fully charge the battery.
H40
Wait until fuel door opens (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
Check fuel door (Plug-in hybrid) Fuel door open (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
OAEPHQ049830L
This message is displayed when you attempt to open the fuel filler door with the fuel tank pressurized. Wait until the fuel tank is depressurized.
i Information
It may take up to 20 seconds to open fuel filler door.
OAEPHQ049831L
This message is displayed when there is a problem with the fuel filler door. Such as, when the fuel filler door does not open after 20 seconds at freezing temperature.
i Information
When the fuel filler door is frozen and does not open after 20 seconds at freezing temperature, slightly tap the fuel filler door and then attempt to open it. In other cases, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OAEPHQ049832L
This message is displayed when the fuel filler door opens after the fuel tank is depressurized. If this message is displayed, you can refuel the fuel tank.
H41
DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
Check fuel door (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
Shift to P to charge (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
Switching to Hybrid mode to allow heating or air conditioning (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
OAEPHQ049831L
This message is displayed when the vehicle is driven with the fuel filler door opened. Close the fuel filler door and then start driving.
OAEPHQ049833L
This message is displayed when the charging connector is plugged with the shift lever in R (Reverse), N (Neutral) or D (Drive). Move the shift lever to P (Park) and re-start the charging process.
OAEPHQ049842L
This message is displayed when the vehicle automatically switches to HEV mode to allow heating or air conditioning. It is when the coolant temperature is low (below -14°C (7°F)) and the driver turns on the heating or cooling system.
If the coolant temperature gets higher than -14°C (7°F) or the driver turns off the heating or cooling system the vehicle returns to its default (EV) mode.
H42
Maintaining Hybrid mode to continue heating or air conditioning (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
Low/High System Temp. Maintaining Hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
Low/High System Temp. Switching to Hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
OAEPHQ049841L
This message is displayed when the vehicle maintains the HEV mode to allow heating or air conditioning. The mode does not change when the driver presses the [HEV] button to switch from the HEV mode to EV mode while the heating and cooling system is on and the coolant temperature is below -14°C (7°F).
OAEPHQ049834L/OAEPHQ049835L
This message is displayed when the temperature of the high-voltage (hybrid) battery is too low or too high. This warning message is to protect the battery and the hybrid system.
OAEPHQ049836L/OAEPHQ049837L
This message is displayed when the temperature of the high-voltage (hybrid) battery is too low or high. This warning message is to protect the battery and the hybrid system.
H43
DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
Switching to Hybrid mode to lubricate engine (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
Maintaining Hybrid mode to pro- Exit SPORT mode to switch to
tect engine
EV (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
OAEPHQ049838L
This message is displayed when the vehicle is automatically switched to the HEV mode to lubricate engine while the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
OAEPHQ049839L
This message is displayed when the [HEV] button is pressed but it is impossible to switch from the HEV mode to EV mode due to engine lubrication.
OAEPHQ049840L
This message is displayed when [HEV] button is pressed but it is impossible to switch from the HEV mode to EV mode because the SPORT mode is engaged.
H44
Energy flow
The hybrid system informs the drivers its energy flow in various operating modes. While driving, the current energy flow is specified in 11 modes.
EV Propulsion
Vehicle Stop
Power Assist
OAEPHQ049844L
Only the motor power is used to drive the vehicle. (Battery Wheel)
OAEPHQ049845L
Both the motor and the engine power are used to drive the vehicle. (Battery & Energy Wheel)
OAEPHQ049843L
The vehicle is stopped. (No energy flow)
H45
DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
Engine Only Propulsion
Engine Generation
Regeneration
OAEPHQ049846L
Only the engine power is used to drive the vehicle. (Engine Wheel)
OAEPHQ049847L
When the vehicle is stopped, the high-voltage battery is charged up by the engine.
(Engine Battery)
OAEPHQ049848L
The high-voltage battery is charged up by the regenerative brake system. (Wheel Battery)
H46
Engine Brake
Power Reserve
Engine Generation/Motor Drive
OAEPHQ049849L
The engine braking is used to decelerate the vehicle. (Wheel Engine)
OAEPHQ049850L
The engine is simultaneously used to drive the vehicle and to charge up the high-voltage battery.
(Engine Wheel & Battery)
OAEPHQ049851L
The engine charges up the high-voltage battery. The motor power is used to drive the vehicle.
(Engine Battery Wheel)
H47
DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) Engine Generation/Regeneration Engine Brake/Regeneration
OAEPHQ049852L
The engine and regenerative brake system charges up the high-voltage battery.
(Engine & Wheel Battery)
OAEPHQ049853L
The engine braking is simultaneously used to decelerate the vehicle and to charge up the high-voltage battery.
(Wheel Engine & Battery)
H48
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR HYBRID SYSTEM
High Voltage Battery System
HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)*1
WARNING
Never touch orange colored or high voltage labeled components, including wires, cables, and connections. When the insulators or covers are damaged or removed, severe injury or death from electrocution may occur.
OAEPH088005 High Voltage Battery System*2
WARNING
While replacing the fuses in the engine compartment, never touch the HPCU. The HPCU carries high voltage. Touching the HPCU may result in electrocution, serious injury, or death.
WARNING
In the hybrid system, the hybrid battery uses high voltage to operate the motor and other components. This high voltage hybrid battery system can be very dangerous. Never touch the hybrid system. When you touch the hybrid battery system, serious injury or death may occur.
OAEQ046019 *1: Located in the engine compartment *2: Located under the rear seats
H49
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR HYBRID SYSTEM (CONT.)
CAUTION
· Do not pile up any items in an area behind the high voltage battery. In a crash, the battery may become unstable, or its performance may degrade.
· Do not apply strong force nor pile up any items above the luggage compartment. Such an attempt may distort the high voltage battery case, causing a safety problem or degrading the performance.
· Be careful when loading flammable liquid in luggage compartment. It could cause operational and safety degradation if the liquid leaks and flows in high voltage battery.
Drive Motor *3
OAEQ046017 *3: Located in the engine compartment
WARNING · Do not disassemble the high
voltage motor connector. The high voltage motor connector may contain residual high voltage. Coming in contact with high voltage may result in death or serious injury. · Your vehicle's hybrid system should only be inspected or repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
· Do not disassemble or assemble the high voltage battery system. Doing so may result in electric shock, causing death or serious injury.
· If you disassemble or assemble hybrid system components improperly, it may damage the performance and reliability of your vehicle.
· If electrolyte comes in contact with your body, clothes or eyes, immediately flush with a large quantity of fresh tap water. Have your eyes examined by a doctor as soon as possible.
H50
WARNING
Never assemble or disassemble the high voltage battery system.
· If you assemble or disassemble the high voltage battery system, the durability and performance of the vehicle may be damaged.
· When you want to check the high voltage battery system, have the vehicle checked and inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not touch the high voltage battery and high voltage cable connected to motor (orange color). Severe burns and electric shock may occur. For your safety, do not touch the cover of electronic components and electronic cable. Do not remove the cover of electronic components and electronic cable. In particular, never touch the high voltage battery system when the hybrid system in operation. It may result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
· Never use the package modules (high voltage battery, inverter and converter) for any other purpose.
· Do not use an unauthorized battery charger to charge the high voltage battery. Doing so may result in death or serious injury.
· Never place the high voltage system near or in a fire.
· Never drill into or strike the package module. Otherwise, it may be damaged. An electric shock may occur, resulting in serious injury or death.
NOTICE
· When the vehicle is paint baked, do not bake over 30 minutes in 70°C (158°F) or 20 minutes in 80°C (176°F) degree.
· Do not wash the engine compartment, using water. Water may cause an electric shock and damage the electronic components.
WARNING
This hybrid vehicle uses the hybrid battery system inverter and converter to generate high voltage. High voltage in the hybrid battery system is very dangerous and may cause severe burns and electric shock. This may result in serious injury or death. · For your safety, never touch,
replace, disassemble or remove the hybrid battery system including components, cables and connectors. Severe burns or electric shock may result in serious injury or death when you fail to follow this warning. · When the hybrid battery system operates, the hybrid battery system can be hot. Always be careful because burns or electric shock may be caused by high voltage.
(Continued)
H51
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR HYBRID SYSTEM (CONT.)
(Continued)
· Do not drop water or liquid on to HPCU, HSG, motor and fuses. The hybrid system components are covered. If you drop water or liquid on to hybrid system components, it may result in electric shock.
Safety Plug DANGER
Hybrid vehicle
i Information
Gradual capacity reduction of the high voltage battery. The high voltage Battery capacity gradually reduces with time and use. This is natural characteristic of the high voltage batteries. The extent at which capacity is reduced changes drastically depending on the environment(ambient temperature, etc.) and usage conditions such as how the vehicle is driven and how the high voltage battery is charged. Reduction of the high voltage battery capacity is not covered under warranty.
H52
Plug-in hybrid vehicle
OAEQ046018
OAEQ048018
Never touch the safety plug. The safety plug is attached to high voltage hybrid battery system.
(Continued)
(Continued)
Touching the safety plug will result in death or serious injury.
Service personnel should follow procedures in service manual.
High Voltage Battery Cooling Duct
Hybrid vehicle
The cooling duct cools down the high-voltage battery. When the highvoltage battery cooling duct is blocked, the high-voltage battery may be overheated and the vehicle performance may become limited and set a hybrid warning lamp. Do not obstruct the cooling duct with any other objects.
Plug-in hybrid vehicle
OAE036024
OAEPH036024
The high-voltage battery cooling duct is located on the left side of the rear seats.
WARNING
· Never clean the cooling duct of the hybrid battery with a wet cloth. If any water enters in the cooling duct of the hybrid battery, the hybrid battery may cause an electric shock, serious damage, injury or death.
· The hybrid battery is composed of lithium-ion polymer. If the hybrid battery is improperly handled, it is dangerous to the environment. Also it may cause electrical shock and severe burns, resulting in serious injury or death.
· Do not spill liquid over the cooling duct of the hybrid battery. Doing so is very dangerous. It may cause electric shock or serious injury.
· Do not cover the cooling duct with objects. (Continued)
H53
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR HYBRID SYSTEM (CONT.)
(Continued)
· Do not put any objects into the cooling duct of the hybrid battery. Doing so may cause loss of cooling duct volume to the hybrid battery. When the cooling duct is blocked with any objects, immediately contact your HYUNDAI dealer.
· Never place a container of liquid on or near the cooling duct. If the liquid spills, the hybrid battery located in the luggage compartment may be damaged.
· Secure all loads in the luggage compartment to prevent them from being tossed about before driving. If a sharp or heavy load impacts or pierces the interior luggage compartment wall, the hybrid battery system may be damaged, deteriorating its performance.
i Information
Clean the cooling duct for the hybrid battery with a dry cloth on a regular basis.
H54
If an Accident Occurs
WARNING
· For your safety, do not touch high voltage cables, connectors and package modules. High voltage components are orange in color.
· Exposed cables or wires may be visible inside or outside of the vehicle. Never touch the wires or cables, because it can cause an electrical shock, injury or death may occur.
· Any gas or electrolyte leakage from your vehicle is not only poisonous but also flammable. Upon witnessing one of those, open the windows, and remain a safe distance from the vehicle out of the road.
Immediately contact an emergency response team and advise them that a hybrid vehicle is involved.
(Continued)
(Continued) · When the vehicle is severely
damaged, remain a safe distance of 50 feet (15 meter) or more between your vehicle and other vehicles/flammables.
WARNING
If a fire occurs :
If a small scale fire occurs, use a fire extinguisher (ABC, BC) that is meant for electrical fires. If it is impossible to extinguish the fire in the early stage, remain a safe distance from the vehicle and immediately call the fire department. Also, advise them that an electric vehicle is involved.
If the fire spreads to the high voltage battery, large amount of water is needed to put out the fire. Using small amount of water or fire extinguishers not meant for electrical fires could cause serious injury or death from electrical shocks.
WARNING
When a submersion in water occurs:
When your vehicle is flooded in water, a high-voltage battery may cause shock or fires. Thus, turn the hybrid system OFF, take the key in your possession and escape to a safe place. Never attempt physical contact with your flooded vehicle.
Immediately contact an emergency response team and advise them that a hybrid vehicle is involved.
When the Hybrid Vehicle Shuts Off
When the high voltage battery is discharged, when the 12-volt battery is discharged, or when the fuel tank is empty, the hybrid system may not operate while driving. When the Hybrid system does not operate, do the followings:
1. Gradually reduce the vehicle speed. Pull over your vehicle off the road in a safe area.
2. Locate the shift lever in P (Park).
3. Turn ON the hazard warning flashers.
4. Turn OFF the vehicle, and try to start the hybrid system again, while depressing the brake pedal and turning on the ignition switch.
5. When the hybrid system still does not operate, refer to ''If the 12 Volt Battery Is Discharged'' in chapter 6.
Before jump-starting the vehicle, check the fuel level and the exact procedure to jump start. For further details, refer to ''If the 12 Volt Battery Is Discharged'' in the chapter 6. When the fuel level is low, do not attempt to drive the vehicle only with the battery power. The high voltage battery may be discharged, and the hybrid system will turn OFF.
H55
Your vehicle at a glance
Your vehicle at a glance
Hybrid Vehicle
1
Exterior Overview ..................................................1-2
Interior Overview ...................................................1-4
Instrument Panel Overview ..................................1-5
Engine Compartment .............................................1-6
Plug-in Hybrid Vehicle Exterior Overview ..................................................1-7 Interior Overview ...................................................1-9 Instrument Panel Overview ................................1-10 Engine Compartment ...........................................1-11
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW - HYBRID VEHICLE
Front view
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Hood......................................................3-45 2. Headlamp ..............................................7-56 3. Daytime running light (DRL) ......3-115, 7-61 4. Tires and wheels ............................7-35, 8-5 5. Outside side view mirror........................3-34
6. Sunroof..................................................3-41 7. Front windshield wiper blades ..............7-29 8. Windows ................................................3-37 9. Front ultrasonic sensors ......................3-134 10. Front radar ..........................................5-69
OAEPH019018N
1-2
Rear view
1
Your vehicle at a glance
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
10. Doors ..................................................3-14 11. Fuel filler door ....................................3-49 12. Rear combination lamp ......................7-61 13. Tailgate ................................................3-46 14. High mounted stop lamp ....................7-64
15. Rear window defroster ......................3-153 16. Rear ultrasonic sensors ....................3-130 17. Rear view camera ............................3-128 18. Antenna ................................................4-2
OAE018002
1-3
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW - HYBRID VEHICLE
The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1-4
1. Door lock/unlock button ........................3-14 2. Side view mirror folding switch ..............3-35 3. Side view mirror control switch ..............3-34 4. Power window lock switch......................3-40 5. Central door lock switch ........................3-16 6. Power window switches ........................3-37 7. Instrument panel illumination
control switch ........................................3-56 8. Blind-Spot Collision Warning system
button ....................................................5-90 9. Lane Keeping Assist system button ......5-80 10. ESC(Electronic Stability Control)
OFF button ..........................................5-44 11. Fuel filler door open switch ..................3-48 12. 12V battery reset switch ........................6-5 13. Hood release lever ..............................3-45 14. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ......3-23 15. Steering wheel ....................................3-22 16. Seat........................................................2-4 17. Driver position memory system ..........3-20
OAEPH019009N
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW - HYBRID VEHICLE
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Instrument cluster ..............................3-54
1
2. Horn ....................................................3-23
3. Driver's front air bag ..........................2-49
4. Engine Start/Stop button ......................5-8
5. Light control/Turn signals..................3-115
6. Wiper/Washer ..................................3-126
7. Infotainment system..............................4-2
8. Hazard warning flasher ........................6-2
9. Automatic climate control system ....3-139
10. Passenger's front air bag..................2-49
11. Knee air bag ....................................2-49
12. Glove box........................................3-156
13. Dual clutch transmission ..................5-15
14. Power outlet ....................................3-159
15. USB port ............................................4-2
16. Seat warmer switch ..........................2-21
17. Heated steering wheel switch ..........3-24
18. Parking Distance Warning system ON button ......................................3-134
19. Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)........5-32
20. Cup holder ......................................3-158
21. Steering wheel audio controls/ ..........4-3 Bluetooth® wireless technology hands-free controls ............................4-4
22. Cruise Controls/ ..............................5-109 Smart Cruise Control system button ................................5-114
OAE018004
1-5
Your vehicle at a glance
Your vehicle at a glance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT - HYBRID VEHICLE
Gasoline Engine (1.6 GDI)
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-19 2. Engine coolant cap ...........................7-20 3. Inverter coolant reservoir ..................7-19 4. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-23 5. Air cleaner.........................................7-25 6. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-17 7. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-17 8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-24 9. Fuse box ...........................................7-51
OAE078001
1-6
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW - PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE
Front view
1
Your vehicle at a glance
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Hood......................................................3-45 2. Headlamp ..............................................7-56 3. Daytime running light (DRL) ......3-115, 7-61 4. Tires and wheels ............................7-35, 8-5 5. Outside side view mirror........................3-34 6. Sunroof..................................................3-41
7. Front windshield wiper blades ..............7-29 8. Windows ................................................3-37 9. Front ultrasonic sensors ......................3-134 10. Charging door ........................................H4 11. Front radar ..........................................5-69
OAEPH019001N
1-7
Your vehicle at a glance Rear view
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
10. Doors ..................................................3-14 11. Fuel filler door ....................................3-49 12. Rear combination lamp ......................7-61 13. Tailgate ................................................3-46 14. Rear window defroster ......................3-153
15. High mounted stop lamp ....................7-64 16. Rear ultrasonic sensors ....................3-130 17. Rear view camera ............................3-128 18. Antenna ................................................4-2
OAEPH018002
1-8
INTERIOR OVERVIEW - PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1
1. Door lock/unlock button ........................3-14 2. Driver position memory system ............3-20 3. Side view mirror folding switch ..............3-35 4. Side view mirror control switch ..............3-34 5. Central door lock switch ........................3-16 6. Power window lock switch......................3-37 7. Power window switches ........................3-40 8. Instrument panel illumination control
switch ....................................................3-56 9. Blind-Spot Collision Warning system
button ....................................................5-90 10. Lane Keeping Assist system button ....5-80 11. ESC(Electronic Stability Control)
OFF button ..........................................5-44 12. Fuel filler door open switch ..................3-48 13. AUTO/LOCK mode selection button ......H6 14. Scheduled charging deactivation
button......................................................H7 15. Hood release lever ..............................3-45 16. Fuse box ..............................................7-51 17. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ......3-23 18. Steering wheel ....................................3-22 19. Seat........................................................2-4
OAEPH019010N
1-9
Your vehicle at a glance
Your vehicle at a glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW - PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Instrument cluster ..............................3-54 2. Horn ....................................................3-23 3. Driver's front air bag ..........................2-49 4. Engine Start/Stop button ......................5-8 5. Light control/Turn signals..................3-115 6. Wiper/Washer ..................................3-126 7. Infotainment system..............................4-2 8. Hazard warning flasher ........................6-2 9. Automatic climate control system ....3-139 10. Passenger's front air bag..................2-49 11. Knee air bag ....................................2-49 12. Glove box........................................3-156 13. Dual clutch transmission ..................5-15 14. Power outlet ....................................3-159 15. USB port ............................................4-2 16. Seat warmer switch ..........................2-21 17. Heated steering wheel switch ..........3-24 18. HEV button ......................................H-32 19. Parking Distance Warning system
ON button ......................................3-134 20. Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)........5-32 21. Cup holder ......................................3-158 22. Steering wheel audio controls/ ..........4-3
Bluetooth® wireless technology hands-free controls ............................4-4 23. Cruise Controls/ ..............................5-109 Smart Cruise Control system button ................................5-108
OAEPH018004
1-10
ENGINE COMPARTMENT - PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE
Gasoline Engine (1.6 GDI)
1
Your vehicle at a glance
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-19 2. Engine coolant cap ...........................7-20 3. Inverter coolant reservoir ..................7-19 4. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-23 5. Air cleaner.........................................7-25 6. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-17 7. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-17 8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-24 9. Fuse box ...........................................7-51
The 12 volt battery is located in the luggage compartment.
OAEPH078001
1-11
Safety system of your vehicle
This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers.
It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work.
Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.
2
Important safety precautions...............................2-2 Child restraint system (CRS) ..............................2-36
Always Wear Your Seat Belt ..........................................2-2
Children Always in the Rear.........................................2-36
Restrain All Children .........................................................2-2
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................2-37
Air Bag Hazards.................................................................2-2
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................2-39
Driver Distraction ..............................................................2-2 Control Your Speed...........................................................2-3 Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition............................2-3
Air bag - Advanced supplemental restraint system .....2-47
Where Are the Air Bags?..............................................2-49
Seats ........................................................................2-4
How Does the Air Bag System Operate?..................2-52
Safety Precautions ...........................................................2-5
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates................2-57
Front Seats .........................................................................2-6
Occupant Classification System (OCS).......................2-58
Rear Seats.........................................................................2-12
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ........2-63
Head Restraints ...............................................................2-16
SRS Care............................................................................2-68
Seat warmers ...................................................................2-20
Additional Safety Precautions .....................................2-69
Battery Cooling Duct......................................................2-22
Air Bag Warning Labels.................................................2-70
Seat belts ..............................................................2-23
Seat Belt Safety Precautions.......................................2-23
Seat Belt Warning Light ................................................2-24
Seat Belt Restraint System...........................................2-25
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions...................2-32
Care of Seat Belts...........................................................2-35
Safety system of your vehicle
IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
You will find many safety precautions and recommendations throughout this section, and throughout this manual. The safety precautions in this section are among the most important.
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of accidents. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make sure you and your passengers wear your seat belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain All Children
All children under age 13 should ride in your vehicle properly restrained in a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in an appropriate child restraint. Larger children should use a booster seat with the lap/shoulder belt until they can use the seat belt properly without a booster seat.
Air Bag Hazards
While air bags can save lives, they can also cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or who are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and shorter adults are at the greatest risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.
Driver Distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious and potentially deadly danger, especially for inexperienced drivers. Safety should be the first concern when behind the wheel and drivers need to be aware of the wide array of potential distractions, such as drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating, personal grooming, other passengers, and using cellular phones.
Drivers can become distracted when they take their eyes and attention off the road or their hands off the wheel to focus on activities other than driving. To reduce your risk of distraction or getting into an accident:
2-2
Safety system of your vehicle
· ALWAYS set up your mobile Control Your Speed
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe
devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation units, etc.) when your vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
· ONLY use your mobile device
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also
Condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of
2
when allowed by laws and when occur at lower speeds. Never drive such problems, check your tire pres-
conditions permit safe use. NEVER faster than is safe for current condi- sures and condition frequently, and
text or email while driving. Most tions, regardless of the maximum perform all regularly scheduled
countries have laws prohibiting speed posted.
maintenance.
drivers from texting. Some coun-
tries and cities also prohibit drivers
from using handheld phones.
· NEVER let the use of a mobile device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road.
2-3
Safety system of your vehicle
SEATS
Manual seat Power seat
2-4
Front seats (1) Forward and backward (2) Seatback angle (3) Seat cushion height (4) Lumbar support (Driver's seat)* (5) Seat warmer* (6) Headrest Rear seats (7) Seat warmer* (8) Armrest* (9) Headrest (10) Seatback folding * : if equipped
OAEPH038001
Safety system of your vehicle
Safety Precautions
Air bags
Adjusting the seats so that you are sit- You can take steps to reduce the risk
WARNING
ting in a safe, comfortable position plays an important role in driver and passenger safety together with the seat belts and air bags in an accident.
of being injured by an inflating air bag. Sitting too close to an air bag greatly increases the risk of injury in the event the air bag inflates.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following precautions:
2
WARNING
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle.
· Adjust the driver's seat as far to the rear as possible while maintaining the ability to maintain
Do not use a cushion that
full control of the vehicle.
reduces friction between the seat and the passenger. The passenger's hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat
· Adjust the front passenger seat as far to the rear as possible.
· Hold the steering wheel by the
belt during an accident or a
rim with hands at the 9 o'clock
sudden stop. Serious or fatal
and 3 o'clock positions to mini-
internal injuries could result
mize the risk of injuries to your
because the seat belt cannot
hands and arms.
operate properly.
· NEVER place anything or any-
one between the steering wheel
and the air bag.
· Do not allow the front passenger to place feet or legs on the dashboard to minimize the risk of leg injuries.
2-5
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat belts
Always fasten your seat belt before starting any trip.
At all times, passengers should sit upright and be properly restrained. Infants and small children must be restrained in appropriate child restraint systems. Adults and children who have outgrown a booster seat must be restrained using the seat belts.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat belt:
· NEVER use one seat belt for more than one occupant.
· Always position the seatback upright with the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips.
· NEVER allow children or small infants to ride on a passenger's lap.
· Do not route the seat belt across your neck, across sharp edges, or reroute the shoulder strap away from your body.
· Do not allow the seat belt to become caught or jammed.
Front Seats
WARNING
Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat:
· NEVER attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving. The seat could respond with unexpected movement and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
· Do not place anything under the front seats. Loose objects in the driver's foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, causing an accident.
· Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position and proper locking of the seatback.
· Do not place a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat. When you operate the seat, gas may exit out of the lighter causing a fire.
(Continued)
2-6
Safety system of your vehicle
(Continued)
Manual adjustment (if equipped)
· Use extreme caution when picking up small objects trapped under the seats or between the seat and the center console. Your hands might be cut or injured by the sharp edges of the seat mechanism.
The front seat can be adjusted by using the levers located on the outside of the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper position so that you can easily control the steering wheel, foot pedals and controls on the instrument panel.
2
CAUTION
To prevent injury:
· Do not adjust your seat while wearing your seat belt. Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on your abdomen.
· Do not allow your hands or fingers to get caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving.
OAE036002
Forward and rearward adjustment
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place. Move forward and rearward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.
2-7
Safety system of your vehicle
OAE036003
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.)
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protection of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.
Drivers and passengers should ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. When the seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be snug against your chest. Instead, it will be in front of you. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger's hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.
2-8
Safety system of your vehicle
Power adjustment
NOTICE
(for driver's seat, if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by To prevent damage to the seats:
using the control switches located on · Always stop adjusting the seats the outside of the seat cushion. Before when the seat has moved as far
2
driving, adjust the seat to the proper forward or rearward as possible.
position so that you can easily control · Do not adjust the seats for
the steering wheel, foot pedals and longer than necessary when the
controls on the instrument panel.
vehicle is turned off. This may
result in unnecessary battery
OAE036004
WARNING
drain. · Do not operate two or more
Seat cushion height
To change the height of the seat cushion:
NEVER allow children in the vehicle unattended. The power seats are operable when the
seats at the same time. This may result in an electrical malfunction.
· Push down on the lever several vehicle is turned off.
times, to lower the seat cushion.
· Pull up on the lever several times, to raise the seat cushion.
2-9
Safety system of your vehicle
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.
WARNING
OAE036006
Forward and rearward adjustment To move the seat forward or rearward: 1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward. 2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
OAE036007
Seatback angle To adjust the seatback: 1. Rotate the top of control switch
forward or rearward. 2. Release the switch once the seat-
back reaches the desired position.
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.
Driver and passengers should ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
2-10
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly.
When the seatback is reclined, the
shoulder belt cannot do its job
because it will not be snug against
2
your chest. Instead, it will be in front
of you. During an accident, you could
be thrown into the seat belt, causing
neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger's hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.
OAE036008
Seat cushion height To change the height of the seat cushion:
OAE036005
Lumbar support (for driver's seat, if equipped) To adjust the lumbar support:
1. · Push the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the front part of the seat cushion.
1. Press the front portion of the switch (1) to increase support or the rear portion of the switch (2) to decrease support.
· Push the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the height of the seat cushion.
2. Release the switch once it reaches the desired position.
2. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.
2-11
Safety system of your vehicle
Seatback pocket
OAD035017
The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger's seatback.
WARNING
To prevent the Occupant Classification System from malfunctioning: Do not hang onto the front passenger's seatback.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure occupants.
Rear Seats
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks can be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle.
WARNING
· Never allow passengers to sit on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving. This is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop.
· Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.
2-12
To fold down the rear seatback:
1. Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
2
Safety system of your vehicle
OAE036065L
OAE036020
5. Pull on the seatback folding lever (1).
OAE036018
2. Lower the rear head restraints to the lowest position by pushing and holding the release button (1) and pushing down on the headrest (2).
OAE036019
3. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion.
4. Locate the seatbelt toward the outboard position before folding down the seatback. If not, the seatbelt system may be interfered by the seatback.
2-13
Safety system of your vehicle
OAE036021
6. Fold the seatback toward the front of the vehicle.
OAE036066L
7. To use the rear seat, lift and unfold the seatback to the upright position. Push the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place.
When you return the seatback to its upright position, always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback.
WARNING
When returning the rear seatback from a folded to an upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly. Ensure that the seatback is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback. In an accident or sudden stop, the unlocked seatback could allow cargo to move forward with great force and enter the passenger compartment, which could result in serious injury or death.
2-14
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Armrest (if equipped)
CAUTION
Do not place objects in the rear
· Be careful when loading
seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit
cargo through the rear pas-
2
senger seats to prevent dam-
vehicle occupants in a collision
age to the vehicle interior.
causing serious injury or death.
· When cargo is loaded through
the rear passenger seats,
ensure the cargo is properly
WARNING
secured to prevent it from
moving while driving.
Make sure the vehicle is off, the shift lever is in P (Park), and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo. Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if
OAE036022
The armrest is located in the center of the rear seat. Use the strap in the center of the armrest to pull it down.
· Unsecured cargo in the passenger compartment can cause damage to the vehicle or injury to it's occupants.
the shift lever is inadvertently
moved to another position.
2-15
Safety system of your vehicle
Head Restraints
The vehicle's front and rear seats have adjustable head restraints. The head restraints provide comfort for passengers, but more importantly they are designed to help protect passengers from whiplash and other neck and spinal injuries during an accident, especially in a rear impact collision.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death in an accident, take the following precautions when adjusting your head restraints:
· Always properly adjust the head restraints for all passengers BEFORE starting the vehicle.
· NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with the head restraints removed.
(Continued)
(Continued) ·
OLF034072N
Adjust the head restraints so the middle of the head restraint is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes. · NEVER adjust the head restraint position of the driver's seat when the vehicle is in motion. · Adjust the head restraint as close to the passenger's head as possible. Do not use a seat cushion that holds the body away from the seatback. · Make sure the head restraint locks into position after adjusting it.
NOTICE
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull on the head restraints.
2-16
Safety system of your vehicle
Front seat head restraints
2
OPDE036068
The vehicle's front and passenger's seats are equipped with adjustable head restraints for the passengers safety and comfort.
OAE036010
Adjusting the height up and down To raise the head restraint: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint: 1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support. 2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
OLF034015
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards the front with the head restraint and seat cushion raised, the head restraint may come in contact with the sunvisor or other parts of the vehicle.
2-17
Safety system of your vehicle
Type A
3. Press the head restraint release button (3) while pulling the head restraint up (4).
Type A
Type B
OAE036012
Type B
OAE036014
OAE036011
Removal/Reinstallation To remove the head restraint: 1. Recline the seatback (2) rearward
using the seatback angle lever/ switch (1). 2. Raise the head restraint as far as it can go.
2-18
OAE036013
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Put the head restraint poles (2) into the holes while pressing the release button (1).
2. Adjust the head restraint to the appropriate height.
3. Adjust the seatback (4) forward using the seatback angle lever/ switch (3).
Rear seat head restraints
2
Safety system of your vehicle
OPDE036069
The rear seats are equipped with head restraints in all the seating positions for the passenger's safety and comfort.
OAE036017
Adjusting the height up and down To raise the head restraint: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint: 1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support. 2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
OAE036072L
Removal/Reinstallation To remove the head restraint: 1. Raise the head restraint as far as
it can go. 2. Press the head restraint release
button (1) while pulling the head restraint up (2).
To reinstall the head restraint: 1. Put the head restraint poles into
the holes (3) while pressing the release button (1). 2. Adjust the head restraint to the appropriate height.
2-19
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat Warmers
Front seat warmers (if equipped) Seat warmers are provided to warm the seats during cold weather.
WARNING
The seat warmers can cause a SERIOUS BURN, even at low temperatures and especially if used for long periods of time. Passengers must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm so they can turn it off, if needed.
(Continued)
(Continued)
People who cannot detect temperature change or pain to the skin should use extreme caution, especially the following types of passengers:
· Infants, children, elderly or disabled persons, or hospital outpatients.
· People with sensitive skin or who burn easily.
· Fatigued individuals.
· Intoxicated individuals.
· People taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness.
WARNING
NEVER place anything on the seat that insulates against heat when the seat warmer is in operation, such as a blanket or seat cushion. This may cause the seat warmer to overheat, causing a burn or damage to the seat.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seat warmers and seats: · Never use a solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats. · Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers. · Do not change the seat cover. It may damage the seat warmer.
2-20
Safety system of your vehicle
Type A
During mild weather or under condi- Rear seat warmers (if equipped)
tions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the OFF position.
· Each time you push the switch, the
2
temperature setting of the seat is
changed as follows :
OFF
HIGH (
)
Type B
OAEPH038015
OAEPH038076
While the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, push either of the switches to warm the driver's seat or front passenger's seat.
LOW ( )
MIDDLE (
)
· When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer operating, the seat warmer will turn OFF.
· The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is in the ON position.
i Information
With the seat warmer switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.
OAE036023
While the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, push either of the switches to warm the rear seat.
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position.
2-21
Safety system of your vehicle
Each time you push the switch, the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows :
OFF HIGH ( ) LOW ( )
Battery Cooling Duct
Hybrid vehicle
When the high voltage battery cooling duct is blocked, the high voltage battery may be overheated. Do not obstruct the cooling duct with any other objects.
The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is in the ON position.
i Information
With the seat warmer switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.
Plug-in hybrid vehicle
OAE036024
OAEPH036024
The high voltage battery cooling duct is located on the left side of the rear seats. The cooling duct cools down the high voltage battery.
2-22
Safety system of your vehicle
SEAT BELTS
This section describes how to use the seat belts properly. It also describes
(Continued)
(Continued)
some of the things not to do when · NEVER allow children to ride
· Do not use a seat belt if the
using seat belts.
in the front passenger seat. If
webbing or hardware is dam-
a child age 13 or older must be
aged.
2
Seat Belt Safety Precautions
seated in the front seat, move the seat as far back as possi-
· Do not latch the seat belt into the buckles of other seats.
Always fasten your seat belt and make sure all passengers have fastened their seat belts before starting any trip. Air bags are designed to supplement the seat belt as an additional safety device, but they are not a substitute. Most countries require all occupants of a vehicle to wear seat belts.
ble and properly restrain them in the seat.
· NEVER allow an infant or child to be carried on an occupant's lap.
· NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving.
· Do not allow children to share
· NEVER unfasten the seat belt while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
· Make sure there is nothing in the buckle interfering with the seat belt latch mechanism. This may prevent the seat belt from fastening securely.
WARNING
a seat or seat belt. · Do not wear the shoulder belt
· No modifications or additions should be made by the user
Seat belts must be used by ALL passengers whenever the vehicle is moving. Take the following precautions when adjusting and wearing seat belts:
· ALWAYS properly restrain children under age 13 in the rear seats.
(Continued)
under your arm or behind your back.
· Always wear both the shoulder portion and lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
· Do not use the seat belt if it is twisted. A twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
(Continued)
which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack.
2-23
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Damaged seat belts and seat belt assemblies will not operate properly. Always replace:
· Frayed, contaminated, or damaged webbing
· Damaged hardware · The entire seat belt assembly
after it has been worn in an accident, even if damage to webbing or assembly is not apparent
Seat Belt Warning Light
Seat belt warning light (for driver's seat)
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 9 km/h (6 mph), the warning light will stay illuminated.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 20 km/h (12 mph) the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.
OLMB033022
As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt warning light will illuminate and warning chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch is ON if the seat belt is unfastened.
If you unfasten the seat belt while driving under 20 km/h (12 mph), the seat belt warning light will illuminate until the seat belt is fastened.
If you unfasten the seat belt while driving over 20 km/h (12 mph), the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.
2-24
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat belt warning light (for front passenger's seat)
WARNING
Seat Belt Restraint System
As a reminder to the front passenger, the front passenger's seat belt warning lights will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you place the ignition switch to the ON position regardless of belt fastening.
The front passenger's seat belt warning light may not properly operate if the front passenger does not sit properly in the seat.
WARNING
2
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 9 km/h (6 mph), the warning light will stay illuminated.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 20 km/h (12 mph) the seat belt warning chime
will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.
OHSS038102
Improperly positioned seat belts may increase the risk of serious injury in an accident. Take the following precautions when adjusting the seat belt:
If you unfasten the seat belt while driving under 20 km/h (12 mph) the seat belt warning light will illuminate until the seat belt is fastened.
· Position the lap portion of the seat belt as low as possible across your hips, not on your waist, so that it fits snugly.
If you unfasten the seat belt while driving over 20 km/h (12 mph), the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.
(Continued)
2-25
Safety system of your vehicle
(Continued)
· Position one arm under the shoulder belt and the other over the belt, as shown in the illustration.
· Always position the shoulder belt anchor into the locked position at the appropriate height.
· Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face.
Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point system with emergency locking retractor
OHSS038101
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle.
OHSS038100
You should place the lap belt (1) portion across your hips and the shoulder belt (2) portion across your chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and move with you.
If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.
2-26
NOTICE
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt out from
the retractor, firmly pull the seat
2
belt out and release it. After
release, you will be able to pull the
belt out smoothly.
Safety system of your vehicle
OAD035027
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the three different positions for maximum comfort and safety. The shoulder portion should be adjusted so it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door, not over your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position.
OHSS038103
To release your seat belt: Press the release button (1) in the locking buckle. When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
2-27
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear Seat Belt Passenger's 3point system with convertible locking retractor
This type of seat belt combines the features of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic locking retractor seat belt. Convertible retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint systems. Although a convertible retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position, NEVER place any infant/child restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle.
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle. There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. When not securing a child restraint, the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver's seat belt (Emergency Locking Retractor Type). It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly across your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system, the seat belt operation changes to allow the belt to retract, but not to extend (Automatic Locking Retractor Type). Refer to the "Using a Child Restraint System" section in this chapter.
NOTICE
Although the seat belt retractor provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes, the emergency locking mode allows seated passengers to move freely in their seat while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop, the retractor automatically locks the belt to help restrain your body.
To deactivate the automatic locking mode, unbuckle the seat belt and allow the belt to fully retract.
2-28
Safety system of your vehicle
Pre-tensioner seat belt (Driver and front passenger)
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal or
side collision(s), the pre-tensioner 2
will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body.
OHSS038103
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
OTL035053
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and front passenger's Pre-tensioner Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner and Emergency Fastening Device System). The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain frontal or side collision(s). The Emergency Fastening Device System may be activated in certain crashes where the frontal or side collision(s) is severe enough, together with the air bags.
(1) Retractor Pretensioner
The purpose of the retractor pretensioner is to make sure that the shoulder belts fit in tightly against the occupant's upper body in certain frontal or side collision(s).
(2) Emergency Fastening Device System
The purpose of the Emergency Fastening Device System is to make sure that the pelvis belts fit in tightly against the occupant's lower body in certain frontal or side collision(s).
If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner system activates, the load limiter inside the retractor pre-tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt.
2-29
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
· Always wear your seat belt and sit properly in your seat.
· Do not use the seat belt if it is loose or twisted. A loose or twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
· Do not place anything near the buckle. This may adversely affect the buckle and cause it to function improperly.
· Always replace your pre-tensioners after activation or an accident.
· NEVER inspect, service, repair or replace the pre-tensioners yourself. This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
WARNING
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism deploys during a collision, the pre-tensioners become hot and can burn you.
OLMB033040/Q
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in the illustration above:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner
3. SRS control module
4. Emergency Fastening Device System
2-30
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE
(Continued)
Rear center seatbelt
The sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pretensioner seat belts. The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position, and then it should turn off.
· When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke, may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
(3-point rear center seat belt)
2
If the pre-tensioner is not working properly, the warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag is not malfunctioning. If the warning light does not illuminate, stays illuminated or illuminates when the vehicle is being driven, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
· Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be inhaled for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated.
OAE036068L
1. Insert the tongue plate (A) into the buckle (A') until an audible "click" is heard, indicating the latch is
inspect the pre-tensioner seat belts and SRS air bags as soon as
WARNING
locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted.
possible.
· Fasten your seat belt while
NOTICE
sitting properly in an upright
· Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal or side collisions or rollovers.
(Continued)
position to maximize the effectiveness of the pre-tensioner seat belt system.
· A pre-tensioner seat belt system is designed to activate only once. Replace the pretensioner seat belt system, if it
was activated in an accident.
2-31
Safety system of your vehicle
OAE036027
2. Pull the tongue plate (B) and insert it into the buckle (B') until an audible "click" is heard, indicating the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted.
When using the rear center seat belt, the buckle with the "CENTER" mark must be used.
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used during pregnancy. The best way to protect your unborn child is to protect yourself by always wearing the seat belt.
Pregnant women should always wear a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the shoulder belt across your chest, routed between your breasts and away from your neck. Place the lap belt line so that it fits snugly and as low as possible across the hips, not across the abdomen.
WARNING
· A pregnant woman or a patient is more vulnerable to any imapcts on the abdomen during an abrupt stop or accident. If you are in an accident while pregnant, we recommend you consult your doctor.
· To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to an unborn child during an accident, pregnant women should NEVER place the lap portion of the seat belt above or over the area of the abdomen where the unborn child is located.
2-32
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat belt use and children Infant and small children
WARNING
Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when prop-
Most countries have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices, including booster seats. The age at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among countries, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your country, and where you are travelling. Infant and child restraints must be properly placed and installed in a rear seat. For more information refer to the "Child Restraint Systems" section in this chapter.
ALWAYS properly restrain infants and small children in a child restraint appropriate for the child's height and weight.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to a child and other passengers, NEVER hold a child in your lap or arms when the vehicle is moving.The violent forces created during an accident will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the interior of the vehicle.
erly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your country. Before buying any child restraint system, make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Safety Standards of your country. The restraint must be appropriate for your child's height and weight. Check the label on the child restraint for this information. Refer to the "Child Restraint Systems" section in this chapter.
2
2-33
Safety system of your vehicle
Larger children
Children under age 13 and who are too large for a booster seat must always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt should lie across the upper thighs and be snug across the shoulder and chest to restrain the child safely. Check belt fit periodically. Children are afforded the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system and/or seat belts in the rear seat. Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint.
If a larger child over age 13 must be seated in the front seat, the child must be securely restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child's neck or face, try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to an appropriate booster seat in the rear seat.
WARNING
· Always make sure children are wearing their seat belts and that they are properly adjusted before driving.
· NEVER allow the shoulder belt to contact the child's neck or face.
· Do not allow more than one child to use a single seat belt.
Transporting an injured person
A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported. Consult a physician for specific recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should never attempt to use a single seat belt. This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.
To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve the maximum effectiveness of the restraint system, all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the car is moving.
2-34
Safety system of your vehicle
A seat belt cannot provide proper Care of Seat Belts
When to replace seat belts
protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front or rear seats are in a reclined position.
Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are
The entire seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no
2
WARNING
not damaged by seat hinges, doors damage is visible. Additional ques-
or other abuse.
tions concerning seat belt operation
· NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
· Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.
· Drivers and passengers should
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind. Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
should be directed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
always sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with Keep belts clean and dry
the seatbacks upright.
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solu-
tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
2-35
Safety system of your vehicle
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)
Children Always in the Rear
WARNING
Always properly restrain children in the rear seats of the vehicle. Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat. A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.
Most countries have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices. The laws governing the age or height/ weight restrictions at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among countries, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your country, and where you are travelling.
Child restraint systems must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your country.
Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. Even with air bags, children can be seriously injured or killed. Children too large for a child restraint must use the seat belts provided.
Child restraint systems are generally designed to be secured in a vehicle seat by lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of the vehicle.
Child restraint system (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be restrained in an appropriate rear-facing or forward-facing CRS that has first been properly secured to the rear seat of the vehicle. Read and comply with the instructions for installation and use provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint.
WARNING
An improperly secured child restraint can increase the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH in an accident. Always take the following precautions when using a child restraint system:
· NEVER install a child or infant restraint in the front passenger's seat.
· Always properly secure the child restraint to a rear seat of the vehicle.
(Continued)
2-36
Safety system of your vehicle
(Continued)
· Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
· Always properly restrain your
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)
When selecting a CRS for your child, always:
· Make sure the CRS has a label certifying that it meets applicable
Child restraint system types
There are three main types of child restraint systems: rear-facing seats, forward-facing seats, and booster seats. They are classified according to the child's age, height and weight.
2
child in the child restraint.
Safety Standards of your country.
· If the vehicle head restraint · Select a child restraint based on Rearward-facing child seats
prevents proper installation of
your child's height and weight. The
a child seat (as described in
required label or the instructions
WARNING
the child restraint system
for use typically provide this infor-
manual), the head restraint of
mation.
NEVER install a child or infant
the respective seating posi- · Select a child restraint that fits the restraint in the front passen-
tion shall be readjusted or
vehicle seating position where it ger's seat.
entirely removed.
will be used.
Placing a rear-facing child
· Do not use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that "hooks" over a seatback, it may not provide adequate
· Read and comply with the warnings and instructions for installation and use provided with the child restraint system.
restraint in the front seat can result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.
protection in an accident.
· After an accident, have a
HYUNDAI dealer check the
child restraint system, seat
belts, tether anchors and
lower anchors.
2-37
Safety system of your vehicle
Continue to use a rear-facing child seat for as long as your child will fit within the height and weight limits allowed by the child seat manufacturer. It's the best way to keep them safe. Once your child has outgrown the rear-facing child restraint, your child is ready for a forward-facing child restraint with a harness.
OAE036062
A rear-facing child seat provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the child. The harness system holds the child in place, and in an accident, acts to keep the child positioned in the seat and reduce the stress to the neck and spinal cord.
All children under age one must always ride in a rear-facing infant child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight limits for the rear-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rearfacing for a longer period of time.
OAE036028
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides restraint for the child's body with a harness. Keep children in a forwardfacing child seat with a harness until they reach the top height or weight limit allowed by your child restraint's manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forwardfacing child restraint, your child is ready for a booster seat.
2-38
Safety system of your vehicle
Booster seats
Installing a Child Restraint
After selecting a proper child seat for
A booster seat is a restraint designed System (CRS)
your child, check to make sure it fits
to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat
properly in your vehicle. Follow the
belt system. A booster seat positions the seat belt so that it fits properly
WARNING
instructions provided by the manu-
facturer when installing the child 2
over the lap of your child. Keep your child in a booster seat until
Before installing your child restraint system always:
seat. Note these general steps when installing the seat to your vehicle:
they are big enough to sit in the seat without a booster and still have the seat belt fit properly. For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt must lie snugly across the upper thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder belt should lie snug across the shoulder and chest and not across the neck or face. Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the
· Read and follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint.
· Read and follow the instructions regarding child restraint systems in this manual.
Failure to follow all warnings and instructions could increase the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an accident occurs.
· Properly secure the child restraint to the vehicle. All child restraints must be secured to the vehicle with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the LATCH system.
· Make sure the child restraint is firmly secured. After installing a child restraint to the vehicle, push and pull the seat forward-and-back and side-to-side to verify that it is securely attached to the seat. A
risk of injury.
child restraint secured with a seat
belt should be installed as firmly as
WARNING
possible. However, some side-to-
side movement can be expected.
If the vehicle headrest prevents proper installation of a child seat (as described in the child seat system manual, the headrest of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or
· Secure the child in the child restraint. Make sure the child is properly strapped in the child restraint according to the manufacturer instructions.
entirely removed.
2-39
Safety system of your vehicle
CAUTION
A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot. To prevent burns, check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint.
Lower Anchors and Tether for Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving and in an accident. This system is designed to make installation of the child restraint easier and reduce the possibility of improperly installing your child restraint. The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint. The LATCH system eliminates the need to use seat belts to secure the child restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you must have a child restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child seat with its attachments for the LATCH lower anchors.
OAE036063
LATCH anchors have been provided in the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Their locations are shown in the illustration. There are no LATCH anchors provided for the center rear seating position.
2-40
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors system
Do not attempt to install a child restraint system using LATCH anchors in the rear center seating position.There are no LATCH
Lower Anchor Position Indicator
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear outboard seating positions:
2
1. Move the seat belt buckle away
anchors provided for this seat.
from the lower anchors.
Using the outboard seat anchors can damage the anchors which may break or fail in a collision resulting in serious injury or death.
Lower Anchor
OAE036031
The lower anchor position indicator symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to identify the position of the lower anchors in your vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions.
2. Move any other objects away from the anchors that could prevent a secure connection between the child restraint and the lower anchors.
3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.
4. Follow the child restraint instructions for properly adjusting and tightening the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower
anchors.
2-41
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using the LATCH system:
· Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your child restraint system.
· To prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts and retract the seat belt webbing behind the child. Children can be strangled if a shoulder belt becomes wrapped around their neck and the seat belt tightens.
· NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
· Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint.
2-42
Securing a child restraint seat with "Tether Anchor" system
OAE036029N
First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether strap be attached, attach and tighten the top tether strap to the top tether strap anchor. Child restraint hook holders are located on the rear of the seatbacks.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when installing the tether strap:
· Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your child restraint system.
· NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single tether anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
· Do not attach the tether strap to anything other than the correct tether anchor. It may not work properly if attached to something else.
· Do not use the tether anchors for adult seat belts or harnesses, or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle.
Safety system of your vehicle
3. Check that the child restraint is Securing a child restraint with
securely attached to the seat by lap/shoulder belt
pushing and pulling the seat for- When not using the LATCH system,
ward-and-back and side-to-side.
all child restraints must be secured to a vehicle rear seat with the lap part
2
of a lap/shoulder belt.
OAE036030
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the child restraint tether strap over the child restraint seatback. Route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts, or route the tether strap over the top of the vehicle seatback. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the tether anchor, then tighten the tether strap according to the child seat manufacturer's instructions to firmly secure the child restraint to the seat.
WARNING
ALWAYS place a rear-facing child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.
Placing a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.
2-43
Safety system of your vehicle
To install a child restraint system on the rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on a rear seat and route the lap/ shoulder belt around or through the child restraint, following the restraint manufacturer's instructions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted.
OLMB033044
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking mode), you must manually pull the seat belt all the way out to shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" mode to secure a child restraint.
The "Automatic Locking" mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system. To secure a child restraint system, use the following procedure.
NOTICE
When using the rear center seat belt, you should also refer to the "Rear Seat Belt Passenger's 3point system" section in this chapter.
OLMB033045
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct "click" sound.
i Information
Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.
2-44
Safety system of your vehicle
5. Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while
feeding the shoulder belt back into
the retractor.
2
6. Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. If it is not, release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6.
OLMB033097
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out. When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extended, it will shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" (child restraint) mode.
OLMB033098
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting" sound. This indicates that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode. If no distinct sound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.
7. Double check that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or recommends you to use a tether anchor with the lap/shoulder belt, refer to the previous pages for more information.
2-45
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE
When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position, the retractor will automatically switch from the "Automatic Locking" mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage.
To remove the child restraint, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.
WARNING
If the retractor is not in the "Automatic Locking" mode, the child restraint can move when your vehicle turns or stops suddenly. A child can be seriously injured or killed if the child restraint is not properly anchored in the car, including manually pulling the seat belt all the way out to shift the rectractor to the "Automatic Locking" mode.
2-46
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
2
1. Driver's front air bag 2. Passenger's front air bag 3. Side air bag 4. Curtain air bag 5. Driver's knee air bag
Safety system of your vehicle
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OAEE036035
2-47
Safety system of your vehicle
This vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Air Bag System for the driver's seat and front passenger's seats.
The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For these air bags to provide protection, the seat belts must be worn at all times when driving.
You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a seat belt. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace them. Also, air bags are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the only restraint protecting you.
WARNING
AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time, everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt when the air bag inflates.
NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant or child causing serious or fatal injuries.
ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.
All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.
You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle.
2-48
Safety system of your vehicle
Where Are the Air Bags?
Driver's and passenger's front air bags
Your vehicle is equipped with a Advanced Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions.
The SRS consists of air bags which are located in the center of the steering wheel, in the driver's side lower crash pad below the steering wheel column and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the letters "AIR BAG" embossed on the pad covers.
Driver's front air bag Driver's knee air bag
Passenger's front air bag
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and front passengers with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system
alone. The advanced SRS offers the 2
ability to control the air bag inflation within two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity impacts. A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts.
OAEE039032
According to the impact severity, the SRS Control Module (SRSCM) controls the air bag inflation. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.
OAE036033
OAEPH038036
2-49
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating front air bags, take the following precautions:
· Seat belts must be worn at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
· Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle.
· Never lean against the door or center console.
· Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.
· No objects (such as crash pad cover, cellular phone holder, cup holder, perfume or stickers) should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box. Such objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.
2-50
Side air bags
OAE036037
The side air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity.
The side and curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected.
The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.
WARNING
OAE036038
Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front seat. The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle's driver and the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating side air bag, take the following precautions:
· Seat belts must be worn at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
(Continued)
Safety system of your vehicle
(Continued)
· Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats.
· Hold the steering wheel at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions, to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms.
· Do not use any accessory seat covers. This could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system.
· Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar.
(Continued)
(Continued)
Curtain air bags
· Do not place any objects
between the door and the
seat. They may become dan-
2
gerous projectiles if the side
air bag inflates.
· Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bags.
· Do not put any objects between the side airbag label and seat cushion. It could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.
OAE036041
· Do not cause impact to the doors when the ignition switch is in the ON position as this may cause the side air bags to inflate.
· If the seat or seat cover is damaged, have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OAE036042
Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors.
2-51
Safety system of your vehicle
They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity.
The side and curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected.
The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating curtain air bag, take the following precautions: · All seat occupants must wear
seat belts at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
(Continued)
(Continued)
· Properly secure child restraints as far away from the door as possible.
· Do not place any objects over the air bag. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail.
· Do not hang other objects except clothes, especially hard or breakable objects. In an accident, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury.
· Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats.
· Do not open or repair the side curtain air bags.
How Does the Air Bag System Operate?
OAEE036075N
The SRS consists of the following components: 1. Driver's front air bag module/
Driver's knee airbag module 2. Passenger's front air bag module 3. Side air bag modules/
Side impact sensors 4. Curtain air bag modules 5. Retractor pre-tensioner assem-
blies 6. Air bag warning light 7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor
2-52
Safety system of your vehicle
8. Front impact sensors 9. Side pressure sensors
SRS warning light
WARNING
10. Emergency Fastening Device
If your SRS malfunctions, the air
System 11. Occupant classification system
bag may not inflate properly during an accident increasing the
2
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint System Control Module) continually monitors all SRS compo-
The SRS (Supplement Restraint System) air bag warning light on the instrument panel displays the air bag symbol depicted in the illustration.
risk of serious injury or death.
If any of the following conditions occur, your SRS is malfunctioning:
nents while the ignition switch is in The system checks the air bag elec- · The light does not turn on for
the ON position to determine if a trical system for malfunctions. The
approximately six seconds
crash impact is severe enough to light indicates that there is a potential
when the ignition switch is in
require air bag deployment or pre- malfunction with your air bag system,
the ON position.
tensioner seat belt deployment.
which could include your side and · The light stays on after illumi-
curtain air bags used for rollover pro-
nating for approximately six
tection.
seconds.
· The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
· The light blinks when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.
Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the SRS as soon as possible if any of these conditions occur.
2-53
Safety system of your vehicle
During a frontal collision, sensors will detect the vehicle's deceleration. If the rate of deceleration is high enough, the control unit will inflate the front air bags.
The front air bags help protect the driver and front passenger by responding to frontal impacts in which seat belts alone cannot provide adequate restraint. When needed, the side air bags help provide protection in the event of a side impact or rollover.
· Air bags are activated (able to inflate if necessary) only when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
· Air bags inflate in the event of certain frontal or side collisions to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury.
· Generally, air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision, its direction, etc. These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.
· Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed, angles of impact and the density and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle impacts during a collision. The determining factors are not limited to those mentioned above.
· The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident. It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision.
· In addition to inflating in certain side collisions, vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side and curtain air bags will inflate if the sensing system detects a rollover.
When a rollover is detected, side and curtain air bags will remain inflated longer to help provide protection from ejection, especially when used in conjunction with the seat belts.
· To help provide protection, the air bags must inflate rapidly. The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or lifethreatening injuries and is thus a necessary part of air bag design.
However, the rapid air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force.
· There are even circumstances under which contact with the air bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the air bag.
2-54
Safety system of your vehicle
You can take steps to help reduce the risk of being injured by an inflat-
WARNING
Driver's front air bag (1)
ing air bag. The greatest risk is sitting
too close to the air bag. An air bag To reduce the risk of serious
needs space to inflate. It is recommended that drivers sit as far as pos-
injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following pre-
2
sible between the center of the steer- cautions:
ing wheel and the chest while still · NEVER place a child restraint
maintaining control of the vehicle.
in the front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain children under age 13 in the rear seats of the vehicle.
OHM039102N
· Adjust the front passenger's and driver's seats as far to the rear as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle.
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the front air bags.
· Hold the steering wheel with hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions.
· Never place anything or anyone between the air bag and the seat occupant.
· Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.
2-55
Safety system of your vehicle
Driver's front air bag (2)
Driver's front air bag (3)
OHM039103N
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags. Further opening of the covers allows full inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt, slows the driver or the front passenger forward motion, reducing the risk of head and chest injury.
Passenger's front air bag
OHM039104N
OLMB033057
After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls.
WARNING
To prevent objects from becoming dangerous projectiles when the passenger's air bag inflates:
· Do not install or place any objects (drink holder, CD holder, stickers, etc.) on the front passenger's panel above the glove box where the passenger's air bag is located.
· Do not install a container of liquid air freshener near the instrument cluster or on the instrument panel surface.
2-56
Safety system of your vehicle
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates
After a frontal or side air bag inflates, it will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation will not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer. Curtain air bags may remain partially inflated for some time after they deploy.
(Continued)
· Always wash exposed skin areas thoroughly with cold and mild soap.
· Always have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment. Air bags are designed to be used only
Noise and smoke from inflating air bag
When the air bags inflate, they make a loud noise and may produce smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle. This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing because of the contact of
2
WARNING
once.
your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag, as well as from breathing
After an air bag inflates, take the following precautions:
the smoke and powder. The powder may aggravate asthma for some people. If you experience breathing
· Open your windows and doors
problems after an air bag deploy-
as soon as possible after
ment, seek medical attention imme-
impact to reduce prolonged
diately.
exposure to the smoke and powder released by the inflating air bag.
Though the smoke and powder are nontoxic, they may cause irritation to the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If
· Do not touch the air bag stor-
this is the case, wash and rinse with
age area's internal compo-
cold water immediately and seek
nents immediately after an air
medical attention if the symptoms
bag has inflated. The parts
persist.
that come into contact with an
inflating air bag may be very
hot.
(Continued)
2-57
Safety system of your vehicle
Occupant Classification System (OCS)
OAEPH039040N
Your vehicle is equipped with an Occupant Classification System (OCS) in the front passenger's seat.
Main components of the Occupant Classification System
· A detection device located within the front passenger seat cushion.
· Electronic system to determine whether the passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated.
· An indicator light located on the instrument panel which illuminates the words "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated.
· The instrument panel air bag indicator light is interconnected with the OCS.
The OCS is designed to help detect the presence of a properly-seated front passenger and determine if the passenger's front air bag should be enabled (may inflate) or not.
The purpose is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF.
For example, if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat, the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and wearing the seat belt properly, should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting on the edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out of position), this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF.
You will find the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator on the center fascia panel. This system detects the conditions 1-4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions.
2-58
Safety system of your vehicle
Always be sure that you and all vehi- Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System
cle occupants are seated properly
and wearing the seat belt properly for
Indicator/Warning light
Devices
the most effective protection by the air bag and the seat belt.
The OCS may not function properly if
Condition detected by the occupant classification system
"PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator light
SRS warning light
Front passenger air bag
2
the passenger takes actions which can affect the classification system. 1. Adult *1
Off
Off
Activated
These include:
2. Infant *2 or child restraint
· Failing to sit in an upright position.
system with 12 months old *3 *4
On
Off
Deactivated
· Leaning against the door or center console.
· Sitting towards the sides of the front of the seat.
· Putting their legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat.
· Wearing the seat belt improperly.
· Reclining the seatback.
· Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear or hip protection wear.
3. Unoccupied 4. Malfunction in the system
On
Off
Deactivated
Off
On
Activated
*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.
· Putting an additional thick cushion on the seat.
· Putting electrical devices (e.g. notebook, satellite radio) on the seat with inverter charging.
2-59
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger's seat when it is unoccupied by a passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
· NEVER put a heavy load in the front seat or seatback pocket, or hang any items on the front passenger seat.
· NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving.
OVQ036013NB
· NEVER place your feet on the front passenger seatback.
OLMB033103
· NEVER place your feet or legs on the dashboard.
2-60
OLMB033100
· NEVER sit with your hips shifted towards the front of the seat.
OLMB033101
OLMB033102
· NEVER lean on the door or center console or sit on one side of the front passenger seat.
OLMB033104
(continued)
Safety system of your vehicle
(continued)
· Do not sit on the passenger seat wearing heavily padded clothes such as ski wear and hip protector.
ODH035900K
· Do not place electronic
devices such as laptops,
DVD player, or conductive
2
materials such as water
bottles on the passenger
seat.
· Do not use electronic ODH035902K devices such as laptops
and satellite radios which use inverter chargers.
· Do not use car seat accessories such as thick blankets and cushions which cover up the car seat surface.
ODH035901K
· If large quantity of liquid has been spilled on the passenger seat, the air bag warning light may illuminate or malfunction.
ODH035903K
Therefore, make sure the seat has been completely dried before driving the vehicle.
· Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat. These may damage the occupant detection system, if they puncture the seat cushion.
· Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.
· When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only. The OCS has been developed based on using original HYUNDAI car seats only. Altering or changing the authentic parts may result in system malfunction and increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could interfere with the proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an accident.
2-61
Safety system of your vehicle
B990A01O
Proper seated position for OCS
If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is on when an adult is seated in the front passenger seat, place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position and ask the passenger to sit properly (sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor). Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position. This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is still on, ask the passenger to move to the rear seat.
WARNING
Never allow an adult passenger to ride in the front passenger seat when the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is illuminated. During a collision, the air bag will not inflate if the indicator is illuminated. Have your passenger reposition himself in the seat. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator remains illuminated after the passenger repositions himself properly and the vehicle is restarted, have the passenger move to the rear seat because the air bag will not inflate.
NOTICE
The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator illuminates for approximately 4 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position or after the engine is started. If the front passenger seat is occupied, the OCS will then classify the front passenger after several more seconds.
Do Not Install a Child Restraint in the Front Passenger's Seat
1JBH3051
Even though your vehicle is equipped with the OCS, never install a child restraint in the front passenger's seat. An inflating air bag can forcefully strike a child or child restraint resulting in serious or fatal injury.
2-62
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?
(Continued) · Do not perform maintenance
· NEVER place a rear-facing or Air bags are not designed to inflate in
on or around the air bag sen-
front-facing child restraint in the front passenger's seat of
every collision. There are certain types of accidents in which the air bag
sors. If the location or angle of
2
the sensors is altered, the air
the vehicle.
would not be expected to provide
bags may deploy when they
· An inflating frontal air bag could forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injury or death.
· Always properly restrain children in an appropriate child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.
additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts. Damage to the vehicle indicates a collision energy absorption, and is not an indicator of whether or not an air bag should have inflated.
should not or may not deploy when they should.
· Do not install bumper guards or replace the bumper with a non-genuine HYUNDAI parts. This may adversely affect the collision and air bag deployment performance.
Air bag collision sensors
· Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF or ACC posi-
tion when the vehicle is being
WARNING
towed to prevent inadvertent
air bag deployment.
To reduce the risk of an air bag deploying unexpectedly and causing serious injury or death:
· Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed.
· Have all air bag repairs conducted by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
(Continued)
2-63
Safety system of your vehicle 2-64
1. SRS control module/Rollover sensor 2. Front impact sensor 3. Side pressure sensor 4. Side impact sensor
OAE038043/OAE036044/OAE038045/OAE036046/OAE036047
Safety system of your vehicle
Air bag inflation conditions
Although the driver's and front passenger's air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of col-
lisions if the front impact sensors 2
detect a sufficient impact. Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions or rollover situations, but they may inflate in other collisions if the side OAE038049 impact sensors detect a sufficient impact.
OAE036048
Front air bags
Front air bags and the driver's knee air bag are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the severity of impact of the front collision.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment.
OAE036050
Side and curtain air bags
Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the severity of impact resulting from a side impact collision.
2-65
Safety system of your vehicle Air bag non-inflation conditions
OAE036051
In certain low-speed collisions the air bags may not deploy. The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts.
OAE036052
Front air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not provide any additional benefit.
OAE038053
Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because occupants move in the direction of the collision, and thus in side impacts, front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
However, side and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the severity of impact.
2-66
Safety system of your vehicle
2
OAE036061
In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags.
OAE036054
Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to "ride" under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance. Air bags may not inflate in this "underride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such "underride" collisions.
OAE036055
Front air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because air bag deployment could not provide protection to the occupants.
However, side and curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision.
2-67
Safety system of your vehicle
OAE038056
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees, where the point of impact is concentrated and the collision energy is absorbed by the vehicle structure.
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenancefree and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is in the ON position, or continuously remains on, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel, the front passenger's panel, front seats and roof rails must be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, take the following precautions:
· Do not attempt to modify or disconnect the SRS components or wiring, including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure.
· Do not place objects over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, or the front passenger's panel above the glove box.
· Clean the air bag pad covers with a soft cloth moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system.
· Always have inflated air bags replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
(Continued)
2-68
Safety system of your vehicle
(Continued)
· If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. Consult an
Additional Safety Precautions
Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving. A passenger who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can be thrown
Modifications to accommodate disabilities.
If you require modification to your vehicle to accommodate a disability, contact the HYUNDAI Auto Canada at 1-888-216-2626.
2
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for against the inside of the vehicle,
the necessary information. Failure to follow these precau-
against other occupants, or be ejected from the vehicle.
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle
tions could increase the risk of personal injury.
Do not use any accessories on seat belts. Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.
Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats could
interfere with the operation of the sup-
plemental restraint system sensing
components or side air bags.
Do not place items under the front seats. Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors. Impact to the doors when the ignition switch is in the ON position may cause the air bags to inflate.
2-69
Safety system of your vehicle
Air Bag Warning Labels
OAD035053N
Air bag warning labels, required by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS), are attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information about the air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owners Manual.
2-70
Convenient features of your vehicle
Accessing your vehicle .........................................3-3 Windows ................................................................3-37
Remote Key .......................................................................3-3
Power Windows ...............................................................3-38
Smart Key............................................................................3-7
Sunroof..................................................................3-41
Immobilizer System ........................................................3-12
Sunroof Opening and Closing ......................................3-42
Door locks .............................................................3-14
Sliding the Sunroof.........................................................3-42
Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle....3-14 Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle ......3-16
Tilting the Sunroof .........................................................3-43
Sunshade ...........................................................................3-43
3
Auto Door Lock/Unlock Features...............................3-18
Resetting the Sunroof ...................................................3-44
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks ...............................3-18
Exterior features .................................................3-45
Theft-alarm system.............................................3-19
Hood ...................................................................................3-45
Driver position memory system ........................3-20
Tailgate...............................................................................3-46
Storing Positions into Memory ..................................3-20
Fuel Filler Door (Hybrid vehicle) .................................3-48
Recalling Positions from Memory...............................3-21
Fuel Filler Door (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) ..................3-51
Easy Access Function ....................................................3-21
Instrument cluster................................................3-54
Steering wheel......................................................3-22
Instrument Cluster Control............................................3-56
Electric Power Steering (EPS) .....................................3-22
Gauges and Meters ........................................................3-56
Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering..............................3-22
Warning and Indicator Lights.......................................3-63
Horn ....................................................................................3-23
LCD Display Messages ...................................................3-76
Heated Steering Wheel ................................................3-24
LCD Display ..........................................................3-92
Mirrors...................................................................3-25
LCD Display Control........................................................3-92
Inside Rearview Mirror ..................................................3-25
LCD display modes..........................................................3-93
Side View Mirrors .........................................................3-33
Reverse Parking Aid Function ....................................3-36
Trip computer (hybrid vehicle) ........................3-105
Trip modes ......................................................................3-105
Trip computer (plug-in hybrid vehicle) ..........3-110
Trip modes ......................................................................3-110
Lighting................................................................3-115
Exterior Lights ...............................................................3-115
3
Interior Lights ................................................................3-123
Welcome System ..........................................................3-125
Wipers and washers .........................................3-126
Windshield Wipers .......................................................3-126
Windshield Washers ....................................................3-127
Rear View Monitor (RVM) ...............................3-128
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ...3-130
Self-Diagnosis ...............................................................3-133
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning (PDW) .................................................3-134
Self-Diagnosis ...............................................................3-138
Automatic climate control system...................3-139
Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning.................3-140
Manual Heating and Air Conditioning......................3-141
System Operation .........................................................3-148
System Maintenance....................................................3-149
Windshield defrosting and defogging ............3-151 To Defog Inside Windshield........................................3-151 To Defrost Outside Windshield..................................3-152 Defogging Logic ............................................................3-152 Rear Window Defroster ..............................................3-152 Auto Defogging System .............................................3-153
Climate control additional features.................3-155 Automatic Ventilation .................................................3-155 Sunroof inside air recirculation ...............................3-155
Storage compartment........................................3-156 Center Console Storage ..............................................3-156 Glove Box........................................................................3-156 Sunglass Holder.............................................................3-157 Multi Box.........................................................................3-157
Interior features ...............................................3-158 Cup Holder ......................................................................3-158 Sunvisor...........................................................................3-159 Power Outlet .................................................................3-159 Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System ............3-160 Clock .................................................................................3-162 Clothes Hanger .............................................................3-163 Floor Mat Anchor(s).....................................................3-163 Cargo Security Screen.................................................3-164
Convenient features of your vehicle
ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE
Remote Key (if equipped)
Locking To lock :
WARNING
1. Close all doors, engine hood and tailgate.
Do not leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised chil-
2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on dren. Unattended children
the remote key.
could place the key in the igni-
3. The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once if the lock button is pressed once more within four seconds.
tion switch and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.
3
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
OAE046029
checking the position of the door lock button inside the vehicle.
Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key,
which you can use to lock or unlock a door (and tailgate) and even start the vehicle.
1. Door Lock
2. Door Unlock
i Information
After locking the doors, if you press the Door Lock button again within four seconds, the hazard warning lights will blink and the horn will
3. Tailgate Unlock
sound one time to confirm that the
4. Panic
doors are locked.
3-3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Unlocking
To unlock:
1. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on the remote key.
2. The driver's door will unlock. The hazard warning lights will blink two times.
Two press unlock setting:
Two press unlock setting can be changed according to owner's preference.
Select or deselect the 'Two Press Unlock' menu in the User Settings mode on the LCD display (User Settings Door and select or deselect Two Press Unlock).
i Information
After unlocking the doors, the doors will lock automatically after 30 seconds unless a door is opened.
Tailgate unlocking To unlock: 1. Press and hold the Tailgate
Unlock button (3) on the remote key for more than one second. 2. The hazard warning lights will blink two times. Once the tailgate is opened and then closed, the tailgate will lock automatically.
i Information
The word "HOLD" is written on the button to inform you that you must press and hold the button for more than one second.
Panic button Press and hold the Panic button (4) for more than one second. The horn sounds and hazard warning lights flash for about 30 seconds. To cancel the panic mode, press any button on the remote key.
Start-up For more information, refer to the "Key Ignition Switch" section in chapter 5.
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the remote key: · Keep the remote key away from
water or any liquid and fire. If the inside of the remote key gets damp (due to drinks or moisture), or is heated, internal circuit may malfunction, excluding the car from the warranty. · Avoid dropping or throwing the remote key. · Protect the remote key from extreme temperatures.
3-4
Convenient features of your vehicle
Mechanical key
Remote key precautions
The remote key will not work if any of the following occur:
· The key is in the ignition switch.
· You exceed the operating distance limit (about 30 m [90 feet]).
When possible, avoid placing the remote key and your mobile phone in the same location such as pants or jacket pocket in order to avoid interference between the two devices.
· The remote key battery is weak.
3
· Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
· The weather is extremely cold.
OAE046002
If the remote key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the door by using the mechanical key.
To unfold the mechanical key, press the release button on the remote key.
To return the key to its stored position, press the release button and fold the key back into the remote.
· The remote key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the remote key.
When the remote key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the remote key contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the remote key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phones normal operational signals. This is especially important when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails.
3-5
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
This device complies with Industry Canada RSS-210 standard.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
NOTICE
Keep the remote key away from electromagnetic materials that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface.
Battery replacement If the remote key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one.
OLM042302
Battery Type: CR2032 To replace the battery: 1. Pry open the rear cover of the
remote key. 2. Remove the old battery and insert
the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct. 3. Reinstall the rear cover of the remote key.
If you suspect your remote key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your remote key is not working correctly contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.
IC WARNING
This device complies with Industry Canada licenceexempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
3-6
Convenient features of your vehicle
Smart Key
Locking
i Information
The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 0.7~1 m (28~40 inches) from the outside door handle.
Even though you press the outside 3
door handle button, the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for three seconds if any of the following occur:
OAE046029
Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, which you can use to lock or unlock a door (and tailgate) and even start the vehicle. 1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock 3. Tailgate Unlock 4. Panic
OAE046001
To lock :
1. Close all doors, hood and tailgate.
2. Either press the door handle button or press the Door Lock button (1) on the smart key.
3. The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by checking the position of the door lock button inside the vehicle.
· The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
· The Engine Start/Stop button is in ACC or ON position.
· Any door except the tailgate is open.
WARNING
Do not leave the Smart Key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could press the Engine Start/ Stop button and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.
3-7
Convenient features of your vehicle
Unlocking
OAE046001
To unlock: 1. Carry the Smart Key. 2. Either press the driver's outside
door handle button or press the Door Unlock button (2) on the smart key.
3. The driver's door will unlock. The hazard warning lights will blink two times.
If you press the driver's outside door handle button or Door Unlock button on the smart key again within four seconds, then all the doors will unlock.
Two press unlock setting:
Two press unlock setting can be changed according to owner's preference.
Select or deselect the 'Two Press Unlock' menu in the User Settings mode on the LCD display (User Settings Door and select or deselect Two Press Unlock).
i Information
· The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 0.7~1 m (28~40 inches) from the outside door handle and other people can also open the doors.
· If you press the front passenger's outside door handle, while carrying the Smart Key, all doors will unlock.
· After unlocking the doors, the doors will lock automatically after 30 seconds unless a door is opened.
· Either the driver or front passenger door can be opened with the door handle button when the smart key is within this range.
3-8
Convenient features of your vehicle
Tailgate unlocking
Panic button
NOTICE
To unlock:
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Either press the tailgate handle button or press and hold the Tailgate Unlock button (3) on the smart key for more than one second.
Press and hold the Panic button (4) for more than one second. The horn sounds and hazard warning lights blink for about 30 seconds. To cancel the panic mode, press any button on the Smart Key.
Start-up
To prevent damaging the smart key:
· Keep the smart key away from any liquid or fire. Internal circuits may malfunction if the inside of the smart key gets damp (from liquids or moisture) or if it is heated. This can exclude the smart
3
3. The hazard warning lights will You can start the vehicle without key from warranty coverage.
blink two times.
inserting the key.
· Avoid dropping or throwing the
smart key.
i Information
· The tailgate handle button will only operate when the smart key is within
For more information, refer to the "Engine Start/Stop Button" section in chapter 5.
· Protect the smart key from extreme temperatures.
0.7 m (28 inches) from the tailgate
handle.
· The Tailgate Unlock button (3) will only unlock the tailgate. It will not release the latch and open the tailgate automatically. If the Tailgate Unlock button is used, someone must still press the tailgate handle button to open the tailgate.
3-9
Convenient features of your vehicle
Mechanical key If the Smart Key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the driver's door by using the mechanical key.
OAEE046001
Press and hold the release button (1) and remove the mechanical key (2). Insert the mechanical key into the key hole on the door. To reinstall the mechanical key, put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard.
Loss of a smart key
A maximum of two Smart Keys can be registered to a single vehicle. If you happen to lose your smart key, you should immediately take the vehicle and remaining keys to your authorized HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle, if necessary.
Smart key precautions
The smart key may not work if any of the following occur:
· The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter.
· The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone.
· Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.
If the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the smart key, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the smart key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phone's normal operational signals. This is specifically relevant when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. Avoid placing the smart key and your mobile phone in the same location and always try to maintain an adequate distance between the two devices.
NOTICE
Keep the smart key away from electromagnetic materials that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface.
NOTICE
Always have the smart key with you when leaving the vehicle. If the smart key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle battery may be discharged.
3-10
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
This device complies with Industry Canada RSS-210 standard. Operation is subject to the following
Battery replacement
If you suspect your smart key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your smart key is not working correctly, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed 3
battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s)
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
OLF044008
If the Smart Key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one.
Battery Type: CR2032
To replace the battery:
1. Pry open the rear cover of the smart key.
2. Remove the old battery and insert the new battery.
3. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart key.
or regulation(s).
IC WARNING
This device complies with Industry Canada licenceexempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
3-11
Convenient features of your vehicle
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system helps protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is used, the engine's fuel system is disabled.
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the system does not recognize the coding of the key.
Place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position, then place the ignition switch to the ON position again.
The system may not recognize your key's coding if another immobilizer key or other metal object (i.e., key chain) is near the key. The vehicle may not start because the metal may interrupt the transponder signal from transmitting normally.
If the system repeatedly does not recognize the coding of the key, it is recommended that you contact your HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems could result that may make your vehicle inoperable.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential.
NOTICE
The transponder in your key is an important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to give years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. Immobilizer system malfunction could occur.
i Information
This device complies with Industry Canada RSS-210 standard.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
3-12
Convenient features of your vehicle
"Limp Home" Mode and Related 1. To activate the password, turn the NOTICE
Procedures
ignition key "ON" and "OFF"
If the immobilizer warning indicator blinks for five seconds when the ignition key is turned to the "ON" position, this indicates the immobilizer
according to the digit numbers. The immobilizer indicator will blink along with the operation of the ignition key. For example, turn the
If the engine stalls while driving in the "limp home" mode, you can start your engine within 3 seconds without re-entering the password.
system requires service. The engine
ignition key once for digit number
cannot be started without using the procedure below.
"1", and twice for "2", and so on. If the immobilizer indicator blinks for For the digit number "0", you must five seconds, you must re-enter the
3
The following procedure describes how to start the engine using the
cycle the ignition key 10 times. 2. Wait for 3~10 seconds.
password (steps 1~4).
limp home function (0, 1, 2, 3 as a sample password).
3. You may set the remaining number of digits by following steps 1 and 2.
After performing the limp home activation procedure, consult with your authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
NOTICE
4. If all of the four password digits as possible.
You can get a limp home password when the vehicle is first delivered to you. If you do not have a password, consult your authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
have been successfully entered, turn the ignition key "ON" and check that the immobilizer indicator illuminates. From this time, you have to start your engine within 30 seconds. If you try to start your
CAUTION
· If the password is entered incorrectly three consecutive
engine after 30 seconds, your
times, wait for about one hour
engine will not start.
to perform the limp home acti-
vation procedure again.
· If you cannot start your engine using the limp home activation procedure, have your vehicle towed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-13
Convenient features of your vehicle
DOOR LOCKS Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle
Mechanical key
Smart key
Unlock
Lock
OAEE046188N
Smart key To remove the cover: 1. Pull out the door handle (1). 2. Press the lock (2) located inside
the bottom part of the cover with a key or flat-head screwdriver. 3. Push out the cover while pressing the lock.
To install the cover: 1. Pull out the door handle. 2. Install the cover.
Remote key and Smart key
If you lock the driver's door with a mechanical key, all vehicle doors will lock. If you unlock the driver's door with a mechanical key, the driver's door will unlock and the passenger doors will unlock according to the current two press unlock setting.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.
Remote key
OAE046029
To lock the doors, press the Door Lock button (1) on the remote key. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on the remote key, the driver's door will unlock. If you press the Door Unlock button on the remote key again within four seconds, then all the doors will unlock. Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.
3-14
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
· In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
· If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components.
· Two press unlock setting can be changed with the remote key or in the User Settings Mode in the cluster.
Smart key
Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.
i Information
3
OAE046001
Door Door Unlock Lock
· In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
· If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components.
OLF044003
· Two press unlock setting can be changed with the smart key or in the User Settings mode on the cluster.
Press the button on the driver's outside door handle while carrying the Smart Key with you or press the Door Unlock button on the Smart Key, the driver's door will unlock. If you press the button on the front passenger's outside door, all doors will unlock.
3-15
Convenient features of your vehicle
Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle
With the door lock button
Unlock
Lock
· If the inner door handle of the driver's (or front passenger's) door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position, the button is unlocked and door opens.
· Front doors cannot be locked if the key is in the ignition switch and any front door is open. (for remote key)
· Doors cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open. (for smart key)
With the central door lock switch
Driver's door
Passenger's door
OAE046004N
· To unlock a door, pull the door lock button (1) to the "Unlock" position. The red mark (2) on the door lock button will be visible.
· To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the "Lock" position. If the door is locked properly, the red mark (2) on the door lock button will not be visible.
· To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward.
i Information
If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following techniques to exit:
· Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle.
· Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear.
· Lower a front window and use the mechanical key to unlock the door from outside.
OAE046005N/OAEE046509N
When pressing the ( ) switch (1), all vehicle doors will lock.
When pressing the ( ) switch (2), all vehicle doors will unlock.
· If the key is in the ignition switch and any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (1) of the central door lock switch is pressed. (for remote key)
· If the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (1) of the central door lock switch is pressed. (for smart key)
3-16
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
· The doors should always be Always secure your vehicle.
Opening a door when something
fully closed and locked while
Leaving your vehicle unlocked
is approaching may cause dam-
the vehicle is in motion. If the
increases the potential risk to
age or injury. Be careful when
doors are unlocked, the risk of
you or others from someone
opening doors and watch for
being thrown from the vehicle in a crash is increased.
· Do not pull the inner door
hiding in your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while depressing the brake, move the
vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door.
3
handle of driver's or passen-
shift lever to the P (Park) posi-
ger's door while the vehicle is moving.
tion, engage the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in
WARNING
WARNING
the LOCK/OFF position, close all windows, lock all doors, and always take the key with you.
If you stay in the vehicle for a long time while the weather is very hot or cold, there are risks
Do not leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or
of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the outside when someone is in the vehicle.
serious injury to unattended
children or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle. Children
might operate features of the
vehicle that could injure them,
or they could encounter other
harm, possibly from someone
gaining entry to the vehicle.
3-17
Convenient features of your vehicle
Auto Door Lock/Unlock Features
Impact sensing door unlock
All doors will be automatically unlocked when an impact causes the air bags to deploy.
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks
To lock the child safety lock, insert a key (or screw driver) (1) into the hole and turn it to the lock position.
To allow a rear door to be opened from inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety lock.
Speed sensing door lock All doors will be automatically locked (when set on cluster) when vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (9 mph). All of the doors will be automatically unlocked after the vehicle is turned off.
Shift lever auto door lock All doors will be automatically locked when shifted out of P (Park) with the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode.
You can activate or deactivate the Auto Door Lock/Unlock features from the User Settings mode on the LCD display.
For more information, refer to the "LCD Display" section in this chapter.
OAEE046002N
The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children seated in the rear from accidentally opening the rear doors. The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on the edge of each rear door. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open if the inner door handle is pulled.
WARNING
If children accidently open the rear doors while the vehicle is in motion, they could fall out of the vehicle. The rear door safety locks should always be used whenever children are in the vehicle.
3-18
Convenient features of your vehicle
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
This system helps to protect your Once the security system is set, vehicle and valuables. The horn will opening any door, the tailgate, or the
i Information
sound and the hazard warning lights hood without using the remote key or · Do not lock the doors until all pas-
will blink continuously if any of the smart key will cause the alarm to sengers have left the vehicle. If the
following occur:
activate.
remaining passenger leaves the
- A door is opened without using the The Theft Alarm System will not set if
remote key or smart key.
the hood, the tailgate, or any door is
vehicle when the system is armed, the alarm will be activated.
- The tailgate is opened without using the remote key or smart key.
- The engine hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then the system resets. To turn off
not fully closed. If the system will not set, check the hood, the tailgate, or the doors are fully closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it.
· If the vehicle is not disarmed with the remote key or smart key, open the doors by using the mechanical key and place the ignition switch in the ON position (for remote key) or start the vehicle (for smart key) by
3
the alarm, unlock the doors with the
directly pressing the ignition switch
remote key or smart key.
with the smart key.
The Theft Alarm System automatically sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors and the tailgate. For the system to activate, you must lock the doors and the tailgate from outside the vehicle with the remote key or smart key or by pressing the button on the outside of the door handles with the smart key in your possession.
· When the system is disarmed but a door or tailgate is not opened within 30 seconds, the system will be rearmed.
The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate the system is armed.
3-19
Convenient features of your vehicle
DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
Never attempt to operate the driver position memory system while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, serious injury, or property damage.
OAE046036N
The Driver Position Memory System is provided to store and recall the following memory settings with a simple button operation. - Driver's seat position - Side view mirror position - Instrument panel illumination intensity If the battery is disconnected, the position memory will be lost and the driving positions must be stored in the system again. If the Driver Position Memory System does not operate normally, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Storing Positions into Memory
1. Check that the shift lever is in P (Park) while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
2. Adjust the driver's seat position, side view mirror position and instrument panel illumination intensity to positions comfortable for the driver.
3. Press the SET button. The system will beep once and notify you "Press button to save settings"on the LCD display.
4. Press one of the memory buttons (1 or 2) within 4 seconds. The system will beep twice when the memory has been successfully stored.
5. "Driver 1 (or 2) settings saved" will appear on the LCD display.
3-20
Convenient features of your vehicle
Recalling Positions from
NOTICE
Easy Access Function
Memory
1. Check that the shift lever is in P (Park) while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
· While recalling the "1" memory position, pressing the SET or 1 button temporarily stops the adjustment of the recalled memo-
The system will move the driver's seat automatically as follows:
The shift lever is in P (Park)
· Without smart key system
2. Press the desired memory button (1 or 2). The system will beep once, and then the driver's seat position, side view mirror position and instrument panel illumination intensity will automatically adjust to the stored positions.
3. "Driver 1(or 2) settings is applied"
ry position. Pressing the 2 button recalls the "2" memory position.
· While recalling the "2" memory position, pressing the SET or 2 button temporarily stops the adjustment of the recalled memory position. Pressing the 1 button recalls the "1" memory position.
- It will move the driver's seat rear-
ward when the ignition key is 3
removed and the driver's door is opened.
- It will move the driver's seat forward when the ignition key is inserted.
will appear on the LCD display.
· While recalling the stored posi- · With smart key system
tions, pressing one of the con- - It will move the driver's seat rear-
trol buttons for the driver's seat,
ward when the Engine Start/Stop
side view mirror or instrument
button is in the OFF position and
panel illumination will cause the
the driver's door is opened.
movement of that component to - It will move the driver's seat for-
stop and move in the direction
ward when the vehicle is turned
that the control button is
ON or the driver's door is closed
pressed.
with the smart key with you.
You can activate or deactivate the Easy Access Function from the User Settings mode on the LCD display.
For more information, refer to the "LCD Display" section in this chapter.
3-21
Convenient features of your vehicle
STEERING WHEEL Electric Power Steering (EPS)
The system assists you with steering the vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, you may still steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering effort. Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally, the warning light ( ) will illuminate on the instrument cluster. You may steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering efforts. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked as soon as possible.
3-22
i Information
The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation:
· The steering effort may be high immediately after placing the ignition switch in the ON position.
This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics. When the diagnostics are completed, the steering wheel will return to its normal condition.
· A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is in the ON or OFF position.
· Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed.
· When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature, abnormal noise may occur. If temperature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition.
· When an error is detected from the EPS, the steering effort assist function will not be activated in order to prevent fatal accidents. Instrument cluster warning lights may be on or the steering effort may be high. When the following symptoms occur, immediately drive the vehicle to a safe area and check it.
Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering
Adjust the steering wheel so it points toward your chest, not toward your face. Make sure you can see the instrument cluster warning lights and gauges. After adjusting, push the steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position. Always adjust the position of the steering wheel before driving.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the steering wheel while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
CAUTION
Horn
While adjusting the steering wheel height, please do not push or pull it hard since the fixture can be damaged.
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
OAEPH048007
To change the steering wheel angle and height: 1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1). 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and distance forward/back (3). 3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock the steering wheel in place.
i Information
After adjustment, sometimes the lock release lever may not lock the steering wheel. It is not a malfunction. This occurs when two gears are not engaged correctly. In this case, adjust the steering wheel again and then lock the steering wheel.
OAE046009
To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed.
NOTICE Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.
3-23
Convenient features of your vehicle
Heated Steering Wheel (if equipped)
Type A
To turn the heated steering wheel off, press the button again. The indicator on the button will turn off.
The heated steering wheel will automatically turn off after approximately 30 minutes.
Type B
OAEPH048008
NOTICE
Do not install any cover or accessory on the steering wheel. The cover or accessory could cause damage to the heated steering wheel system.
OAEPH048627
When the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, press the heated steering wheel button to warm the steering wheel. The indicator on the button will illuminate.
3-24
Convenient features of your vehicle
MIRRORS
Inside Rearview Mirror Before you start driving, adjust the
WARNING
Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)
rearview mirror to the center on the view through the rear window.
NEVER adjust the mirror while driving. This may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
WARNING
Make sure your line of sight is
accident. NOTICE
Night
3
not obstructed. Do not place objects in the rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear headrests which could interfere with your vision through the rear window.
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing.
Day OAE046010
Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night
WARNING
lever is in the day position.
Pull the day/night lever towards you
To prevent serious injury during
to reduce glare from the headlights
an accident or deployment of
of the vehicles behind you during
the air bag, do not modify the
night driving.
rearview mirror and do not
Remember that you lose some
install a wide mirror.
rearview clarity in the night position.
3-25
Convenient features of your vehicle
BlueLink® center (if equipped)
OAD045011N
For details, refer to the BlueLink® Owner's Guide, Navigation Manual or Audio Manual.
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with compass and HomeLink® system
Your vehicle may be equipped with a Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with a Z-NavTM Electronic Compass Display and an Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Control System.
During nighttime driving, this feature will automatically detect and reduce rearview mirror glare while the compass indicates the direction the vehicle is pointed. The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver allows you to activate your garage door(s), electric gate, home lighting, etc.
OAD045046N
(1) Channel 1 button (2) Channel 2 button (3) Status indicator LED (4) Channel 3 button (5) Rear light sensor (6) Dimming ON/OFF button (7) Compass control button (8) Compass display
3-26
Convenient features of your vehicle
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision The auto-dimming function can be Compass function
SafetyTM (NVS®) Mirror (if equipped)
controlled by pressing the ON/OFF The Compass can be turned ON and
button:
OFF and will remember the last state
The NVS® Mirror automatically
when the ignition is cycled. To turn
reduces glare by monitoring light lev- 1. Pressing the button turns the auto- the display feature ON/OFF:
els in the front and the rear of the
dimming function OFF which is 1. Press and release the button to
vehicle. Any object that obstructs either light sensor will degrade the automatic dimming control feature.
indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning off.
2. Pressing the button again turns
turn the display feature OFF.
2. Press and release the button again to turn the display back ON.
3
For more information regarding NVS® mirrors and other applications, please refer to the Gentex website:
www.gentex.com
the auto-dimming function ON which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning on.
The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started.
Additional options can be set with press and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below.
There is a difference between mag-
netic north and true north. To com-
Z-NavTM Compass Display
pensate for this difference you will
The NVSTM Mirror in your vehicle is need to adjust the Zone setting also equipped with a Z-NavTM based on where you live.
Compass that shows the vehicle
Compass heading in the Display
Window using the 8 basic cardinal
headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).
3-27
Convenient features of your vehicle 3-28
To adjust the Zone setting:
1. Determine the desired Zone Number based upon your current location on the Zone Map.
2. Press and hold the button for more than 3 but less than 6 seconds, the current Zone Number will appear on the display.
3. Pressing and holding the button again will cause the numbers to increment (Note: they will repeat ...13, 14, 15, 1, 2, ...). Releasing the button when the desired Zone Number appears on the display will set the new Zone.
4. Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass heading again.
B520C05NF
There are some conditions that can cause changes to the vehicle magnets, such as installing a ski rack or a CB antenna. Body repair work on the vehicle can also cause changes to the vehicle's magnetic field. In these situations, the compass will need to be re-calibrated to quickly correct these changes.
Convenient features of your vehicle
If you need to recalibrate the com- Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
pass:
Control System
WARNING
1. Press and hold the button for more than 6 seconds. When the compass memory is cleared a "C" will appear in the display.
2. Drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 8 km/h (5 mph).
The HomeLink® Wireless Control System can replace up to three handheld radio-frequency (RF) transmitters with a single built-in device. This innovative feature will learn the radio frequency codes of most current transmitters to operate devices such as gate operators, garage door openers, entry door locks, security systems, even home lighting. Both standard and rolling code-equipped transmitters can be programmed by following the outlined procedures.
Before programming HomeLink® to a garage door opener or gate operator, make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage. Do not use the HomeLink® with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse features required by federal safety standards (this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1, 1982). A garage door that can-
3
Additional HomeLink® information not detect an object - signaling
can be found at: www.homelink.com the door to stop and reverse -
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
does not meet current federal
Retain the original transmitter of the safety standards. Using a garage
RF device you are programming for door opener without these fea-
use in other vehicles as well as for tures increases the risk of seri-
future HomeLink® programming. It is ous injury or death.
also suggested that upon the sale of
the vehicle, the programmed
HomeLink® buttons be erased for
security purposes.
3-29
Convenient features of your vehicle
Programming HomeLink®
Please note the following:
· When programming a garage door opener, it is advised to park the vehicle outside of the garage.
· It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink® for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.
· Some vehicles may require the ignition switch to be placed in the ACC (or "Accessories") position for programming and/or operation of HomeLink®.
· In the event that there are still programming difficulties or questions after following the programming steps listed below, contact HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
Rolling code programming
Rolling code devices which are "code-protected" and manufactured after 1996 may be determined by the following:
· Reference the device owner's manual for verification.
· The handheld transmitter appears to program the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver but does not activate the device.
· Press and hold the trained HomeLink button. The device has the rolling code feature if the indicator light flashes rapidly and then turns solid after 2 seconds.
To train rolling code devices, follow these instructions:
1. At the garage door opener receiver (motor-head unit) in the garage, locate the "learn" or "smart" button. This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit. Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand. If there is difficulty locating the training button, reference the device owner's manual or please visit our Web site at www.homelink.com.
2. Firmly press and release the "learn" or "smart" button (which activates the "training light"). You will have 30 seconds to initiate step 3.
3. Return to the vehicle and firmly press, hold for two seconds and then release the desired HomeLink® button. Repeat the "press/hold/release" sequence a second time to complete the programming. (Some devices may require you to repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming.)
3-30
Convenient features of your vehicle
4. Press and hold the just-trained Standard programming
5. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink® button and observe To train most devices, follow these
HomeLink® button and observe
the red Status Indicator LED. If the instructions:
the red Status Indicator LED. If the
indicator light stays on constantly, programming is complete and your device should activate.
5. To program the remaining two HomeLink® buttons, follow either
1. For first-time programming, press and hold the two outside buttons, HomeLink® Channel 1 and Channel 3 Buttons, until the indicator light begins to flash (after 20
indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and
your device should activate when
the HomeLink® button is pressed
and released.
3
steps 1 through 4 above for other
seconds). Release both buttons. 6. To program the remaining two
Rolling Code devices or steps 2
Do not hold the buttons for longer
HomeLink® buttons, follow steps 2
through 5 in Standard Programming
than 30 seconds.
through 5.
for standard devices.
2. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 2-8 cm (1-3 inches)
away from the HomeLink® buttons
while keeping the indicator light in
view.
3. Simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink® and handheld transmitter button. DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed.
4. While continuing to hold the buttons the red Indicator Status LED will flash slowly and then rapidly after HomeLink® successfully trains to the frequency signal from the hand-held transmitter. Release both buttons.
3-31
Convenient features of your vehicle
Gate operator & Canadian programming
During programming, your handheld transmitter may automatically stop transmitting. Continue to press the Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Control System button (note steps 2 through 4 in the Standard Programming portion of this document) while you press and re-press ("cycle") your handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned. The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training.
Operating HomeLink®
To operate, simply press and release the programmed HomeLink® button. Activation will now occur for the trained device (i.e. garage door opener, gate operator, security system, entry door lock, home/office lighting, etc.). For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time.
Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button
To program a new device to a previously trained HomeLink® button, follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink® button. Do NOT release until step 4 has been completed.
2. When the indicator light begins to flash slowly (after 20 seconds), position the handheld transmitter 2-8 cm (1-3 inches) away from the HomeLink® surface.
3. Press and hold the handheld transmitter button. The HomeLink® indicator light will flash, first slowly and then rapidly.
4. When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly, release both buttons.
5. Press and hold the just-trained HomeLink® button and observe the red Status Indicator LED. If the indicator light stays on constantly, programming is complete and your new device should activate.
Erasing HomeLink® buttons
Individual buttons cannot be erased. However, to erase all three programmed buttons:
1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink® buttons until the indicator light begins to flash-after 20 seconds.
2. Release both buttons. Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds.
The Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Control System is now in the training (learn) mode and can be programmed at any time following the appropriate steps in the Programming chapters above.
NVS® is a registered trademark and Z-NavTM is a trademark of the Gentex Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan. HomeLink® is a registered trademark owned by Johnson Controls, Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
RSS ID: NZLZTVHL3
IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3
3-32
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
This device complies with Industry Canada RSS-210 standard.
Side View Mirrors
Use your interior side view mirror or direct observation to determine the actual distance of following vehicles when changing lanes.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the side
3
view mirrors while driving. This
may cause loss of vehicle con-
trol resulting in an accident.
3. The transceiver has been tested and complies with RSS and Industry Canada rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
OAE046013
Be sure to adjust mirror angles before driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand side view mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch. The mirror heads can be folded to help prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street.
The right side view mirror is convex. Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear.
NOTICE
· Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; this may damage the surface of the glass.
· If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not adjust the mirror by force. Use an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water, or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.
3-33
Convenient features of your vehicle
Side view mirror control
OAE046014N
Adjusting the side mirrors: 1. Press either the L (driver's side) or
R (passenger's side) button (1) to select the side view mirror you would like to adjust. 2. Use the mirror adjustment control switch to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right. 3. After adjustment, put the button into neutral (center) position to prevent inadvertent adjustment.
NOTICE
· The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, because this can damage the motor.
· Do not attempt to adjust the side view mirrors by hand, because this can damage the motor.
Folding the side view mirrors
OAE046015
Manual type To fold the side view mirrors, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle.
3-34
Convenient features of your vehicle
· With smart key system
NOTICE
OAE046016
Electric type (if equipped) Left : The mirror will unfold. Right : The mirror will fold.
- The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the smart key.
The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the OFF posi-
- The mirror will fold or unfold when tion. However, to prevent unnec-
the door is locked or unlocked by essary battery discharge, do not
the button on the outside door adjust the mirrors longer than
handle.
necessary while the engine is not
3
- The mirror will unfold when you running.
approach the vehicle (all doors
closed and locked) with a smart NOTICE
key in possession. (if equipped)
Do not fold the electric type out-
side rearview mirror by hand. It
could cause motor failure.
Center (AUTO) : The mirror will fold or unfold automatically as follows:
· Without smart key system
- The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the remote key.
3-35
Convenient features of your vehicle
Reverse Parking Aid Function (if equipped)
The side view mirrors will automatically revert to their original positions if any of the following occur:
· The ignition switch is placed to either the LOCK/OFF position or the ACC position.
· The shift lever is moved to any position except R (Reverse).
· The remote control side view mirror switch is not selected.
OAEPH049502N
When you move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position, the side view mirror(s) will rotate downwards to aid with driving in reverse. The position of the side view mirror switch (1) determines whether or not the mirrors will move: Left/Right : When either the L (Left) or
R (Right) switch is selected, both side view mirrors will move. Neutral : When neither switch is selected, the side view mirrors will not move.
3-36
WINDOWS
(1) Driver's door power window switch
(2) Front passenger's door power window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window switch
3
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
(7) Power window lock switch
OAEE046019N
3-37
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
Power Windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON position to be able to raise or lower the windows. Each door has a Power Window switch to control that door's window. The driver has a Power Window Lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows. The power windows will operate for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or LOCK/OFF position. However, if the front doors are opened, the Power Windows will not operate even within the 30 seconds period.
WARNING
To avoid serious injury or death, do not extend your head, arms or body outside the windows while driving.
i Information
· In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
· While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof (if equipped) opened (or partially opened), your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise. This noise is normal and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions. If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down, partially lower both front windows approximately 2.5 cm (one inch). If you experience the noise with the sunroof open, slightly close the sunroof.
Window opening and closing
OAE046020
To open: Press the window switch down to the first detent position (5). Release the switch when you want the window to stop. To close: Pull the window switch up to the first detent position (5). Release the window switch when you want the window to stop.
3-38
Convenient features of your vehicle
Auto up/down window
To reset the power windows
Automatic reverse (if equipped)
(if equipped)
Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch.
If the power windows do not operate normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:
1. Place the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue pulling up on the power window switch for at least one second.
If the power windows do not operate properly after resetting, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3
OLF044032
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature doesn't activate while resetting the power window system. Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
If a window senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will stop and lower approximately 30 cm (12 inches) to allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 2.5 cm (1 inch).
If the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reverse feature, the automatic window reverse will not operate.
3-39
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
The automatic reverse feature is only active when the "Auto Up" feature is used by fully pulling up the switch to the second detent.
WARNING
Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. Objects less than 4 mm (0.16 inch) in diameter caught between the window glass and the upper window channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse window and the window will not stop and reverse direction.
NOTICE
Do not install any accessories on the windows. The automatic reverse feature may not operate.
Power window lock switch
OAE046021N
The driver can disable the power window switches on the rear passenger's doors by pressing the power window lock switch. When the power window lock switch is pressed: · The driver's master control can
operate all the power windows. · The front passenger's control can
operate the front passenger's power window. · The rear passenger's control cannot operate the rear passenger's power window.
WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the driver's door power window lock switch in the LOCK position. Serious injury or death can result from unintentional window operation by a child.
NOTICE
· To prevent possible damage to the power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse.
· Never try to operate the main switch on the driver's door and the individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same time. If this is done, the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed.
3-40
Convenient features of your vehicle
SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
i Information
(Continued)
· In cold and wet climates, the sun- · Do not leave the engine run-
roof may not work properly due to
ning and the key in your vehi-
freezing conditions.
cle with unsupervised children.
· After the vehicle is washed or in a
Unattended children could
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
operate the sunroof, which
water that is on the sunroof before operating it.
could result in serious injury. · Do not sit on the top of the
3
vehicle. It may cause injury or
WARNING
vehicle damage.
OAD045022
If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control switch located on the overhead console.
The sunroof can only be opened, closed, or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
The sunroof can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) position. However, if the front door is opened, the sunroof cannot be operated even within 30 seconds.
· Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade while driving. This could result in loss of control and an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or property damage.
· Make sure heads, hands, arms or any other body parts or objects are out of the way before operating the sunroof.
· Do not extend your head, arms or body outside the sunroof while driving, to avoid serious injury.
(Continued)
NOTICE
· Do not continue to move the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to the motor or system components could occur.
· Make sure the sunroof is closed fully when leaving your vehicle.
If the sunroof is left open, rain or snow may wet the interior of the vehicle. Also, leaving the sunroof open when the vehicle is unattended may invite theft.
3-41
Convenient features of your vehicle
Sunroof Opening and Closing
Sliding the Sunroof
Pressing the sunroof control lever backward or forward momentarily to the second detent position completely opens or closes the sunroof even when the switch is released. To stop the sunroof at the desired position while the sunroof is in operation, press the sunroof control lever backward or forward and release the switch.
Automatic reverse (if equipped)
OAD045023
To open:
Press the sunroof control lever backward to the first detent position. Release the switch when you want the sunroof to stop.
To close:
Press the sunroof control lever forward to the first detent position. Release the switch when you want the sunroof to stop.
i Information
To minimize wind noise while driving, it is recommended that you drive with the sunroof slightly closed (stop the sunroof about 7 cm (3 inch) before the maximum slide open position).
OLFC044035CN
If the sunroof senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will reverse direction then stop to allow the object to be cleared.
The auto reverse function does not work if a small obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash.
You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it.
3-42
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Tilting the Sunroof
Sunshade
Small objects that can get
caught between the sunroof
glass and the front glass chan-
nel may not be detected by the
automatic reverse system. In this case, the sunroof glass will
3
not detect the object and will
not reverse direction.
NOTICE
· Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the sunroof guide rail or between the sunroof and roof panel which can make a noise.
· Do not try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice, otherwise the motor could be damaged. In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly.
OAD045024
Tilt the sunroof open: Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof moves to the desired position.
To close the sunroof: Push the sunroof control lever forward until the sunroof moves to the desired position.
OAD045037
The sunshade will open automatically with the sunroof when the glass panel moves. If you want it closed, move the sunshade manually.
NOTICE
The sunroof is made to slide together with the sunshade. Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is open.
3-43
Convenient features of your vehicle
Resetting the Sunroof
The sunroof may need to be reset if the following conditions occur:
- The battery is discharged or disconnected or the sunroof fuse has been replaced or disconnected
- The sunroof control lever is not operating correctly
To reset the sunroof, perform the following steps:
1. Place the ignition switch to the ON position or start the vehicle ( indicator ON). It is recommended to reset the sunroof while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.
2. Push the control lever forward. The sunroof will close completely or tilt depending on the condition of the sunroof.
3. Release the control lever when the sunroof stops moving.
4. Push the control lever forward about 10 seconds.
- When the sunroof is in the closed position :
The glass will tilt and slightly move up and down.
- When the sunroof is in the tilt position:
The glass will slightly move up and down.
Do not release the lever until the operation is completed.
If you release the lever during operation, start the procedure again from step 2.
5. Within 3 seconds, push and hold the control lever forward until the sunroof operates as follows:
Tilt down Slide Open Slide Close.
Do not release the lever until the operation is completed. If you release the lever during operation, start the procedure again from step 2.
6. Release the sunroof control lever after all steps have completed. The sunroof system has been reset.
i Information
· If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, or the sunroof fuse is blown, the sunroof may not operate normally.
· For more detailed information, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-44
EXTERIOR FEATURES Hood
Opening the hood
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
OAE046026N
1. Park the vehicle and set the parking brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly.
OAE048027
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push up the secondary latch (1) inside of the hood center and lift the hood (2).
OAD045039L
4. Pull out the support rod and hold the hood open with the support rod (3).
WARNING
· Grasp the support rod in the area wrapped in rubber. The rubber will help prevent you from being burned by hot metal when the engine is hot.
· The support rod must be inserted completely into the hole provided whenever you inspect the engine compartment. This will prevent the hood from falling and possibly injuring you.
3-45
Convenient features of your vehicle
Closing the hood 1. Before closing the hood, check the
following: · All filler caps in engine compart-
ment must be correctly installed. · Gloves, rags or any other com-
bustible material must be removed from the engine compartment. 2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted approximately 30 cm (12 inches) from the closed position) and push down to securely lock in place. Then double check to be sure the hood is secure. If the hood can be raised slightly, it is not securely locked. Open it again and close it with more force.
3-46
WARNING
· Before closing the hood, ensure all obstructions are removed from around the hood opening.
· Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. Check there is no hood open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster. Driving with the hood opened may cause a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident.
· Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised position, as vision is obstructed, which might result in an accident, and the hood could fall or be damaged.
Tailgate Opening the tailgate Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park).
OAE048022
Then do one of the following: 1. Unlock all doors with the Door
Unlock button on your remote key or smart key. Press the tailgate handle button and open the tailgate. 2. Press and hold the Tailgate Unlock button on the remote key or smart key. Press the tailgate handle button and open the tailgate. 3. With the Smart Key in your possession, press the tailgate handle button and open the tailgate.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Closing the tailgate
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
WARNING
WARNING
3
OAE048031
Lower the tailgate lid and press down until it locks.
To be sure the tailgate lid is securely fastened, always check by trying to pull it up again without pressing the tailgate handle button.
The tailgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate.
CAUTION
Make certain that you close the tailgate before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attached hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving.
OHYK047009
Do not hold the part (gas lifter) that supports the tailgate. Be aware that the deformation of the part may cause vehicle damage and a risk of safety accident.
3-47
Convenient features of your vehicle
Emergency tailgate safety release
OAE048023
Your vehicle is equipped with an Emergency Tailgate Safety Release lever located inside the tailgate. When someone is inadvertently locked in the luggage compartment, the tailgate can be opened manually from inside the luggage compartment by performing the following steps : 1. Input the mechanical key into the
hole. 2. Push the mechanical key to the
right. 3. Push up the tailgate.
WARNING
· For emergencies, be fully aware of the location of the emergency tailgate safety release lever in this vehicle and how to open the tailgate if you are accidentally locked in the luggage compartment.
· No one should be allowed to occupy the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time. The luggage compartment is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.
· Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.
Fuel Filler Door (Hybrid vehicle) Opening the fuel filler door The fuel filler door must be opened from inside the vehicle by pushing the fuel filler door open switch.
OAEPH049632L
1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Push the fuel filler door open
switch.
3-48
Convenient features of your vehicle
Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it clockwise until it "clicks" one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is latched securely.
(Continued)
· Do not use cellular phones while refueling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from cellular phones can
potentially ignite fuel vapors
WARNING
and cause a fire. · Do not get back into a vehicle
3
Gasoline is highly flammable
once you have begun refuel-
and explosive. Failure to follow
ing. You can generate a build-
OAE046025
3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to fully open.
4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it counterclockwise. You may hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes.
5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
i Information
If the fuel filler door does not open because ice has formed around it, tap lightly or push on the door to break the ice and release the door. Do not pry on the door. If necessary, spray around the door with an approved deicer fluid (do not use radiator anti-
these guidelines may result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
· Read and follow all warnings posted at the gas station.
· Before refueling, note the location of the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, at the gas station.
· Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate the potential build-up of static electricity by touching a metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source, with your bare hand.
(Continued)
up of static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline source, with your bare hand.
(Continued)
freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm
place and allow the ice to melt.
3-49
Convenient features of your vehicle
(Continued)
· When using an approved portable fuel container, be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun, contact between your bare hand and the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete.
· Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline.
· When refueling, always move the shift lever to the P (Park) position, set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position. Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
(Continued)
(Continued)
· Do not use matches or a lighter and do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station, especially during refueling.
· Do not over-fill or top-off your vehicle tank, which can cause gasoline spillage.
· If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide.
· If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can cover your clothes or skin and thus subject you to the risk of fire and burns. Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound, wait until the condition stops before completely removing the cap.
(Continued)
(Continued) · Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.
i Information
Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the "Fuel Requirements" suggested in the Introduction chapter.
NOTICE
· Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint.
· If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system.
3-50
Fuel Filler Door (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
Opening the fuel filler door
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
OAEPH049024L
The fuel filler door must be opened from inside the vehicle by pushing the fuel filler door open switch. 1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Push the fuel filler door open
switch.
OAEPHQ049830L/OAEPHQ049832L
3. Wait until the fuel tank is depressurized. The message "Fuel door open" is displayed when the fuel filler door opens after the fuel tank is depressurized.
i Information
· It may take up to 20 seconds to open the fuel filler door.
· When the fuel filler door is frozen and does not open after 20 seconds at freezing temperature, slightly tap the fuel filler door and then attempt to open it.
OAEPH047025L
4. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to fully open.
5. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it counterclockwise. You may hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes.
6. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
3-51
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
· Add fuel into the fuel tank within 20 minutes after opening the fuel filler door. After 20 minutes, the fuel tank may shut off, causing fuel to overflow. In this case, re-press the fuel filler door opening button.
· Do not leave the fuel filler door opened for an extended period of time. It may discharge the battery.
· Close the fuel filler door after fueling the vehicle. If you start the vehicle with the fuel filler door opened, the message, "Check fuel door", illuminates on the LCD display.
· Avoid refueling the vehicle while charging the (high-voltage) hybrid battery. It may cause a fire or an explosion due to static electricity.
Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it clockwise until it "clicks" one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is latched securely.
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. Failure to follow these guidelines may result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: · Read and follow all warnings
posted at the gas station. · Before refueling, note the
location of the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, at the gas station. · Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate the potential build-up of static electricity by touching a metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source, with your bare hand.
(Continued)
(Continued)
· Do not use cellular phones while refueling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from cellular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors and cause a fire.
· Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling. You can generate a buildup of static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline source, with your bare hand.
(Continued)
3-52
Convenient features of your vehicle
(Continued)
· When using an approved portable fuel container, be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun, contact between your bare hand and the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete.
· Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline.
· When refueling, always move the shift lever to the P (Park) position, set the parking brake, and place the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position. Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
(Continued)
(Continued)
(Continued)
· Do not use matches or a lighter and do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station, especially during refueling.
· Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.
· Do not over-fill or top-off your vehicle tank, which can cause
i Information
3
gasoline spillage.
Make sure to refuel your vehicle
· If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the
according to the "Fuel Requirements" suggested in the Introduction chapter.
vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the gas
NOTICE
station and then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide.
· Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint.
· If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can cover your clothes or skin and thus subject you to the risk of fire and burns. Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound, wait until the condition stops before com-
· If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system.
pletely removing the cap.
(Continued)
3-53
Convenient features of your vehicle
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Hybrid vehicle · Type A
· Type B
3-54
1. Power gauge 2. Fuel gauge 3. Speedometer 4. Warning and indicator lights 5. LCD display (including Trip computer) 6. Battery State of Charge (SOC) gauge
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more details, refer to the "Gauges and Meters" in this chapter.
OAEPH049197L/OAEPH049198L
Plug-in hybrid vehicle · Type A
· Type B
1. Power gauge
3
2. Fuel gauge
3. Speedometer
4.Warning and indicator lights
5. LCD display (including Trip computer)
6. Battery State of Charge (SOC) gauge
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more details, refer to the "Gauges and Meters" in this chapter.
OAEPH048523/OAEPH048524
3-55
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
Instrument Cluster Control Instrument panel illumination
WARNING
Never adjust the instrument cluster while driving. This could result in loss of control and lead to an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or property damage.
Gauges and Meters Speedometer
Type A
OAEPH049401N
When the vehicle's position lights or headlights are on, press the illumination control button to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination.
When pressing the illumination control button, the interior switch illumination intensity is also adjusted.
OIK047144L
· The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is displayed.
· If the brightness reaches to the maximum or minimum level, a chime will sound.
Type B · ECO mode selected
3-56
OAEPH048102 OAEPH058609
Convenient features of your vehicle
Type B · SPORT mode selected
Tachometer
Type B · SPORT mode selected
Power gauge
3
OAEPH048106
The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in MPH (miles per hour) and/or km/h (kilometers per hour).
The speedometer for cluster type B is displayed differently according to the mode selected, ECO or SPORT. If the shift lever is in S (Sport), SPORT mode is selected and if the shift lever is in D (Drive), ECO mode is selected.
For more information, refer to "Dual Clutch Transmission" in chapter 5.
OAEPH048106
The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm). Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.
NOTICE
Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage.
OAEPHQ048008
OAEPHQ048802
The power gauge indicates whether the current driving condition is fuel efficient or not.
3-57
Convenient features of your vehicle
· CHARGE :
Shows that the energy made by the vehicle is being converted to electrical energy. (Regenerated energy)
· ECO :
Shows that the vehicle is being driven in an Eco-friendly manner.
· POWER :
Shows that the vehicle is exceeding the Eco-friendly range.
Fuel gauge
Type A
Type B
WARNING
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the "E (Empty)" level.
i Information
Accordance to the power gauge area the "EV" indicator comes on or off. - "EV" indicator ON : Vehicle is driv-
en using the electric motor or the gasoline engine is stopped. - "EV" indicator OFF : Vehicle is driven using the gasoline engine.
3-58
OAEPH048107/OAEPH048108
This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
i Information
· The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 8.
· The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty.
· On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank.
NOTICE
Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Battery State of Charge (SOC)
NOTICE
Plug-in hybrid mode indicator
gauge
Type A
Type B
Never try to start the vehicle if the CD mode
fuel tank is empty. In this condi-
· Type A
· Type B
tion, the engine cannot charge the
high voltage battery of the hybrid
system. If you try to start the vehi-
cle when the fuel is empty, the high voltage battery will become
3
discharged and be damaged.
OAEPH048522/OAEPHQ048009
This gauge indicates the remaining hybrid battery power. If the SOC is near the "L (Low)" level, the vehicle automatically operates the engine to charge the battery. However, if the Service Indicator ( ) and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ( ) turn on when the SOC gauge is near the "L (Low)" level, have the vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OAEPH049612N/OAEPH049611N AUTO mode
· Type A
· Type B
OAEPH048612/OAEPH048611
3-59
Convenient features of your vehicle
CS mode · Type A
· Type B
Outside temperature gauge
Type A
Type B
To change the temperature unit from °C to °F or °F to °C:
- Go to User Settings Mode Other (Features) Temperature Unit.
OAEPH048520/OAEPH048594
· CD (Charge Depleting, Electric) mode : The high-voltage (hybrid) battery is used to drive the vehicle.
· AUTO mode : CD mode and CS mode are selected automatically depending on road conditions.
· CS (Charge Sustaining, Hybrid) mode : The high-voltage (hybrid) battery and gasoline engine is used to drive the vehicle.
i Information
Even when the battery charging rate is high and driving in electric mode is possible, engine may turn on in some areas to protect the system.
OAE046135/OAEPH048109
This gauge indicates the current outside air temperatures by 1°C (1°F).
- Temperature range : -40°C ~ 60°C (-40°F ~ 140°F)
The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately like a general thermometer (to avoid distracting the driver).
For vehicles equipped with Automatic Climate Control, you can also: - Press and hold the AUTO and OFF
buttons on the climate control unit for 3 seconds
Both the temperature unit on the cluster LCD display and climate control screen will change.
3-60
Convenient features of your vehicle
Odometer
Range
i Information
Type A
Type B
Type A
Type B
· If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted, the range function may not operate correctly.
· The range may differ from the actu-
al driving distance as it is an esti- 3
mate of the available driving distance.
OAE046138/OAEPH048112
The odometer indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed.
OAEPH049591L/OAEPH048116
· The range is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel.
· If the estimated distance is below 1 km (1 mi.), the trip computer will display "----" as range.
· The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6 gallon) of fuel are added to the vehicle.
· The range may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle.
For more information, refer to "Dual Clutch Transmission" in chapter 5.
3-61
Convenient features of your vehicle
Dual clutch transmission shift indicator
Type A
Type B
Type A
Type B
Regenerative braking level indicator
Type A
OAE046136L/OAEPH048110
This indicator displays which shift lever position is selected.
OAE046137/OAEPH048111
Shift indicator pop-up (if equipped)
The pop-up indicates the current gear position displayed in the cluster for about 2 seconds when shifting into other positions (P/R/N/D).
Type B
OAEPH058603
OAEPH058602
While using the regenerative brakes, you may select the regenerative braking level from 0 to 3 by pulling the paddle shifter.
3-62
For more details, refer to "Paddle Warning and Indicator Lights EV Mode Indicator
shift" in chapter 5.
EV
i Information
Make sure that all warning lights are
OFF after starting the engine. If any This indicator illuminates when the
light is still ON, this indicates a situa- vehicle is driven by the electric motor.
tion that needs attention.
3
Service Warning Light
Ready Indicator
Convenient features of your vehicle
This indicator illuminates : When the vehicle is ready to be driven. - ON : Normal driving is possible. - OFF : Normal driving is not possible,
or a problem has occurred. - Blinking : Emergency driving.
When the ready indicator goes OFF or blinks, there is a problem with the system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This warning light illuminates :
· When you turn the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
· When there is a problem with the hybrid vehicle control system or hardware.
When the warning light illuminates while driving, or does not go OFF after starting the vehicle, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-63
Convenient features of your vehicle
Charging Cable Connection Indicator (Plug-in hybrid)
This indicator illuminates in red when the charging cable is connected.
Air Bag Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · When you turn the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off. · When there is a malfunction with
the SRS. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Seat Belt Warning Light
This warning light informs the driver that the seat belt is not fastened.
For more details, refer to the "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · When you turn the ignition switch
or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds. - It remains on if the parking brake
is applied. · When the parking brake is applied.
· When the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low.
· When the regenerative brake does not operate.
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required (For more details, refer to "Brake Fluid" in chapter 7). After adding brake fluid, check all brake components for fluid leaks. If a brake fluid leak is found, or if the warning light remains on, or if the brakes do not operate properly, do not drive the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-64
Convenient features of your vehicle
Dual-diagonal braking system Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
WARNING
Regenerative Brake Warning Light
diagonal braking systems. This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems working, more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure is required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is low.
This warning light illuminates :
· When you turn the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds.
· When the regenerative brake does
3
of the brake system working.
In this case, have the vehicle
not operate and the brake does not
If the brakes fail while you are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
perform well. This causes the Brake Warning light and Regenerative Brake Warning Light to illuminate simultaneously.
In this case, drive safely and have
your vehicle inspected by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
The operation of the brake pedal may be more difficult than normal and the braking distance can increase.
3-65
Convenient features of your vehicle
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · When you turn the ignition switch
or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. · When there is a malfunction with
the ABS (The normal braking system will still be operational without the assistance of the anti-lock brake system). In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light
These two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving: · When the ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light
When both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking.
(Continued)
(Continued) In this case, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
i Information - Electronic
Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on or both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may not work. Also, the EPS Warning Light may illuminate and the steering effort may increase or decrease.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
3-66
Convenient features of your vehicle
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light (if equipped)
EPB
AUTO HOLD Indicator Light (if equipped)
Electric Power Steering (EPS) Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates:
This warning light illuminates:
When there is a malfunction with the · [White] When you activate the auto · When you turn the ignition switch
EPB. In this case, we recommend that you
hold system by pressing the AUTO HOLD button.
or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
3
have the vehicle inspected by an · [Green] When you stop the vehicle
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
completely by depressing the
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
brake pedal with the auto hold sys- · When there is a malfunction with
i Information
tem activated.
the EPS.
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light may illuminate when the Electronic Stability control (ESC)
· [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the auto hold system.
In this case, we recommend that
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Indicator Light comes on to indicate you have the vehicle inspected by
that the ESC is not working properly an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
(This does not indicate malfunction of
the EPB).
For more details, refer to "Auto
Hold" in chapter 5.
3-67
Convenient features of your vehicle
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
This warning light illuminates: · When you turn the ignition switch
or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. · When there is a malfunction with
the emission control system. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control system which could affect drivability and/or fuel economy.
NOTICE
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Charging System Warning Light
When this warning light illuminates while running the engine, the battery is not being charged. Immediately turn OFF all electrical accessories. Try not to use electrically operated controls, such as the power windows. Keep running the engine. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · When the engine oil pressure is low.
If the engine oil pressure is low: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle. 2. Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details, refer to "Engine Oil" in chapter 7). If the level is low, add oil as required. If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
3-68
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
Low Fuel Level
Engine Coolant
Warning Light · If the engine does not stop
immediately after the Engine Oil
Temperature Warning Light
Pressure Warning Light is illumi-
nated, severe damage could This warning light illuminates:
This warning light illuminates:
result.
· When the fuel tank is nearly empty. · When the engine coolant tempera-
· If the warning light stays on while the engine is running, it
Add fuel as soon as possible.
ture is above 120°C (248°F). This means that the engine is overheat-
3
indicates that there may be serious engine damage or malfunc-
NOTICE
ed and may be damaged.
tion. In this case:
Driving with the Low Fuel Level If your vehicle is overheated, refer
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
2. Turn off the engine and check the oil level. If the oil level is
warning light on or with the fuel level below "E" can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter (if equipped).
to "Overheating" in chapter 6.
low, fill the engine oil to the
proper level.
3. Start the engine again. If the warning light stays on after the engine is started, turn the engine off immediately. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-69
Convenient features of your vehicle
Master Warning Light
This indicator light illuminates: · When there is a malfunction in oper-
ation in any of the following systems: - Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist system malfunction (if equipped) - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist radar blocked (if equipped) - Blind-Spot Collision Warning system malfunction (if equipped) - Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar blocked (if equipped) - Smart Cruise Control malfunction (if equipped) - LED Headlamp malfunction - High Beam Assist malfunction (if equipped) - Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction (if equipped) To identify the details of the warning, look at the LCD display.
Low Tire Pressure Warning Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates: · When you place Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. · When one or more of your tires are
significantly underinflated.
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
This warning light remains ON after blinking for approximately 60 seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON and OFF in 3 second intervals: · When there is a malfunction with
the TPMS. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
WARNING
Safe Stopping
· The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors.
· If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.
3-70
Convenient features of your vehicle
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indicator Light
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Indicator Light
Immobilizer Indicator Light (without smart key) (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates:
· When you turn the ignition switch · When you turn the ignition switch · When the vehicle detects the
or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
immobilizer in the key with the ignition switch in the ON position.
3
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
- At this time, you can start the engine.
· When there is a malfunction with the ESC system. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light blinks: · While the ESC is operating.
For more details, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5.
· When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button.
For more details, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5.
- The indicator light goes off after starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks: · When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-71
Convenient features of your vehicle
Immobilizer Indicator Light (with smart key) (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds: · When the vehicle detects the smart
key in the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC or ON position. - At this time, you can start the
engine. - The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few seconds: · When the smart key is not in the vehi-
cle. - At this time, you cannot start the
engine.
This indicator light illuminates for 2 seconds and goes off:
· If the smart key is in the vehicle and the Engine Start/Stop button is ON, but the vehicle cannot detect the smart key.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
· When the battery voltage of the smart key is low.
- At this time, you can not start the engine. However, you can start the engine if you press the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key. (For more details, refer to "Starting the Vehicle" in chapter 5).
· When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Turn Signal Indicator Light
This indicator light blinks: · When you operate the turn signal
indicator light.
If any of the following occurs, there may be a malfunction with the turn signal system. - The turn signal indicator light illumi-
nates but does not blink - The turn signal indicator light blinks
rapidly - The turn signal indicator light does
not illuminate at all If either of these conditions occur, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-72
Convenient features of your vehicle
High Beam Indicator Light
High Beam Assist indicator light (if equipped)
Exterior Light Warning Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates :
This warning light illuminates:
· When the headlamps are on and in · When the high-beam is on with the · When one of the exterior bulbs
the high beam position.
· When the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash-to-Pass position.
light switch in the AUTO light position.
· If your vehicle detects oncoming or
(headlamp, tail lamp, fog lamp, etc.) is not operating properly. One of the
3
bulbs may need to be replaced.
preceding vehicles, High Beam
Light ON Indicator Light
Assist system will switch the high beam to low beam automatically.
For more details, refer to "High Beam Assist (HBA)" in this chap-
i Information
Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.
This indicator light illuminates:
ter.
· When the tail lights or headlamps are on.
3-73
Convenient features of your vehicle
LED Headlight Warning Light (if equipped)
Cruise Indicator Light (if equipped)
SPORT Mode Indicator Light
This warning light illuminates:
· When there is a malfunction with the LED headlight.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light illuminates: · When the cruise control system is
enabled.
For more details, refer to "Cruise Control System" in chapter 5.
This indicator light illuminates · When the driver moves the shift
lever to S (Sport).
For more details, refer to "Dual Clutch Transmission" in chapter 5.
This warning light blinks: · When there is a malfunction with a
LED headlight related part. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
Continuous driving with the LED Headlight Warning Light on or blinking can reduce LED headlight life.
ECO Mode Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: · When the driver moves the shift
lever to D (Drive).
For more details, refer to "Dual Clutch Transmission" in chapter 5.
3-74
Convenient features of your vehicle
Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system warning light (if equipped)
Lane Keeping Assist system indicator light (if equipped)
Icy Road Warning Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates:
This warning light is to warn the driver
· When you set the ignition switch or · [Green] When the system operat- the road may be icy.
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON ing conditions are satisfied.
When the temperature on the out- 3
position.
· [White] The system operating con- side temperature gauge is approxi-
- It illuminates for approximately 3 ditions are not satisfied.
mately below 4°C (40°F), the Icy
seconds and then goes off.
· When there is a malfunction with the FCA.
In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the lane keeping assist system.
In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Road Warning Light and Outside Temperature Gauge blinks and then illuminates. Also, the warning chime sounds 1 time.
The Icy Road Warning function can be activated or deactivated from the User Settings mode in the cluster
For more information, refer to For more details, refer to "Lane LCD display.
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Keeping Assist (LKA)" in chapter
Assist (FCA)" in chapter 5.
5.
i Information
If the icy road warning light appears while driving, you should drive more attentively and safely, refraining from over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning, etc.
3-75
Convenient features of your vehicle
LCD Display Messages
Shift to P (for smart key system)
This message is displayed if you try to turn off the vehicle with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.
At this time, the Engine Start/Stop button turns to the ACC position (If you press the Engine Start/Stop button once more, it will turn to the ON position).
Low Key Battery (for smart key system)
This message is displayed if the battery of the smart key is discharged while changing the Engine Start/ Stop button to the OFF position.
Press START button while turning wheel (for smart key system)
This message is displayed if the steering wheel does not unlock normally when the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed.
You should press the Engine Start/ Stop button while turning the steering wheel right and left.
Check Steering Wheel Lock System (for smart key system)
This message is displayed if the steering wheel does not lock normally while the Engine Start/Stop button changes to the OFF position.
Press brake pedal to start vehicle (for smart key system)
This message is displayed if the Engine Start/Stop button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal.
You can start the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal.
Key not in vehicle (for smart key system)
This message is displayed if the smart key is not in the vehicle when you press the Engine Start/Stop button.
When attempting to start the vehicle, always have the smart key with you.
Key not detected (for smart key system)
This message is displayed if the smart key is not detected when you press the Engine Start/Stop button.
3-76
Convenient features of your vehicle
Press START button again (for Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
Low Washer Fluid (if equipped)
smart key system)
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed
This message is displayed if you This message is displayed if the if the washer fluid level in the reser-
were unable to start the vehicle when brake switch fuse is disconnected. voir is nearly empty.
the Engine Start/Stop button was You need to replace the fuse with a Have the washer fluid reservoir
pressed.
new one before starting the engine. refilled.
If this occurs, attempt to start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/ Stop button again.
If the warning message appears each time you press the Engine
If that is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC position.
Low Fuel
This warning message is displayed if the fuel tank is almost out of fuel.
3
Start/Stop button, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Shift to P to start vehicle (for smart key system)
When this message is displayed, the low fuel level warning light in the cluster will come on.
This message is displayed if you try It is recommended to look for the
Press START button with key (for smart key system)
to start the engine with the shift lever nearest fueling station and refuel as
not in the P (Park) position.
soon as possible.
This message is displayed if you press the Engine Start/Stop button while the warning message "Key not detected" is displayed.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
At this time, the immobilizer indicator light blinks.
3-77
Convenient features of your vehicle
Icy Road Warning (if equipped)
This warning message is to warn the driver the road may be icy.
When the temperature on the outside temperature gauge is approximately below 4°C (40°F), the Icy Road Warning message.
Door, Hood, Tailgate Open
Sunroof Open (if equipped)
i Information
If the icy road warning message appears while driving, you should drive more attentively and safely refraining from over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning, etc.
Engine has overheated/ Engine overheated This warning message is displayed when the engine coolant temperature is above 120°C (248°F). This means that the engine is overheated and may be damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer to "Overheating" in chapter 6.
OAEPH048613
This warning is displayed indicating which door, or hood, or tailgate is open.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door/ hood/tailgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door /hood/tailgate open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster.
OAEPH048644
This warning is displayed if you turn off the engine when the sunroof is open.
3-78
Convenient features of your vehicle
Icy Road Warning Light (if equipped)
Type A
i Information
If the icy road warning light appears while driving, you should drive more attentively and safely refraining from over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning, etc.
Low Pressure
3
OAE046461L
This warning light is to warn the driver the road may be icy.
When the temperature on the outside temperature gauge is approximately below 4°C (40°F), the Icy Road Warning Light and Outside Temperature Gauge blinks and then illuminates. Also, the warning chime sounds 1 time.
OAEPH049114L
This message is displayed if the tire pressure is low. The corresponding tire on the vehicle will be illuminated.
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
3-79
Convenient features of your vehicle
Turn on FUSE SWITCH/ Turn FUSE SWITCH On
Type A
Type B
Check High Beam Assist (HBA) Lights Mode system (if equipped)
OIK057165L/OIK057135L
Either message is displayed if the fuse switch located on the fuse box under the steering wheel is OFF. You should turn the fuse switch on.
For more details, refer to "Fuses" in chapter 7.
OIK047132N
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with High Beam Assist system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "High Beam Assist (HBA)" in chapter 3.
OIK047145L
This indicator displays which exterior light is selected using the lighting control.
3-80
Convenient features of your vehicle
Wiper mode
Check headlight (High/Low) (if equipped)
Check headlamp LED (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if This warning message is displayed if
the headlamps are not operating there is a problem with the LED
properly. A headlamp bulb may need headlamps. We recommend that you
to be replaced.
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Check turn signal (if equipped)
3
This warning message is displayed if Check brake light (if equipped)
the turn signal lamps are not operat- This warning message is displayed if
ing properly. A lamp may need to be the brake lights are not operating
replaced.
properly. A lamp may need to be
OIK047146L
replaced.
This indicator displays which wiper speed is selected using the wiper control.
i Information
Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.
3-81
Convenient features of your vehicle
Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system (if equipped) This message is displayed if there is a problem with the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more information, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)" in chapter 5.
Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more information, refer to "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in chapter 5.
Parking Distance Warning system malfunction (if equipped)
This warning is displayed if there is a problem with Parking Distance Warning system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized dealer of HYUNDAI.
For more information, refer to "Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)" in chapter 3.
Check Active Air Flap System
OAEPH049649L
This message is displayed in the following situations: - There is a malfunction with the
actuator flap - There is a malfunction with the
actuator air flap controller - The air flap does not open When all of the above conditions are fixed, the warning will disappear.
3-82
Convenient features of your vehicle
Check Hybrid system
Check Hybrid system. Turn engine Off
Check Hybrid system. Do not start engine
3
OAEPHQ049819L
This message is displayed when there is a problem with the hybrid control system.
Refrain from driving when the warning message is displayed.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OAEPHQ049820L
This message is displayed when there is a problem with the hybrid system. The " " indicator will blink and a warning chime will sound until the problem is solved.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OAEPHQ049821L
This message is displayed when the hybrid battery power (SOC) level is low. A warning chime will sound until the problem is solved.
In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-83
Convenient features of your vehicle
Stop vehicle and check power supply
Park with engine on to charge battery
Refuel to prevent Hybrid battery damage
OAEPHQ049822L
This message is displayed when a failure occurs in the power supply system.
In this case, park the vehicle in a safe location and tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the vehicle inspected.
OAEPHQ049823L
This message is displayed when the hybrid battery power (SOC) level is low.
In this case, park the vehicle in a safe location and wait until the hybrid battery is charged.
OAEPHQ049824L
This message is displayed when the fuel tank is nearly empty.
You should refill the fuel tank to prevent hybrid battery damage.
3-84
Convenient features of your vehicle
Refill inverter coolant
Check regenerative brakes/
Check Virtual Engine Sound
Stop vehicle and check regener- System
ative brakes
3
OAEPHQ049825L
This message is displayed when the inverter coolant is nearly empty. You should refill the inverter coolant.
OOSEV048118L/OOSEV048117N
This warning message is displayed when the regenerative brake system does not work properly.
If this warning message is displayed, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OAEPHQ049828L
This message is displayed when there is a problem with the Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS).
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-85
Convenient features of your vehicle
Charging stopped. Check the AC charger
If the same problem occurs when charging the vehicle with a normally operating AC charger or genuine HYUNDAI portable charger, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Charging stopped. Check the cable connection
OOSEV048131L
· This warning message is displayed when charging is stopped for the reasons below: - There is a problem with the external AC charger - The external AC charger stopped charging - The charging cable is damaged
In this case, check whether there is any problem with the external AC and charging cable.
3-86
OOSEV048196L
This warning message is displayed when charging is stopped because the charging connector is not correctly connected to the charging inlet.
In this case, separate the charging connector and re-connect it and check whether there is any problem (external damage, foreign substances, etc.) with the charging connector and charging inlet.
If the same problem occurs when charging the vehicle with a replaced charging cable or genuine HYUNDAI portable charger, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Unplug vehicle to start (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
Remaining time (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
Wait until fuel door opens (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
3
OAEPHQ049829L
This message is displayed when you start the engine without unplugging the charging cable. Unplug the charging cable, and then start the vehicle.
OAEPHQ049818L
This message is displayed to notify the remaining time to fully charge the battery.
OAEPHQ049830L
This message is displayed when you attempt to open the fuel filler door with the fuel tank pressurized. Wait until the fuel tank is depressurized.
i Information
It may take up to 20 seconds to open fuel filler door.
3-87
Convenient features of your vehicle
Check fuel door (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
Fuel door open (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
Check fuel door (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
OAEPHQ049831L
This message is displayed when there is a problem with the fuel filler door. Such as, when the fuel filler door does not open after 20 seconds at freezing temperature.
OAEPHQ049832L
This message is displayed when the fuel filler door opens after the fuel tank is depressurized. If this message is displayed, you can refuel the fuel tank.
OAEPHQ049831L
This message is displayed when the vehicle is driven with the fuel filler door opened. Close the fuel filler door and then start driving.
i Information
When the fuel filler door is frozen and does not open after 20 seconds at freezing temperature, slightly tap the fuel filler door and then attempt to open it. In other cases, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-88
Shift to P to charge (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
Switching to Hybrid mode to allow heating or air conditioning (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
Maintaining Hybrid mode to continue heating or air conditioning (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
OAEPHQ049833L
This message is displayed when the charging connector is plugged with the shift lever in R (Reverse), N (Neutral) or D (Drive). Move the shift lever to P (Park) and re-start the charging process.
OAEPHQ049842L
This message is displayed when the vehicle automatically switches to HEV mode to allow heating or air conditioning. It is when the coolant temperature is low (below -14°C (7°F)) and the driver turns on the heating or cooling system.
If the coolant temperature gets higher than -14°C (7°F) or the driver turns off the heating or cooling system the vehicle returns to its default (EV) mode.
OAEPHQ049841L
This message is displayed when the vehicle maintains the HEV mode to allow heating or air conditioning. The mode does not change when the driver presses the [HEV] button to switch from the HEV mode to EV mode while the heating and cooling system is on and the coolant temperature is below -14°C (7°F).
3-89
Convenient features of your vehicle
Low/High System Temp. Maintaining Hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
Low/High System Temp. Switching to Hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
Switching to Hybrid mode to lubricate engine (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
OAEPHQ049834L/OAEPHQ049835L
This message is displayed when the temperature of the high-voltage (hybrid) battery is too low or too high. This warning message is to protect the battery and the hybrid system.
OAEPHQ049836L/OAEPHQ049837L
This message is displayed when the temperature of the high-voltage (hybrid) battery is too low or high. This warning message is to protect the battery and the hybrid system.
OAEPHQ049838L
This message is displayed when the vehicle is automatically switched to the HEV mode to lubricate engine while the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
3-90
Maintaining Hybrid mode to protect engine (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
Exit SPORT mode to switch to EV (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
OAEPHQ049839L
This message is displayed when the [HEV] button is pressed but it is impossible to switch from the HEV mode to EV mode due to engine lubrication.
OAEPHQ049840L
This message is displayed when [HEV] button is pressed but it is impossible to switch from the HEV mode to EV mode because the SPORT mode is engaged.
3
3-91
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
LCD DISPLAY LCD Display Control
Type A
Type B
Type C
The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.
(1) : MODE button for changing modes
(2) , : MOVE switch for changing items
(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item
3-92
OAE046402
LCD display modes
Menu
Convenient features of your vehicle
Trip Computer
TBT
Driving Assist
User Settings
Master warning
3
Range
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle) Route Guidance Smart Cruise Control Driver Assistance
Fuel Economy
Up/Down
Accumulated Info Drive Info
Driving style Energy flow
Destination Info Lane Keeping Assist
Lane Following Assist
Highway Driving Assist
Driver Attention Warning
Door
Lights Sound Convenience
The Master Warning mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when one or more systems is not operating normally.
Engine coolant temperature
Tire Pressure
Service Interval Other Features
Language
Reset
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-93
Convenient features of your vehicle
Trip computer mode
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
Driving Assist mode
OIK047124L
The trip computer mode displays information related to vehicle driving parameters including fuel economy, tripmeter information and vehicle speed.
For more information, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
OIK047147
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
OAEPH058615
SCC/LKA/LFA/HDA, DAW
This mode displays the state of the Smart Cruise Control (SCC), Lane Keeping Assist (LKA), Lane Following Assist (LFA), Highway Driving Assist (HDA) and Driver Attention Warning (DAW).
For more details, refer to each system information in chapter 5.
3-94
Convenient features of your vehicle
Master warning mode
Type A
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist radar blocked (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
system malfunction (if equipped) - Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
3
blocked (if equipped)
OAEPH049114L
Tire Pressure This mode displays information related to Tire Pressure.
For more information, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
Type B
OIK047173L
OAEPH049651L
This warning light informs the driver the following situations.
- Smart Cruise Control malfunction (if equipped)
- LED Headlamp malfunction (if equipped)
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction (if equipped)
The Master Warning Light illuminates if one or more of the above warning situations occur. At this time, a Master Warning icon ( ) will appear beside the User Settings icon ( ), on the LCD display.
If the warning situation is solved, the master warning light will be turned off and the Master Warning icon will disappear.
3-95
Convenient features of your vehicle
User settings mode
Shift to P to edit settings / Engage parking brake to edit settings
This warning message illuminates if you try to select an item from the User Settings mode while driving.
For your safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake and moving the shift lever to P (Park).
Quick guide (Help)
This mode provides quick guides for the systems in the User Settings mode.
Select an item, press and hold the OK button.
For more details about each system, refer to this Owner's Manual
OAD048572L
In this mode, you can change the settings of the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, etc. 1. Driver Assistance 2. Door 3. Lights 4. Sound 5. Convenience 6. Service interval 7. Other (features) 8. Languages 9. Reset The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-96
1. Driver Assistance
Items
Explanation
SCC Response
· Fast/Normal/Slow To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control system.
For more details, refer to ''Smart Cruise Control (SCC)'' in chapter 5.
· Lane Following Assist
3
To activate or deactivate Lane Following Assist (LFA) system.
For more details, refer to "Lane Following Assist (LFA)" in chapter 5.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Driving Assist
· Highway Driving Assist To activate or deactivate the Highway Driving Assist system.
For more details, refer to "Highway Driving Assist (HDA)" in chapter 5.
· Highway Auto Curve Slowdown To activate or deactivate the Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control system.
For more details, refer to "Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)" in chapter 5.
Warning Timing Warning Volume
To adjust the warning timing of the driver assistance system. - Normal / Late
To adjust the warning volume of the driver assistance system. - High / Medium / Low
Driver Attention Warning
· Leading Vehicle Departure Alert To activate or deactivate Leading Vehicle Departure Alert. For more details, refer to the "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in chapter 5.
To adjust the sensitivity of DAW (Driver Attention Warning). For more details, refer to the "Leading vehicle departure alert" in chapter 5.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-97
Convenient features of your vehicle
1. Driver Assistance
Items
Explanation
Forward Safety Lane Safety
· Active Assist: If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when a collision is detected.
· Warning Only: If selected, the system provides a warning when a collision is detected. · Off: Deactivates the system.
For more details, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" in chapter 5.
· Lane Keeping Assist : If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when the vehicle leaves the lane.
· Lane Departure Warning: If selected, the system provides a warning when the vehicle leaves the lane.
· Off: Deactivates LKA system.
Blind-Spot Safety
For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) " in chapter 5. · Warning Only: If selected, the system provides a warning when a collision is detected. · Off: Deactivates the system.
Parking Safety
For more details, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) " in chapter 5. · Rear Cross-Traffic Safety To activate or deactivate Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function.
For more details, refer to "Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW)" in chapter 5.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-98
Convenient features of your vehicle
2. Door
Items
Auto Lock
Explanation
· Disable : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.
· Enable on Speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 15km/h
(9.3mph).
· Enable on Shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the automatic transmission shift lever is shift-
ed from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.
3
Auto Unlock
· Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled. · On key out/On vehicle off : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed
from the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button is set to the OFF position. · On Shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission/dual clutch trans-
mission shift lever is shifted to the P (Park) position.
Lock/Unlock sound Horn feedback
To activate or deactivate the lock/unlock sound. If you lock the door with a remote control key again after locking the door, the alarm beeps.
To activate or deactivate the horn feedback. If the horn feedback is activated, after locking the door by pressing the lock button on the remote key, and pressing it again within 4 seconds, the horn feedback sound will operate once to indicate that all doors are locked (if equipped with remote key).
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-99
Convenient features of your vehicle
3. Lights
Items
One touch turn signal
Headlight Delay High beam Assist
Explanation · Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated. · 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly.
For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter. To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function. For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.
To activate or deactivate the high beam assist system. For more details, refer to "High Beam Assist (HBA) system" in this chapter.
4. Sound
Cluster sound
Items
To adjust the cluster volume. - OFF/Level 1/Level 2/Level 3
Explanation
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-100
Convenient features of your vehicle
5. Convenience
Items
Explanation
Seat Easy Access Welcome Mirror/Light
· Off: The seat easy access function is deactivated. · Normal/Extended: When you turn off the engine, the driver's seat will automatically move rearward
short (Normal) or long (Extended) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably.
For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter.
3
To activate or deactivate the welcome mirror and/or light function.
For more details, refer to ''Welcome System'' in this chapter.
Wireless Charging System
To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat. For more details, refer to "Wireless Charging System" in this chapter.
Wiper/Lights Display
To activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode. When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you changed the mode.
Gear Position Pop-up
To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up. When activated, the gear position will be displayed on the LCD display.
Coasting Guide Start Coasting
· Coasting Guide: To activate or deactivate the Coasting Guide system. · Sound: To activate or deactivate the Coasting Guide system sound.
For more details, refer to "Coasting Guide" in chapter 5. To adjust the sensitivity of the Coasting Guide.
For more details, refer to "Coasting Guide" in chapter 5.
Icy Road Warning
To activate or deactivate the icy road warning.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-101
Convenient features of your vehicle
6. Service interval
Items Service Interval Adjust Interval Reset
Explanation To activate or deactivate the service interval function. If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance. To reset the service interval.
i Information
To use the service interval menu, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following situations each time the vehicle is turned on. - Service in
: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service. - Service required
: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.
i Information
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect. - The battery cable is disconnected. - The fuse switch is turned off. - The battery is discharged.
3-102
Convenient features of your vehicle
7. Other (features)
Items
Explanation
AUX. BATTERY SAVER+
To activate or deactivate the Aux. Battery Saver+ function. When activated, the high voltage battery is used to keep the 12V battery charged.
For more details, refer to the ''Hybrid System Overview'' provided in the front of the owner's manual.
3
Fuel Economy Auto Reset
· Off: The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling. · After Ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy
will reset automatically. · After Refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 6 liters (1.6
gallons) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 km/h (1 mph).
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
Fuel Economy Unit Temperature Unit Tire Pressure Unit
To select the fuel economy unit. (km/L, L/100km)
To select the temperature unit. (°C,°F)
To select the tire pressure unit. (psi, kPa, bar)
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-103
Convenient features of your vehicle
8. Language (if equipped)
Items Language
Choose the language.
Explanation
9. Reset
Items
Explanation
Reset
You can reset the menus in the User Settings Mode. All menus in the User Settings Mode are reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-104
TRIP COMPUTER (HYBRID VEHICLE)
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving.
i Information
Trip modes
Fuel Economy · Average Fuel Economy · Instant Fuel Economy
Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected.
Accumulated Info
· Tripmeter · Average Fuel Economy · Elapsed Time
Drive Info
· Tripmeter · Average Fuel Economy · Elapsed Time
Digital Speedometer *1
Driving Style
Energy Flow
Engine Coolant Temperature
*1 : Type A cluster
Type A Type B
3
Type C OAE046402
To change the trip mode, toggle the " , " switch on the steering wheel.
3-105
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
Fuel economy
OIK047124L
Average Fuel Economy (1) · The average fuel economy is calcu-
lated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy reset. · The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automatically.
Manual reset To clear the average fuel economy manually, press the [OK] button on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel economy is displayed. 3-106
Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average fuel economy after refueling, select the "Fuel economy Auto Reset" mode in the User Settings menu on the LCD display.
- After Ignition: The average fuel economy will reset automatically whenever it has passed 4 hours after turning OFF the engine.
- After Refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically when driving speed exceeds 1 km/h, after adding 6 liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel or more.
i Information
The average fuel economy may be inaccurate, when the vehicle drives shorter than 300 meters (0.19 miles) after turning ON the Engine Start/Stop button.
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
· This mode displays the instant fuel economy during the last few seconds when the vehicle speed is more than 10 km/h (6.2 mph).
Accumulated Info display
OAEPH049463L
This display shows the accumulated trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3). The information is accumulated starting from the last reset. To manually reset the information, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Accumulated driving info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.
Convenient features of your vehicle
The accumulated driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light).
Drive Info display
The driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light.)
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a min- 3
imum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.
OAEPH049121L
This display shows the trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3).
The information is combined for each ignition cycle. However, when the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the Drive Info screen will reset.
To manually reset the information, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Drive Info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.
3-107
Convenient features of your vehicle
Digital Speedometer (Type A cluster)
Driving style
Energy flow
OIK047151
This message shows the speed of the vehicle (km/h, MPH).
OAEPH049537L
The driving style is displayed when you are driving in ECO mode.
When you drive in SPORT mode, each driving category will be displayed with "--".
OAEPHQ049851L
The hybrid system informs the drivers its energy flow in various operating modes. While driving, the current energy flow is specified in 11 modes.
For more information, refer to HEV Energy Flow in the "Hybrid System Overview" provided in front of the owner's manual.
3-108
Engine coolant temperature
OAEPH049125L
This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the engine is running. NOTICE When the gauge indicator gets out of the normal range, toward the "Red" position, it indicates overheating of the engine. It may damage the engine. Do not continue driving with the overheated engine. For further information, refer to "If the Engine Overheats" in the chapter 6.
3
3-109
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
TRIP COMPUTER (PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE)
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving.
i Information
Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected.
Trip modes
Range
Electric/Gasoline
Fuel Economy
· Average Fuel Economy · Instant Fuel Economy
Accumulated Info
· Tripmeter · Average Fuel Economy · Elapsed Time
Drive Info
· Tripmeter · Average Fuel Economy · Elapsed Time
Digital Speedometer *1
Driving Style
Energy Flow
Engine Coolant Temperature
3-110
*1 : Type A cluster
Type A
Type B
Type C
OAE046402
To change the trip mode, toggle the " , " switch on the steering wheel.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Range
i Information
Fuel economy
· If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted, the range function may not operate correctly.
· The range may differ from the actu-
al driving distance as it is an esti-
3
mate of the available driving dis-
tance.
OAEPH049534L
The range is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel in the fuel tank (Gasoline/Petrol) and high-voltage (hybrid) battery (Electric).
If the estimated distance is below 1km (1 mile), the trip computer will display "---" as the range.
· The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters (2 gallon) of fuel are added to the vehicle.
· The range may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle.
OIK047124L
Average Fuel Economy (1)
· The average fuel economy is calculated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy reset.
· The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automatically.
Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy manually, press the [OK] button on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel economy is displayed.
3-111
Convenient features of your vehicle
Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average fuel economy after refueling, select the "Fuel economy Auto Reset" mode in the User Settings menu on the LCD display.
- After Ignition: The average fuel economy will reset automatically whenever it has passed 4 hours after turning OFF the engine.
- After Refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically when driving speed exceeds 1 km/h, after adding 6 liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel or more.
i Information
The average fuel economy may be inaccurate, when the vehicle drives shorter than 300 meters (0.19 miles) after turning ON the Engine Start/Stop button.
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
· This mode displays the instant fuel economy during the last few seconds when the vehicle speed is more than 10 km/h (6.2 mph).
Accumulated Info display
OAEPH049463L
This display shows the accumulated trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3). The information is accumulated starting from the last reset. To manually reset the information, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Accumulated driving info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.
The accumulated driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light).
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.
3-112
Convenient features of your vehicle
Drive Info display
The driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light.)
Digital Speedometer (Type A cluster)
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a min-
3
imum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) since
the last ignition key cycle before the
average fuel economy will be recalcu-
lated.
OAEPH049121L
This display shows the trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3).
OIK047151
This message shows the speed of the vehicle (km/h, MPH).
The information is combined for each ignition cycle. However, when the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the Drive Info screen will reset.
To manually reset the information, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Drive Info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.
3-113
Convenient features of your vehicle
Driving style
Energy flow
Engine coolant temperature
OAEPH049537L
The driving style is displayed when you are driving in ECO mode.
When you drive in SPORT mode, each driving category will be displayed with "--".
OAEPHQ049851L
The hybrid system informs the drivers its energy flow in various operating modes. While driving, the current energy flow is specified in 11 modes.
For more information, refer to HEV Energy Flow in the "Hybrid System Overview" provided in front of the owner's manual.
OAEPH049125L
This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the engine is running.
NOTICE
When the gauge indicator gets out of the normal range, toward the "Red" position, it indicates overheating of the engine. It may damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with the overheated engine. For further information, refer to "If the Engine Overheats" in the chapter 6.
3-114
Convenient features of your vehicle
LIGHTING
Exterior Lights
Daytime running light (DRL)
Lighting control
To operate the lights, turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions:
(if equipped)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day, especially after dawn and before
sunset.
3
The DRL system will turn the dedicated lamp OFF when :
· The headlamps are ON. · The parking lamps are ON. · The vehicle is turned off.
OAD045451N
OAE046510C
AUTO light position (if equipped)
The parking lamp and headlamp will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside the vehicle.
1. OFF position 2. AUTO light position 3. Parking lamp position 4. Headlamp position
Even with the AUTO light feature in operation, it is recommended to manually turn ON the lamps when driving at night or in a fog, driving in the rain, or when you enter dark areas, such as tunnels and parking facilities.
3-115
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
· Do not cover or spill anything on the sensor (1) located in front of the instrument panel.
· Do not clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleanser may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.
· If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the AUTO light system may not work properly.
OLF044086C
Parking lamp position ( )
The parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.
OLF044087C
Headlamp position ( )
The headlamp, parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.
i Information
The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlamp.
3-116
High beam operation
High Beam Assist (HBA) (if equipped)
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
OLF044089C
To turn on the high beam headlamp, push the lever away from you. The lever will return to its original position. The high beam indicator will light when the headlamp high beams are switched on. To turn off the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you. The low beams will turn on.
WARNING
Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles approaching you. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver's vision.
OLF044088C
To flash the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you, then release the lever. The high beams will remain ON as long as you hold the lever towards you.
OOS047409N
High Beam Assist is a system that automatically adjusts the headlamp range (switches between high beam and low beam) according to the brightness of other vehicles and road conditions.
Operating condition 1. Place the headlamp switch in the
AUTO position. 2. Turn on the high beam by pushing
the lever away from you. High Beam Assist ( ) indicator will illuminate.
3-117
Convenient features of your vehicle
3. High Beam Assist will turn on when vehicle speed is above 40 km/h (25 mph).
· If the headlamp switch is pushed away when High Beam Assist (HBA) is operating, High Beam Assist will turn off and the high beam will be on continuously.
· If the headlamp switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is off, the high beam will turn on without High Beam Assist (HBA) canceled.
When you let go of the light switch, the lever will move to the middle and the high beam will turn off.
· If the headlamp switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is on by High Beam Assist, the low beam will be on and High Beam Assist will turn off.
· If the headlamp switch is placed to the headlamp ON position, High Beam Assist will turn off and the low beam will be on continuously.
When High Beam Assist is operating, the high beam switches to low beam if any of the following conditions occur :
- When the headlamp of an on-coming vehicle is detected.
- When the tail lamp of a vehicle in front is detected.
- When the headlamp or tail lamp of a motorcycle or a bicycle is detected.
- When the surrounding ambient light is bright enough that high beams are not required.
- When streetlights or other lights are detected.
- When the headlamp switch is not in the AUTO position.
- When High Beam Assist is off.
- When vehicle speed is below 24 km/h (15 mph).
OOS047127L
Warning light and message
When High Beam Assist is not working properly, the Check High Beam Assist warning message will come on for a few second.
After the message disappears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate.
Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.
3-118
WARNING
The driver must be cautious in the below situations may not work properly when recognition of light from on-coming or front vehicle is poor or limited:
When the light from on-coming or front vehicle is poor
· When the light from the oncoming or front vehicle is not detected because of lamp damage, hidden from sight, etc.
· When the lamp of the on-coming or front vehicle is covered with dust, snow or water.
· When the front vehicle's headlamps are off but the fog lamps on and etc.
(Continued)
(Continued)
When external condition is intervened
· When there is a similar shape lamp with the front vehicle's lamps.
· When the headlamp is not repaired or replaced at an authorized dealer.
· When headlamp aiming is not properly adjusted.
· When driving on a narrow curved road, rough road, downhill or uphill.
· When only part of the vehicle in front is visible on a crossroad or curved road.
· When there is a traffic light, reflecting sign, flashing sign or mirror ahead.
· When there is a temporary reflector or flash ahead (construction area).
· When the road conditions are bad such as being wet, iced or covered with snow.
(Continued)
(Continued)
· When a vehicle suddenly appears from a curve.
· When the vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or being towed.
· When LKA (Lane Keeping
Assist) system failure indica-
3
tor (yellow) illuminates (if
equipped) and etc.
When front visibility is poor
· When the lamp of the on-coming or front vehicle is covered with dust, snow or water.
· When the light from the oncoming or front vehicle is not detected because of exhaust fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.
· When the front window is covered with foreign matters.
· When it is hard to see because of fog, heavy rain or snow and etc.
(Continued)
3-119
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
(Continued)
· Do not disassemble a front view camera temporarily for tinted window or attaching any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked to need a calibration.
· When you replace or reinstall the windshield glass, front view camera, take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.
· Be careful that water doesn't get into the High Beam Assist unit and do not remove or damage related parts of the High Beam Assist system.
· Do not place objects on the crash pad that reflect light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may malfunction if sunlight is reflected.
(Continued)
(Continued)
· At times, High Beam Assist may not work properly. The system is for your convenience only. It is the responsibility of the driver for safe driving practices and always check the road conditions for your safety.
· When the system does not operate normally, change the lamp position manually between the high beam and low beam.
Turn signals and lane change signals
OAD045188C
To signal a turn, push down on the lever for a left turn or up for a right turn in position (A). If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.
3-120
Convenient features of your vehicle
One-touch turn signal function
Battery saver function
Headlamp delay function
To activate the One Touch Turn The purpose of this feature is to pre- (if equipped)
Signal function, push the turn signal vent the battery from being dis- If the key is removed from the ignition
lever up or down to position (B) and charged. The system automatically switch or placed in the ACC position
then release it.
turns off the parking lamp when the or the LOCK/OFF position with the
The lane change signals will blink 3, key is removed (remote key) or when headlamps ON, the headlamps
5 or 7 times.
You can activate or deactivate the One Touch Turn Signal function or choose the number of blinks (3, 5, or 7) from the User Settings mode (Light) on the LCD display.
For more information, refer to the "LCD Display" section in this chapter.
the driver turns the vehicle off (smart key) and opens the driver-side door.
With this feature, the parking lamps will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on when the vehicle is turned off, perform the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and
(and/or parking lamps) remain on for about 5 minutes. However, if the driver's door is opened and closed, the headlights are turned off after 15 seconds. Also, with the vehicle off if the driver's door is opened and closed, the headlamps (and/or parking lamps) are turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlamps (and/or parking lamps) can be turned off by pressing
3
ON again using the light switch on the lock button on the remote key or
the steering column.
smart key twice or turning the light
switch to the OFF or AUTO position.
You can activate or deactivate the Headlamp Delay function from the User Settings mode (Light) on the LCD display.
For more information, refer to the "LCD Display" section in this chapter.
3-121
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors (except driver's door), the battery saver function does not operate and the headlamp delay function does not turn off automatically. Therefore, It causes the battery to be discharged. In this case, make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehicle.
AFL(Adaptive Front Lighting) system a.k.a. DBL (Dynamic Bending Light) (if equipped)
OAE046510C
Adaptive front lighting system uses the steering angle and vehicle speed, to keep your field of vision wide by swiveling and leveling the headlamp.
Change the switch to the AUTO position when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. The adaptive front lighting system will operate when the headlamp is ON. To turn off the AFL System, change the switch to other positions. After turning the AFL System off, headlamp swiveling no longer occurs, but leveling operates continuously.
If the AFL System malfunction indi-
cator comes on, the AFL System is
not working properly. Drive to the
nearest safe location and restart the
vehicle (
indicator ON). If the
indicator continuously remains on,
have the system be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-122
Interior Lights
Front lamps
Front Door Lamp (
):
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
The front or rear room lamps come
on when the front or rear doors are
Do not use the interior lights
opened. When doors are unlocked by
when driving in the dark.The inte-
the remote key or smart key, the front
rior lights may obscure your view
and rear lamps come on for approxi-
and cause an accident.
mately 30 seconds as long as any 3
door is not opened. The front and rear
room lamps go out gradually after
NOTICE
approximately 30 seconds when the
Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the vehicle is turned off or the battery will discharge.
Interior lamp AUTO cut The interior lamps will automatically
OAD045405
(1) Front Map Lamp (2) Front Door Lamp (3) Front Room Lamp ON (4) Front Room Lamp OFF
door is closed. However, if the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position or all doors are locked, the front and rear lamps will turn off. If a door is opened with the ignition switch is in the ACC position or the OFF position, the front and rear lamps stay on for about 20 minutes.
go off approximately 20 minutes after the vehicle is turned off and the Front Map Lamp :
Front room lamp
doors are closed. If a door is opened, the lamp will go off 40 minutes after the vehicle is turned off. If the doors are locked by the remote key or smart key and the vehicle enters the armed stage of the theft alarm system, the lamps will go off five sec-
Press either lenses to turn the map lamp on or off. This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passenger.
·
:
Press the button to turn ON the room lamp for the front/rear seats.
·
:
Press the button to turn OFF the
onds later.
room lamp for the front/rear seats
regardless of front or rear door open
position.
3-123
Convenient features of your vehicle
Rear lamp
Type A
Luggage compartment lamp
Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)
Type B
OAE046445
OAEE046421
Rear Room Lamp ( ): Press this switch to turn the room lamp on and off.
OAE049418
The luggage compartment lamp comes on when the tailgate is opened.
NOTICE
The luggage compartment lamp comes on as long as the tailgate is open. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the tailgate securely after using the luggage compartment.
OAD045410
Push the switch to turn the light on or off. · : The lamp will turn on if this
button is pressed. · : The lamp will turn off if this
button is pressed.
NOTICE
Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor.
3-124
Convenient features of your vehicle
Welcome System (if equipped) Headlamp and parking lamp
Interior lamp
Welcome light (if equipped)
When the headlamp (with the lamp When the interior lamp switch is in switch in the headlamp or AUTO the DOOR position and all doors (and
position) is on and all doors (and tailgate) are closed and locked, the
trunk) are locked and closed, the room lamp will come on for 30 sec-
parking lamp and headlamp will onds if any of the below is performed.
come on for 15 seconds when the · When the door unlock button is door unlock button is pressed on the pressed on the remote key or
3
remote key or smart key.
smart key.
At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button on the remote key or smart key the parking lamp and headlamp will turn off immediately.
· When the button of the outside door handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button, the room lamp will
OAE048409
turn off immediately.
Door handle lamp (if equipped)
You can activate or deactivate the Welcome Light from the User
When all the doors (and tailgate) are Settings mode on the LCD display.
closed and locked, the door handle For more details, refer to "LCD
lamp will come on for about 15 sec- Display" in this chapter.
onds if any of the below is performed.
· When the door unlock button is pressed on the remote key or smart key.
· When the button of the outside door handle is pressed with the smart key in possession.
· When the vehicle is approached with the smart key in possession.
3-125
Convenient features of your vehicle
WIPERS AND WASHERS
OLF044278
A : Wiper speed control · MIST Single wipe · OFF Off · INT Intermittent wipe · LO Low wiper speed · HI High wiper speed
B : Intermittent control wipe time adjustment
Windshield Wipers
Operates as follows when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push the lever upward and release. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation.
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals. To vary the speed setting, move the speed control lever. The top most setting will run the wipers most frequently (for more rain). The bottom setting will run the wipers the least frequently (for less rain).
LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed.
HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.
i Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/or ice before using the wiper and washer, it may damage the wiper and washer system.
C : Wash with brief wipes
3-126
Convenient features of your vehicle
Windshield Washers
WARNING
NOTICE
· To prevent possible damage to
When the outside temperature
the washer pump, do not oper-
is below freezing, ALWAYS
ate the washer when the fluid
warm the windshield using the
reservoir is empty.
defroster to help prevent the washer fluid from freezing on the windshield and obscuring your vision which could result in an accident and serious injury or death.
· To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry.
· To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do
3
OLF044095N
not attempt to move the wipers manually.
In the OFF position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does
· To prevent possible damage to the wipers and washer system, use anti-freezing washer fluids in the winter season or cold weather.
not work, you may need to add wash-
er fluid to the washer fluid reservoir.
3-127
Convenient features of your vehicle
REAR VIEW MONITOR (RVM) (IF EQUIPPED)
· Rear View Monitor with parking guidance will activate when the vehicle is in the ready mode and the shift into R (Reverse) position.
OAE048640
· To assist in parking, the rear view is shown (the parking guide line disappears) on the screen when the shift button is shifted from R (Reverse) to D (Drive) with vehicle speed below 15 km/h (9 mph).
Rear View Monitor Top view
OAEPH049407N
Rear View Monitor system is a supplemental system that shows the area behind the vehicle on the infotainment system screen to assist you when parking or driving.
OAEPHQ049859N
When you touch the icon of infotainment system, the top view is displayed on the screen and shows the distance from the vehicle in the back of your vehicle. Touch the icon again, to switch back to the previous screen.
3-128
CAUTION
· Rear View Monitor is not a safety device. It only serves to assist the driver in identifying objects directly behind the middle of the vehicle. The camera does not cover the complete area behind the vehicle.
· Never rely solely on the rear view monitor. As there are blind spots that do not appear on the camera while backing up and parking, You must always use methods of viewing the area behind you including looking over both shoulders as well as continuously checking all three rear view mirrors.
· Always look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
(Continued)
(Continued)
· Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children.
· Always keep the camera lens clean. If lens is covered with foreign matter, the camera may not operate normally.
· When stopping for a long time in winter or parking in an indoor parking lot, the image may temporarily be blurry due to the exhaust gas.
3
3-129
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
REVERSE PARKING DISTANCE WARNING (PDW) (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
Operation of Reverse Parking Distance Warning system
A
OAE048403
[A] : Rear Sensor
Reverse Parking Distance Warning system assists the driver during reverse movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within the distance of 120 cm (48 in) behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental system that senses objects within the range and location of the sensors, it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed.
· Always look around your vehicle to make sure there are not any objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
· Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children.
· Be aware that some objects may not be visible on the screen or be detected by the sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor.
Operating condition
· Reverse Parking Distance Warning system will activate when backing up with the ignition switch in the ON position. However, if vehicle speed exceeds 5 km/h (3 mph), the system may not detect objects.
· If vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h (6 mph), the system will not warn you even though objects are detected.
· When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
3-130
Convenient features of your vehicle
Types of warning sound and indicator
Types of warning sound Indicator
When an object is 60 ~ 120 cm (24 ~ 48 in) from the rear
NOTICE
· The indicator may differ from the illustration depending on objects or sensors status. If the indicator blinks, we recommend that you have your vehicle
Non-operational conditions of Reverse Parking Distance Warning system
Reverse Parking Distance Warning system may not operate normally when:
bumper : Buzzer beeps intermittently.
checked by an authorized · Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
HYUNDAI dealer.
· Sensor is covered with foreign mat-
3
When an object is approximately 30 ~ 60 cm (12 ~ 24 in) from the rear bumper, the warning sound beeps more frequently.
When an object is within 30 cm (12 in) of the rear bumper : Buzzer beeps continuously.
· If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when the gear is R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction with Reverse Parking Distance Warning system. If this occurs, we recommend that you have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
ter, such as snow or water, or the sensor cover is blocked.
There is a possibility of Reverse Parking Distance Warning system malfunction when: · Driving on uneven road surfaces
such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient.
soon as possible.
· Objects generating excessive noise
such as vehicle horns, loud motor-
cycle engines, or truck air brakes
can interfere with the sensor.
· Heavy rain or water spray is present.
· Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are present near the sensor.
· The sensor is covered with snow.
3-131
Convenient features of your vehicle
· Any non-factory equipment or accessories have been installed, or if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified.
Detecting range may decrease when: · Outside air temperature is extreme-
ly hot or cold. · Undetectable objects smaller than
100 cm (40 in) and narrower than 14 cm (6 in) in diameter.
The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor: · Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles. · Objects, which tend to absorb sen-
sor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow.
NOTICE
· Reverse Parking Distance Warning system can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors; It cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. Also, small or slim objects, such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors.
Always visually check behind the vehicle when backing up.
· Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabilities and limitations.
Reverse Parking Distance Warning system precautions
· Reverse Parking Distance Warning system may not sound consistently depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected.
· Reverse Parking Distance Warning system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non-factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance.
· The sensor may not recognize objects less than 30 cm (12 in) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use caution.
· When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth.
· Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
3-132
· Do not spray the sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally.
WARNING
Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants related to a Reverse Parking Distance Warning system. Always drive safely and cautiously.
Self-Diagnosis
When the gear is R (Reverse) position and if one or more of
the below occurs you may have a malfunction in the Parking
Distance Warning system.
· You don't hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently
·
is displayed. (if equipped)
(blink)
If this occurs, have the system checked by a professional workshop. HYUNDAI recommends to visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer/service partner.
3
3-133
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
FORWARD/REVERSE PARKING DISTANCE WARNING (PDW) (IF EQUIPPED)
Front sensor
This system is a supplemental system that senses objects within the range and location of the sensors, it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed.
Operation of Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning
Type A
A Rear sensor
OAE048404
B OAE048403
[A] : Front Sensor, [B] : Rear Sensor
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system assists the driver during movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within the distance of 100 cm (40 in) in front and 120 cm (48 in) behind the vehicle.
WARNING
· Always look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
· Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children.
· Be aware that some objects may not be visible on the screen or be detected by the sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor.
Type B
OAEPH048405
OAEPH048628
Operating condition
· Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system will activates when Parking Distance Warning system button is pressed with the engine running
3-134
· Parking Distance Warning system Types of warning sound and indicator
button turns on automatically and
activates the system system when
Distance
Warning indicator
the gear is R (Reverse) position.
from object
When driving
When driving Warning sound
However, if vehicle speed exceeds
in (cm)
forward
rearward
10 km/h (6 mph), the system will not warn you even though objects are detected, and if vehicle speed
24 ~ 40 (60 ~ 100)
Front
exceeds 20 km/h (12 mph), the system will turn off automatically. To turn on the system, press Parking
24 ~ 48 (60 ~ 120)
Rear
-
-
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
3
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
Distance Warning system button · When more than two objects are
12 ~ 24
Front
Buzzer beeps frequently
sensed at the same time, the clos-
(30 ~ 60)
est one will be recognized first.
Rear
-
Buzzer beeps frequently
Convenient features of your vehicle
Front 12
(30)
Rear
-
Buzzer sounds continuously
Buzzer sounds continuously
NOTICE
· The indicator may differ from the illustration depending on objects or sensors status. If the indicator blinks, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
· If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when gear is R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction with Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system. If this occurs, we recommend that vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 3-135
Convenient features of your vehicle
Non-operational conditions of Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning may not operate when:
· Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will operate normally when the ice melts.)
· Sensor is covered with foreign matter, such as snow or water, or the sensor cover is blocked. (It will operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked.)
· Parking Distance Warning button is off.
There is a possibility of Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system malfunction when:
· Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient.
· Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes can interfere with the sensor.
· Heavy rain or water spray is present.
· Wireless transmitters or mobile phones present near the sensor.
· The sensor is covered with snow
· Any non-factory equipment or accessories have been installed, or if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified.
Detecting range may decrease when:
· Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold.
· The sensor is covered with foreign matter such as snow or water. (The sensing range will return to normal when removed.)
The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor:
· Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles.
· Objects, which tend to absorb sensor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow.
· Undetectable objects smaller than 100 cm (40 in) and narrower than 14 cm (5.5 in) in diameter.
3-136
Convenient features of your vehicle
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system pre-
· Do not spray the sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high
WARNING
cautions
· Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system may not sound consistently depending on the
pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally.
Pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects on the road, particularly pedestrians, and especially
speed and shapes of the objects
detected.
NOTICE
children. Be aware that some objects may not be detected by
3
· Forward/Reverse Parking Distance · Forward/Reverse
Parking the sensors, due to the objects
Warning system may malfunction if Distance Warning system can distance, size or material, all of
the vehicle bumper height or sen- only sense objects within the which can limit the effective-
sor installation has been modified. range and location of the sen- ness of the sensor. Always per-
Any non-factory installed equip- sors; It cannot detect objects in form a visual inspection to
ment or accessories may also other areas where sensors are make sure the vehicle is clear of
interfere with the sensor perform- not installed. Also, small or slim all obstructions before moving
ance.
objects, such as poles or the vehicle in any direction.
· Sensor may not recognize objects less than 30 cm (12 in) from the sensor, or it may sense an incor-
objects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors.
rect distance. Use with caution.
Always visually check behind
· When the sensor is frozen or the vehicle when backing up.
stained with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth.
· Do not push, scratch or strike the
· Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabilities and limitations.
sensor. Sensor damage could
occur.
3-137
Convenient features of your vehicle
Self-Diagnosis
When the gear is R (Reverse) position and if one or more of the below occurs you may have a malfunction in the Parking Distance Warning system.
· You don't hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently.
·
is displayed. (if equipped)
(blink)
If this occurs, have the system checked by a professional workshop. We recommend that vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants. Always drive safely and cautiously.
3-138
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
1. Driver's temperature control button
2. Passenger's temperature control
3
button
3. Fan speed control button
4. Mode selection button
5. AUTO (automatic control) button
6. OFF button
7. Front windshield defrost button
8. Rear window defrost button
9. Air conditioning button
10. Air intake control button
11. Driver only button
12. SYNC button
13. Climate control information screen
OAEPH049500N
3-139
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning
OAEPH049688N
The Automatic Climate Control System is controlled by setting the desired temperature. 1. Press the AUTO button. The modes, fan speeds, air intake and air-conditioning will be controlled automatically by the temperature setting you select.
OAEE049303
2. Press the temperature control knob to the desired temperature. If the temperature is set to the lowest setting (Lo), the air conditioning system will operate continuously. After the interior has cooled sufficiently, adjust the button to a higher temperature set point whenever possible.
To turn the automatic operation off, select any button of the following:
- Mode selection button
- Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate on the information screen once again.)
- Fan speed control button
The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically.
For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 23°C (73°F).
3-140
Convenient features of your vehicle
Manual Heating and Air Conditioning
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
The heating and cooling system can 4. Set the air intake control to the
be controlled manually by pushing
outside (fresh) air position.
buttons other than the AUTO button. 5. Set the fan speed control to the
In this case, the system works desired speed.
sequentially according to the order of 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
buttons selected.
the air conditioning system on.
3
OAE048304
When pressing any button except the AUTO button while using automatic operation, the functions not selected will be controlled automatically.
7. Press the AUTO button to convert to full automatic control of the system.
NOTICE
Never place anything near the sensor to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.
1. Start the vehicle ( ON).
indicator
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3-141
Convenient features of your vehicle Mode selection
The air flow outlet direction is cycled as follows:
Face-Level (B, D, E, F)
Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)
Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.
OAEPH048636/OAEPH048306
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.
3-142
Floor & Defrost (A, C, E, F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.
Front
Floor-Level (A, C, E, F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.
OAEE049307
Defrost-Level
Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters.
Rear
3
OAEPH049308L
Convenient features of your vehicle
OAEPH049309L
Interior panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed ( ) using the vent control lever. Also, you can adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown.
3-143
Convenient features of your vehicle
Temperature control
OAEE049303
Press the button to increase/ decrease temperature. The temperature will increase or decrease by 0.5°C/1°F.
Temperature conversion
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, the temperature mode display will reset to Fahrenheit.
To change the temperature unit from °C to °F or °F to °C:
- On the instrument cluster, go to User Settings Mode Other (Features) Temperature Unit.
- Press and hold the AUTO and OFF buttons on the climate control unit for 3 seconds.
The temperature unit on both on the cluster LCD display and climate control information screen will change.
Sync button
OAEPH048311
Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally · Press the "SYNC" button to oper-
ate the driver and passenger side temperature equally. The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature. · Press the left temperature control knob. The driver and passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally.
3-144
Convenient features of your vehicle
Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually
Press the "SYNC" button again to operate the driver and passenger side temperature individually. The button indicator will turn off.
Air intake control
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh) air position selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.
3
i Information
Using the system in the fresh air position is recommended.
OAEPH049312L
This button is used to select the outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air position.
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air position selected, air from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.
Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position (without air conditioning selected) can cause fogging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger compartment will become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.
3-145
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
· Continued use of the climate control system operation in the recirculated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepiness, that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving.
· Continued use of the climate control system operation in the recirculated air position (without the air conditioning selected) may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility.
· Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating system on. It may cause serious injury or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature.
Fan speed control
NOTICE
Operating the fan when the ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the fan when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.
OAEPH048313
The fan speed can be set as desired by pushing the fan speed control button. More air is delivered with higher fan speeds. Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan.
i Information
For better voice recognition, fan speed may automatically slow down for a couple of minutes when you activate voice recognition or hands free.
3-146
Driver only
Air conditioning
OFF mode
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
OAEPH048314
If you press the DRIVER ONLY but-
ton(
) DRIVER
ONLY
and
the
indicator
light
illuminates, air mostly blows in the
direction of the driver's seat.
However, some of the air may come out of other seating position ducts to keep indoor air pleasant.
If you use the button with no passenger in the front passenger seat, energy consumption will be reduced.
DRIVER ONLY button will be turned off under the following conditions:
1) Defrost on (the DRIVER ONLY button indicator is not turned off)
2) DRIVER ONLY button re-push
OAEPH049315L
Press the A/C button to manually turn the system on (indicator light will illuminate) and off.
OAEPH048316
Press the OFF button to turn the climate control system off.
You can still operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position.
3-147
Convenient features of your vehicle
System Operation
Ventilation
1. Select the Face Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
Heating
1. Select the Floor Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
If the windshield fogs up, select the
Floor & Defrost
mode or press
the Front Defrost mode.
Operation Tips
· To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the car through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position. Return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
· To prevent the inside of the windshield from fogging, set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to the desired temperature.
Air conditioning
All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant.
1. Start the vehicle.
2. Push the air conditioning button.
3. Set the mode to the Face Level mode.
4. Set the air intake control to the recirculated air position. However, prolonged operation of the recirculated air position will excessively dry the air. In this case, change the air position.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the extreme left position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed.
3-148
Convenient features of your vehicle
Air conditioning system operation System Maintenance
Checking the amount of air
tips
Climate control air filter
· If the vehicle has been parked in
conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.
· After sufficient cooling has been
Outside air
Recirculated air
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air con-
ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
reduces the performance of the air
conditioning system.
3
achieved, switch back from the recirculated air to the fresh outside air position.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· To help reduce moisture inside of
Blower
the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air
Climate control air filter
Evaporator Heater core
core
1LDA5047
NOTICE It is important that the correct
conditioning system with the win- This filter is installed behind the glove type and amount of oil and refrig-
dows and sunroof closed.
box. It filters the dust or other pollu- erant is used. Otherwise, damage
· Use the air conditioning system tants that enter the vehicle through the to the compressor and abnormal every month only for a few minutes heating and air conditioning system. system operation may occur.
to ensure maximum system per- Have the climate control air filter be
formance.
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
· If you operate air conditioner dealer according to the maintenance excessively, the difference between schedule. If the vehicle is being driv-
the temperature of the outside air en in severe conditions such as dusty
and that of the windshield could or rough roads, more frequent air
cause the outer surface of the conditioner filter inspections and
windshield to fog up, causing loss changes are required.
of visibility. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button to
the
position and fan speed
control to the lower speed.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-149
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Because the refrigerant is at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used, otherwise damage to the vehicle and personal injury may occur.
The air conditioning system should be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-150
Convenient features of your vehicle
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING
Windshield heating
· For maximum defrosting, set the temperature control to the extreme right/hot position and the fan speed control to the highest speed.
To Defog Inside Windshield 1. Select the desired fan speed. 2. Select the desired temperature.
Do not use the or posi- · If warm air to the floor is desired 3. Press the defroster button ( ).
tion during cooling operation in
while defrosting or defogging, set the 4. The outside (fresh) air position will
extremely humid weather. The
mode to the floor-defrost position.
be selected automatically.
difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility could cause an accident resulting in serious injury or death. In this case, set the mode selection button to the
position and fan speed control knob or button to a lower
· Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windshield, rear window, side view mirrors, and all side windows.
· Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield.
If the outside (fresh) air position is not selected automatically, adjust the corresponding button manually.
If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.
3
speed.
i Information
If the engine temperature is still cold after starting, then a brief engine warm up period may be required for the vented air flow to become warm or hot.
3-151
Convenient features of your vehicle
To Defrost Outside Windshield
OAEPH049691L
1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically. If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.
Defogging Logic
To reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield, the air intake or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to certain conditions such as or positions. To cancel or return the defogging logic, do the following.
1. Place the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Press the defroster button ( ).
3. While pressing the air conditioning button (A/C), press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The air intake control button indicator will blink 3 times. It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status.
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.
Rear Window Defroster
OAEPH049690L
NOTICE To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window, never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window. If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield, refer to the "Windshield Defrosting and Defogging" section in this chapter.
3-152
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
Auto Defogging System
· If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster.
· The rear window defroster automat-
ically turns off after approximately
3
20 minutes or when the ignition
switch is in the LOCK/OFF position.
OAEE049301
The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.
· To activate the rear window defroster, press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel. The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON.
· To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster button again.
Side view mirror defroster
If your vehicle is equipped with the side view mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.
OAE048320
Auto defogging system reduces the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture on inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates when the heater or air conditioning is on.
3-153
Convenient features of your vehicle
When the Auto Defogging System operates, the indicator will illuminate.
If high levels of moisture are sensed in the vehicle, the Auto Defogging System will operate in the following order:
Step 1 : Outside air position
Step 2 : Operating the air conditioning
Step 3 : Blowing air toward the windshield
Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward the windshield
If the air conditioning is off or recirculated air position is manually selected while Auto Defogging System is ON, the Auto Defogging System Indicator will blink 3 times to signal that the manual operation has been canceled.
To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging System
Press the front windshield defroster button for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is in the ON position. When the Auto Defogging System is canceled, the ADS OFF symbol will blink 3 times and ADS OFF will be displayed on the climate control information screen.
When the Auto Defogging System is reset, the ADS OFF symbol will blink 6 times without a signal.
i Information
· When the air conditioning is turned on by Auto defogging system, if you try to turn off the air conditioning, the indicator will blink 3 times and the air conditioning will not be turned off.
· For efficiency, do not select recirculated air position while the Auto defogging system is operating.
· When Auto defogging mode is selected, fan speed, temperature and intake mode which is adjusted manually are canceled for better defogging result.
NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
3-154
CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Automatic Ventilation (if equipped)
Sunroof inside air recirculation (if equipped)
When the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode and temperature is below 15°C (59°F) with the recirculated air position selected more than five minutes, the air intake position will automatically change to the outside (fresh) air position.
To cancel or reset the Automatic Ventilation
When the sunroof is opened, outside (fresh) air will be automatically selected. At this time, if you press the air intake control button, recirculated air position will be selected but will change back to outside (fresh) air after 3 minutes. When the sunroof is closed, the air intake position will return to the original position that was selected.
When the air conditioning system is on, select Face Level mode and while pressing the A/C button, press the recirculated air position button five times within three seconds.
3
3-155
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
WARNING
Never store cigarette lighters, propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods.
Center Console Storage
Glove Box
WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment covers closed securely while driving. Items inside your vehicle are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items may fly out of the compartment and may cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.
NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartments.
OAE046420
To open : Grab and hold the latch (1) on the arm rest then lift the lid.
To open: Pull the lever (1).
OAE046421
WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box door after use. An open glove box door can cause serious injury to the passenger in an accident, even if the passenger is wearing a seat belt.
3-156
Convenient features of your vehicle
Sunglass Holder
WARNING
Multi Box
· Do not keep objects except
sunglasses inside the sun-
glass holder. Such objects can
be thrown from the holder in
the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring
3
the passengers in the vehicle.
· Do not open the sunglass
holder while the vehicle is
moving. The rear view mirror
OAD045413
of the vehicle can be blocked
OAE046422
To open:
Push and release the cover and the holder will slowly open. Place your sunglasses in the compartment door with the lenses facing out.
To close:
Push back into position.
Make sure the sunglass holder is closed while driving.
by an open sunglass holder.
· Do not put the glasses forcibly into a sunglass holder. It may cause personal injury if you try to open it forcibly when the glasses are jammed in holder.
Use the multi box to keep small objects.
WARNING
Do not keep objects that can be thrown from the multi box and severely injure passengers in the vehicle in the event of a sudden stop or an accident.
3-157
Convenient features of your vehicle
INTERIOR FEATURES Cup Holder
Front
Rear
OAE046423
OAE046424
Cups or small beverages cups may be placed in the cup holders.
Rear (if equipped)
Pull the armrest down to use the cup holders.
WARNING
· Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is in use to prevent spilling your drink. If hot liquid spills, you could be burned. Such a burn to the driver could cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
· Do not place uncovered or unsecured cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup holder containing hot liquid while the vehicle is in motion. Injuries may result in the event of a sudden stop or collision.
· Only use soft cups in the cup holders. Hard objects can injure you in an accident.
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a hot vehicle. It may explode.
NOTICE
· Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts.
· When cleaning spilled liquids, do not dry the cup holder at high temperature. This may damage the cup holder.
3-158
Convenient features of your vehicle
Sunvisor
NOTICE
Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use.
Power Outlet (if equipped)
WARNING
3
For your safety, do not block your view when using the sunvisor.
OAEE046511N
To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use a sunvisor for a side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward (4) as needed (if equipped). Use the ticket holder (5) to hold tickets (if equipped).
NOTICE
Do not put several tickets in the ticket holder at one time. This could cause damage to the ticket holder.
OAEPH048426
The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 180 W (Watts) with the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode.
WARNING
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place your fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.) into a power outlet or touch the power outlet with a wet hand.
3-159
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the Power Outlets :
· Use the power outlet only when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the vehicle off could cause the battery to discharge.
· Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 180 W (Watts) in electric capacity.
· Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet.
· Close the cover when not in use.
(Continued)
(Continued)
· Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle's power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle.
· Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat and the fuse may open.
· Plug in battery equipped electrical/electronic devices with reverse current protection. The current from the battery may flow into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and cause system malfunction.
Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System (if equipped)
OAEPH048444
There is a wireless cellular phone charger inside the front console. The system is available when all doors are closed, and when the ignition switch is in the ACC/ON/START position.
3-160
Convenient features of your vehicle
To charge a cellular phone
If your phone is not charging:
NOTICE
The wireless cellular phone charging system charges only the Qi-enabled cellular phones ( ). Read the label on the cellular phone accessory cover or visit your cellular phone
- Slightly change the position of the cellular phone on the charging pad.
- Make sure the indicator light is orange.
The indicator light will blink orange
· The wireless cellular phone charging system may not support certain cellular phones, which are not verified for the Qi specification ( ).
manufacturer's website to check whether your cellular phone supports the Qi technology.
The wireless charging process starts when you put a Qi-enabled cellular phone on the wireless charging unit.
for 10 seconds if there is a malfunction in the wireless charging system.
In this case, temporarily stop the charging process, and re-attempt to wirelessly charge your cellular phone again.
· When placing your cellular phone on the charging mat, position the phone in the middle of the mat for optimal charging performance. If your cell phone is off to the side, the charging
3
The system warns you with a mes1. Remove other items, including the sage on the LCD display if the cellu-
smart key, from the wireless charg- lar phone is still on the wireless
rate may be less and in some cases the cell phone may experience higher heat conduction.
ing unit. If not, the wireless charging process may be interrupted. Place the cellular phone on the center of charging pad.
charging unit after the ignition switch is in the OFF position and the front door is opened.
· In some cases, the wireless charging may stop temporarily when the Smart Key is used, either when starting the vehicle
2. The indicator light is orange when the cellular phone is charging. The indicator light turns green when phone charging is completed.
3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless charging function in the user settings mode on the instrument cluster. For further information, refer to the "LCD Display Modes"
i Information
For some manufacturers' cellular phones, the system may not warn you even though the cellular phone is left on the wireless charging unit. This is due to the particular characteristic of the cellular phone and not a malfunction of the wireless charging.
or locking/unlocking the doors, etc.
· When charging certain cellular phones, the charging indicator may not change to green when the cell phone is fully charged.
(Continued)
in this chapter.
3-161
Convenient features of your vehicle
(Continued)
· The wireless charging process may temporarily stop, when temperature abnormally increases inside the wireless cellular phone charging system. The wireless charging process restarts, when temperature falls to a certain level.
· The wireless charging process may temporarily stop when there is any metallic item, such as a coin, between the wireless cellular phone charging system and a cellular phone.
· For certain cellular phone with their own protection, the wireless charging speed may decrease and the wireless charging may stop.
· If the cellular phone has a thick cover, the wireless charging may not be possible.
· If the cell phone is not completely contacting the charging pad, wireless charging may not operate properly.
(Continued)
3-162
(Continued)
· Some magnetic items like credit cards, phone cards or rail tickets may be damaged if left with the cellular phone during the charging process.
· If the cellular phone without the wireless charging function or the metallic items are placed on the charging pad, it may cause slight noise. This noise does not affect the cellular phone and the vehicle, because this noise is an operating sound during determining the item on the charging pad.
· If the ignition switch is in the OFF position, the charging also stops.
Clock
WARNING
Do not adjust the clock while driving, you may lose your steering control and cause an accident that results in severe personal injury or death.
Vehicles with Audio system Select the [SETUP] button on the audio system Select [Date/Time]. · Set time: Set the time displayed on
the audio screen. · Time format: Choose between 12-
hour and 24-hour time formats.
Vehicles with Navigation system Select the Settings menu on the Navigation system Select [Date/Time]. · GPS time: Displays time according
to the received GNSS time. · 24-hour: Switches to 12 hour or 24
hour. Detailed information for the
Infotainment system is described in a separately supplied manual.
Clothes Hanger (if equipped)
WARNING
Floor Mat Anchor(s)
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
OAEE046434
These hangers are not designed to hold large or heavy items.
OGSB047265L
Do not hang other objects such as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the clothes pockets. In an accident or when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury.
OAE046430
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to attach the front floor mats to the vehicle. The anchors on the front floor carpet keep the floor mats from sliding forward.
WARNING
Do not overlay additional mats or liners over the floor mats. If using All Weather mats, remove the carpeted floor mats before installing them. Only use floor mats designed to connect to the anchors.
3-163
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
· Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle.
· Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
· Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was manufactured with driver's side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal operation, HYUNDAI recommends that the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed.
Cargo Security Screen (if equipped)
To use the cargo security screen
OAE046432N
Use the cargo security screen to hide items stored in the cargo area.
OAE046433
1. Pull the cargo security screen towards the rear of the vehicle by the handle (1).
2. Insert the guide pin into the guide (2).
NOTICE
Pull out the cargo security screen with the handle in the center to prevent the guide pin from falling out of the guide.
3-164
Convenient features of your vehicle
When the cargo security screen To remove the cargo security
is not in use:
screen
1. Pull the cargo security screen backward and up to release it from the guides.
2. The cargo security screen will
automatically slide back in.
3
NOTICE
The cargo security screen may not automatically slide back in if the cargo security screen is not fully pulled out. Fully pull it out and then let go.
OAEE046409N
1. Push out the lower part of guide pins in both sides.
2. While pushing in one side of the guide pin, pull out the cargo security screen.
OAE046435N
3. Open the luggage tray and keep the cargo security screen in the tray.
3-165
Infotainment System
Infotainment System..............................................4-2 USB and iPod® port ..........................................................4-2 Antenna ...............................................................................4-2 Steering Wheel Audio Controls......................................4-3 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Hands-Free...........4-4 Audio / Video /Navigation System ..............................4-4
4
Infotainment System
INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM
NOTICE
· If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic devices may not function properly.
· Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration.
USB and iPod® Port
Antenna Shark fin antenna
OAEPH048439
You can use the USB port to plug in a USB or iPod® port.
i Information
When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the power source.
iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
OAE049436
The shark fin antenna will receive the transmit data (example: AM/FM, SXM signal, GPS, LTE).
4-2
Infotainment System
Steering Wheel Audio Controls
VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)
· Press the VOLUME switch up to increase volume.
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up or down, it will function in the following modes:
· Press the VOLUME switch down to decrease volume.
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION UP/DOWN button.
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)
MEDIA mode
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up or down and held for 0.8 second or more, it will function in the
It will function as the TRACK UP/ DOWN button.
4
following modes:
NOTICE
OAE046438
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button. It will SEEK until you
MODE (3)
Press the MODE button to toggle through Radio, SXM, or AUX modes.
Do not operate multiple audio remote control buttons simultaneously.
release the button.
MEDIA mode It will function as the FF/RW button.
MUTE ( ) (4)
· Press the MUTE button to mute the sound.
· Press the MUTE button again to activate the sound.
i Information
Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the Car infotainment User's Manual that is supplied with the vehicle.
4-3
Infotainment System
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Hands-Free
(3) Microphone
Detailed information for the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free is described in the Car Multimedia User's Manual.
OAE046440
Audio / Video / Navigation system (if equipped)
Detailed information for the navigation system is described in a separately supplied manual.
OAE046447
With the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology in the vehicle, you can use the phone wireless. (1) Call / Answer button (2) Call end button
4-4
Driving your vehicle
Before driving .......................................................5-4
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).........................5-47
Before Entering the Vehicle ...........................................5-4
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................5-49
Before Starting ..................................................................5-4
Good Braking Practices ................................................5-49
Ignition switch ........................................................5-6
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
Key Ignition Switch ...........................................................5-6
(front view camera only)....................................5-50
Engine Start/Stop Button................................................5-8
System setting and activation......................................5-50
Turning Off the Vehicle .................................................5-14
FCA warning message and brake control.................5-52
Dual clutch transmission.....................................5-15 Dual Clutch Transmission Operation ..........................5-15 LCD display for transmission temperature and
FCA sensor (Front view camera) ................................5-55 System malfunction........................................................5-57 FCA Warning Message and Brake Control ...............5-58
warning message.............................................................5-17
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
Shift Lever Position ........................................................5-19
- sensor fusion ...................................................5-64
Parking ...............................................................................5-22 Good Driving Practices .................................................5-23
System setting and activation......................................5-64
5
FCA warning message and brake control.................5-66
Paddle shifter .......................................................5-25 Regen B mode..................................................................5-25
Coasting guide ......................................................5-28
Braking system.....................................................5-29 Power Brakes ...................................................................5-29 Disc Brake Wear Indicator ............................................5-30 Parking Brake (foot type).............................................5-30 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) .................................5-32 AUTO HOLD ......................................................................5-38 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-42 Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-44
FCA sensor (Front view camera+ Front radar).......5-69 System malfunction........................................................5-71 Limitations of the system .............................................5-73
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) ................................5-80 LKA operation ..................................................................5-82 Warning light and message ..........................................5-85 Limitations of the System.............................................5-86 LKA system function change .......................................5-88
Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) ................5-89 System description .........................................................5-89 System setting and operation......................................5-90
Warning message and system control.......................5-92
Declaration of conformity ...........................................5-99
Driver Attention Warning(DAW) ......................5-101
System setting and operation....................................5-101
Resetting the system ..................................................5-104
System standby .............................................................5-104
System malfunction......................................................5-104
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert...............................5-107
Cruise Control.....................................................5-109
Cruise Control Operation ............................................5-109
Smart Cruise Control ........................................5-114
To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise
5
Control .............................................................................5-116
To convert to Cruise Control mode ..........................5-116
Smart Cruise Control speed........................................5-117
Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle
Distance ...........................................................................5-122
Sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead...5-125
Limitations of the system ...........................................5-127
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control (NSCC) ...................................................5-133
System Setting and Operation...................................5-134
Lane Following Assist (LFA) ...........................5-137
LFA operation ................................................................5-139
Warning message..........................................................5-140
Limitations of the system ...........................................5-142
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) .........................5-144 System Setting and Operation...................................5-144 Warning Message .........................................................5-147
Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) ...............................................5-151
System description .......................................................5-151 System setting and operation....................................5-151 Warning message and system control ....................5-153 Detecting Sensor...........................................................5-155
Special driving conditions.................................5-162 Hazardous Driving Conditions....................................5-162 Rocking the Vehicle ....................................................5-162 Smooth Cornering.........................................................5-163 Driving at Night .............................................................5-163 Driving in the Rain ........................................................5-163 Driving in Flooded Areas.............................................5-164 Highway Driving ............................................................5-164
Winter driving.....................................................5-165 Snow or Icy Conditions................................................5-165 Winter Precautions.......................................................5-165
Vehicle load limit................................................5-168 Tire Loading Information Label.................................5-169
Trailer Towing.....................................................5-173
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If
you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the
vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
5
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the tailgate open: Close all windows. Open instrument panel air vents. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.
Driving your vehicle
5-3
Driving your vehicle
BEFORE DRIVING
Before Entering the Vehicle
· Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean and unobstructed.
· Remove frost, snow, or ice.
· Visually check the tires for uneven wear and damage.
· Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks.
· Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up.
Before Starting
· Make sure the hood, the tailgate, and the doors are securely closed and locked.
· Adjust the position of the seat and steering wheel.
· Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors.
· Verify all the lights work.
· Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all passengers have fastened their seatbelts.
· Check the gauges and indicators in the instrument panel and the messages on the instrument display when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
· Check that any items you are carrying are stored properly or fastened down securely.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:
· ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is moving. For more information, refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.
· Always drive defensively. Assume other drivers or pedestrians may be careless and make mistakes.
· Stay focused on the task of driving. Driver distraction can cause accidents.
· Leave plenty of space between you and the vehicle in front of you.
5-4
WARNING
NEVER drink or take drugs and drive.
Drinking or taking drugs and driving is dangerous and may result in an accident and SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.
Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year. Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Just one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions and emergencies and your reaction time gets worse with each additional drink.
Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving under the influence of alcohol.
(Continued)
(Continued)
You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive. If you are drinking or taking drugs, don't drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a taxi.
5
5-5
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
IGNITION SWITCH Key Ignition Switch (if equipped)
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions: · NEVER allow children or any
person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the ignition switch or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur. · NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the ignition switch, or any other control, while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area may cause a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
OAE056174L
Whenever the front door is opened, the ignition switch will illuminate, provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position. The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on or go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed. (if equipped)
WARNING
NEVER turn the ignition switch to the LOCK or ACC position while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the engine turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems. This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and turn ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.
NOTICE
Never use aftermarket keyhole covers. This may generate start-up failure due to communication failure
5-6
Key ignition switch positions
Switch Position
Action
LOCK
To turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, push the key in at the ACC position and turn the key towards the LOCK position.
The ignition key can be removed in the LOCK position.
(The shift lever must be in the P (Park) position)
Notice
Some of the electrical accessories are usable. ACC The steering wheel unlocks.
5
This is the normal key position when the vehicle has Do not leave the ignition switch in the ON position when
started.
the vehicle is not in the ready ( ) mode to prevent the
ON
All features and accessories are usable.
battery from discharging.
The warning lights can be checked when you turn the ignition switch from ACC to ON.
START
To start the vehicle, turn the ignition switch to the START The engine will crank until you release the key. position. The switch returns to the ON position when you let go of the key.
Driving your vehicle
5-7
Driving your vehicle
Starting the vehicle
WARNING
Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flipflops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals.
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park).
3. Depress the brake pedal. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the
START position. Hold the key (maximum of 10 seconds) until the ready ( ) indicator comes on and release it.
i Information
· Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)
· Whether the engine is cold or warm, always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not race the engine while warming it up.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
· Do not hold the ignition key in the START position for more than 10 seconds. Wait 5 to 10 seconds before trying again.
· Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the vehicle.
Engine Start/Stop Button
OAE056001
Whenever the front door is opened, the Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate and will go off 30 seconds after the door is closed.
WARNING
To reduce risk of serious injury or death, NEVER allow children or any person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the Engine Start/Stop button or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur.
5-8
WARNING
WARNING
(Continued)
· NEVER reach through the
To turn the vehicle off in an
· NEVER press the Engine
steering wheel for the Engine
emergency:
Start/Stop button while the
Start/Stop button or any other
Press and hold the Engine
vehicle is in motion except in
control while the vehicle is in
Start/Stop button for more than
an emergency. This will result
motion. The presence of your
two seconds OR rapidly press
in the engine turning off and
hand or arm in this area may
and release the Engine Start/
loss of power assist for the
cause a loss of vehicle control
Stop button three times (within
steering and brake systems.
resulting in an accident.
three seconds).
This may lead to loss of direc-
If the vehicle is still moving, you
tional control and braking
can restart the engine without
function, which could cause
depressing the brake pedal by pressing the Engine Start/Stop
an accident. · Before leaving the driver's
5
button with the shift lever in the
seat, always make sure the
N (Neutral) position.
shift lever is in the P (Park)
position, set the parking
brake, press the Engine Start/
Stop button to the OFF posi-
tion, and take the Smart Key
with you. Unexpected vehicle
movement may occur if these
precautions are not followed.
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
5-9
Driving your vehicle
Engine Start/Stop Button Positions
Button Position
Action
OFF
To turn off the vehicle, press the Engine Start/Stop button with shift lever in P (Park).
When you press the Engine Start/Stop button without the shift lever in P (Park), the Engine Start/Stop button does not turn to the OFF position, but turns to the ACC position.
Notice
ACC
Press the Engine Start/Stop button when the If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the
button is in the OFF position without depress- ACC position for more than one hour, the bat-
ing the brake pedal.
tery power will turn off automatically to prevent
Some of the electrical accessories are the battery from discharging.
usable.
5-10
Button Position ON
Action
Notice
Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button in
in the ACC position without depressing the the ON position when the vehicle is not in the
brake pedal.
ready ( ) mode to prevent the battery from
The warning lights can be checked before discharging.
the vehicle is started.
START
To start the vehicle, depress the brake pedal If you press the Engine Start/Stop button with-
and press the Engine Start/Stop button with out depressing the brake pedal, the vehicle 5
the shift lever in the P (Park) position.
does not start and the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton changes as follows:
OFF ACC ON OFF
However, the vehicle may start if you depress the brake pedal within 0.5 second after pressing the Engine Start/Stop button from the OFF position.
Driving your vehicle
5-11
Driving your vehicle
Starting the Vehicle
WARNING
· Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals. · Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed. The vehicle can move and lead to an accident. · Wait until the engine rpm is normal. The vehicle may suddenly move if the brake pedal is released when the rpm is high.
i Information
· The vehicle will start by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button, only when the smart key is in the vehicle.
· Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, if it is far away from the driver, the vehicle may not start.
· When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position, if any door is open, the system checks for the smart key. If the smart key is not in the vehicle, the " " indicator will blink and the warning "Key not in vehicle" will come on and if all doors are closed, the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the smart key in the vehicle when in the ACC position or if the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.
1. Always carry the smart key with you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
3. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park).
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button. If the vehicle starts, the " " indicator will come on.
i Information
· Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Aggressive accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)
· Always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not rev the engine while warming it up.
5-12
NOTICE
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle: To prevent damage to the vehicle:
· If the " " indicator turns off When the stop lamp switch fuse is
while you are in motion, do not blown, you can't start the engine
attempt to shift to the P (Park) normally. Replace the fuse with a
position.
new one. If you are not able to
If traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving and press the Engine Start/Stop
replace the fuse, you can start the vehicle by pressing and holding the Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds with the Engine Start/ Stop button in the ACC position.
OAE056002
button in an attempt to restart Do not press the Engine Start/Stop
the engine.
button for more than 10 seconds
i Information
· Do not push or tow your vehicle except when the stop lamp switch If the smart key battery is weak or the
5
to start the vehicle.
fuse is blown.
smart key does not work correctly,
For your safety always depress you can start the engine by pressing
the brake pedal before starting the the Engine Start/Stop button with the
vehicle.
smart key in the direction of the pic-
ture above.
Driving your vehicle
5-13
Driving your vehicle
Turning Off the Vehicle 1. Depress the brake pedal fully. 2. Shift to P (Park). 3. Apply the parking brake. 4. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton to turn the vehicle off. 5. Make sure the " " indicator
light on the instrument cluster is turned off.
CAUTION
If the " " indicator light on the instrument cluster is still on, the vehicle is not turned off and can move when the gear is in any position except P (Park).
5-14
DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
Dual Clutch Transmission Operation
The dual clutch transmission has six forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected automatically when the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position.
Manual shift mode
· The dual clutch transmission can be thought of as an automatically shifting manual transmission. It gives the driving feel of a manual transmission, yet provides the
ease of a fully automatic transmis- 5
sion.
Driving your vehicle
Press the shift button, then move shift lever. Depress the brake pedal, press the shift button, and then move shift lever.
Move shift lever.
OAEPH058004
To move the shift lever from/to P (Parking) or between R (Reverse) and D (Drive), you must depress the brake pedal for the vehicle to stand still.
· When D (Drive) is selected, the transmission will automatically shift through the gears similar to a conventional automatic transmission. Unlike a traditional automatic transmission, the gear shifting can sometimes be felt and heard as the actuators engage the clutches and the gears are selected.
· The dual clutch transmission incorporates a dry-type dual clutch mechanism, which allows for better acceleration performance and increased fuel efficiency while driving.
5-15
Driving your vehicle
But it differs from a conventional automatic transmission because it does not incorporate a torque converter. Instead, the transition from one gear to the next is managed by clutch slip, especially at lower speeds.
As a result, shifts are sometimes more noticeable, and a light vibration can be felt as the transmission shaft speed is matched with the engine shaft speed. This is a normal condition of the dual clutch transmission.
· The dry-type clutch transfers torque more directly and provides a direct-drive feeling which may feel different from a conventional automatic transmission. This may be more noticeable when launching the vehicle from a stop or when traveling at low, stop-and-go vehicle speeds.
· When rapidly accelerating from a lower vehicle speed, the engine rpm may increase dramatically as a result of clutch slip as the dual clutch transmission selects the correct gear. This is a normal condition.
5-16
· When accelerating from a stop on an incline, press the accelerator smoothly and gradually to avoid any shudder feeling or jerkiness.
· When traveling at a lower vehicle speed, if you release the accelerator pedal quickly, you may feel engine braking before the transmission changes gears. This engine braking feeling is similar to operating a manual transmission at low speed.
· When driving downhill, you may wish to move the gear shift lever to Manual Shift mode and downshift to a lower gear in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively.
· When you turn the vehicle on and off, you may hear clicking sounds as the system goes through a selftest. This is a normal sound for the dual clutch transmission.
· During the first 1,500 km (1,000 miles), you may feel that the vehicle may not be smooth when accelerating at low speed. During this break-in period, the shift quality and performance of your new vehicle is continuously optimized.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
· ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
· Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, then set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed.
· Do not use aggressive engine braking (shifting from a higher gear to a lower gear) on slippery roads. This could cause the tires to slip and may result in an accident.
NOTICE
· Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
· Do not put the shift lever in N (Neutral) while driving.
· To avoid damage to your trans-
LCD display for transmission temperature and warning message
This warning message is displayed when vehicle is driven slowly on a grade and the vehicle detects that the brake pedal is not applied.
· If the vehicle is held or creeping forward on an incline by applying the accelerator pedal, the clutch and transmission may overheat which can result in damage. At this time, a warning message will appear on the LCD display.
· If the LCD display warning is
mission, do not try to accelerate
active, the foot brake must be
in R (Reverse) or any forward
applied.
gear position with the brakes applied.
· Ignoring the warnings can lead to damage to the transmission.
· When stopped on a slope, do
not hold the vehicle with accelerator pedal. Use the brake pedal or the parking brake.
NOTICE
5
To hold the vehicle on a hill use the foot brake or the parking
WARNING
brake. If the vehicle is held by applying the accelerator pedal on
If the transmission cannot shift into Drive or Reverse, the position indicator D or R) on the cluster will blink. We recommend that you contact an authorized Hyundai dealer to have the system checked.
OAD058175N
Steep Grade Driving up hills or on steep grades: · To hold the vehicle on an incline
use the foot brake or the parking brake. · When in stop-and-go traffic on an
a hill, the clutch and transmission will be overheated resulting in damage.
incline, allow a gap to form ahead
of you before moving the vehicle
forward. Then hold the vehicle on
the incline with the foot brake.
Driving your vehicle
5-17
Driving your vehicle
OJS058139L
Transmission High Temperature · Under certain conditions, such as
repeated stop-and-go launches on steep grades, sudden take off or acceleration, or other harsh driving conditions, the transmission clutch temperatures will increase excessively. · When the clutch temperatures are too high, the "Transmission temp is high! Stop safely" warning message will appear on the LCD display, a chime will sound, and the transmission shifting may not be smooth.
5-18
· If this occurs, pull over to a safe location, stop the vehicle with the engine running, apply the brakes and shift the vehicle to P (Park), and allow the transmission to cool.
· If you ignore this warning, the driving condition may become worse. You may experience abrupt shifts, frequent shifts, or jerkiness.
· When the message "Trans cooled. Resume driving." appears you can continue to drive your vehicle.
· When possible, drive the vehicle smoothly.
OAEPH059616L/OAEPH059617L
OAD058177N
Transmission Overheated · If the vehicle continues to be driv-
en and the clutch temperatures reach the maximum temperature limit, the "Transmission Hot! Park with engine on" warning will be displayed. When this occurs the clutch is disabled until the clutch cools to normal temperatures.
· The warning will display a time to Shift Lever Position
wait for the transmission to cool.
P (Park)
WARNING
· If this occurs, pull over to a safe location, stop the vehicle with the engine running, apply the brakes and shift the vehicle to P (Park), and allow the transmission to cool.
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park).
To shift from P (Park), you must depr ess firmly on the brake pedal and
· Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion may cause you to lose control of the vehicle.
· When the message "Trans cooled. Resume driving." appears you can continue to drive your vehicle.
· When possible, drive the vehicle smoothly.
make sure your foot is off the accelerator pedal.
If you have done all of the above and still cannot shift the lever out of P (Park), see "Shift-Lock Release" in this section.
· After the vehicle has stopped, always make sure the shift lever is in P (Park), apply the parking brake, and turn the vehicle off.
· When parking on an incline,
If any of the warning messages in the LCD display continue to blink, for your safety, contact an authorized
The shift lever must be in P (Park) before turning the vehicle off.
place the shift lever in Park and apply the parking brake to
5
prevent the vehicle from
HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys-
rolling downhill.
tem checked.
· Do not use the P (Park) posi-
tion in place of the parking
brake.
Driving your vehicle
5-19
Driving your vehicle
R (Reverse) Use this position to drive the vehicle backward.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you may damage the transmission if you shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in motion.
N (Neutral) The wheels and transmission are not engaged. Always depress the brake pedal when you are shifting from N (Neutral) to another gear.
WARNING
Do not drive with the shift lever in N (Neutral). The engine brake will not work and lead to an accident.
WARNING
Do not shift into gear unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into gear when the engine is running at high speed can cause the vehicle to move very rapidly. You could lose control of the vehicle and hit people or objects.
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position. The transmission will automatically shift through a six-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and power.
For extra power when passing another vehicle or driving uphill depress the accelerator pedal further until you feel the transmission downshift to a lower gear.
To stop the vehicle during driving, please press brake pedal fully to prevent unintended movement.
If you drive the vehicle with the shift
lever in D (Drive), the vehicle will
automatically change to ECO mode.
The
indicator will illuminate on
the instrument cluster.
When driving in ECO mode, the vehicle improves fuel efficiency for ecofriendly driving.
S (Sport)
If you drive the vehicle with the shift
lever in S (Sport), the vehicle will
automatically change to SPORT
mode. The
indicator will illumi-
nate on the instrument cluster.
When driving in SPORT mode, the vehicle provides sporty but firm riding.
i Information
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.
5-20
i Information
Shift-lock system
+ (UP) - (DOWN)
· Only the six forward gears can be selected. To reverse or park the vehicle, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as required.
· Downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automat-
For your safety, the dual clutch transmission has a shift-lock system which prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
ically selected.
2. Start the vehicle or place the igni-
OAEPH058012 · When the engine rpm approaches
tion switch in the ON position.
Manual shift mode
the red zone the transmission will 3. Move the shift lever.
Whether the vehicle is stationary or upshift automatically.
5
in motion, manual shift mode is · If the driver presses the lever to
selected by pushing the shift lever + (Up) or - (Down) position, the
from the D (Drive) position into the transmission may not make the
manual gate. To return to D (Drive) requested gear change if the next
range operation, push the shift lever gear is outside of the allowable
back into the main gate.
engine rpm range. The driver must
In Manual Shift Mode, moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to select the desired
execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, taking care to keep the engine rpms below the red zone.
range of gears for the current driving
conditions.
Driving your vehicle
+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear.
- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear.
5-21
Driving your vehicle
Shift-lock release
5. Move the shift lever. 6. Remove the tool from the shift-
lock override access hole then install the cap.
If you need to use the shift-lock release, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer immediately.
Parking
Always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Take the key with you when exiting the vehicle.
WARNING
OAEPH059011L
If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position into R (Reverse) position with the brake pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, and then do the following:
1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering the shift-lock release access hole.
4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screwdriver) into the access hole and press down on the tool.
When you stay in the vehicle with the engine running, be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time. The engine or exhaust system may overheat and start a fire.
The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot. Keep away from the exhaust system components.
Do not stop or park over flammable materials, such as dry grass, paper or leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire.
5-22
Good Driving Practices
· Depressing both accelerator and · Optimum vehicle performance and
· Never move the shift lever from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed.
· Never move the shift lever into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
brake pedals at the same time can trigger logic for engine power reduction to assure vehicle deceleration. Vehicle acceleration will resume after the brake pedal is released.
· When driving in Manual Shift Mode, slow down before shifting to a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may not be engaged if the engine rpms are outside of the
economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator.
· Do not move the shift lever to N allowable range.
(Neutral) when driving. If the shift · Always apply the parking brake lever is moved to N (Neutral) while when leaving the vehicle. Do not
5
driving, the vehicle loses the ability depend on placing the transmis-
to provide engine braking. Doing sion in P (Park) to keep the vehicle
so may increase the risk of an acci- from moving.
dent. Also, moving the shift lever back to D (Drive) while the vehicle is moving may severely damage the transmission.
· Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a
· Do not drive with your foot resting slippery surface, an abrupt change
on the brake pedal. Even light, but in vehicle speed can cause the
consistent pedal pressure can drive wheels to lose traction and
result in the brakes overheating, may cause loss of vehicle control
brake wear and possibly even resulting in an accident.
brake failure.
Driving your vehicle
5-23
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
· ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant.
· Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
· Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
· The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.
· Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.
(Continued)
(Continued)
· In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.
· HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits.
5-24
PADDLE SHIFTER (IF EQUIPPED)
Regen B mode
CAUTION
i Information
Operating the paddle shifter will not enable the vehicle to come to a complete stop. Depress the brake pedal to stop the vehicle completely.
The paddle shifter does not operate when:
· Both paddle shifters are pulled at the same time.
· The vehicle is decelerating by depressing the brake pedal.
i Information
· The Cruise Control system or Smart Cruise Control system is activated.
· The Regen B function starts from level 0 when starting your vehicle
WARNING
OPD056015 and the system works only in D
The paddle shifter is used to adjust the regenerative braking level from 0 to 3 when the vehicle is in ECO mode.
(Drive).
· The Regen B function is cancelled when the vehicle is shifted to the P (Park), R (Reverse), N(Neutral) and Sport mode.
The Regen B function may not operate depending on the motor's chargeable state (over charged, high temperature or low temperature). Always pay attention to road and driving
5
· Left side (-): Increases the regenerative braking level and deceleration.
· The Regen B function is cancelled while ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) and ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is operating.
conditions, while driving. If necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed.
· Right side (+): Decreases the regenerative braking level and deceleration.
· Deceleration differences occur even in the same system level according to driving speeds (You may recog-
nize significant deceleration differ-
ences during city driving but you
may not feel differences while high
speed driving.)
Driving your vehicle
5-25
Driving your vehicle
Type A Type B
Initial setting of the regenerative braking level and adjustable range vary according to the selected drive mode.
OAEPH058603
Drive mode ECO SPORT
Adjustable range + + -
Function Decrease the regenerative braking levels Increase the regenerative braking levels
Manual shift [+] Manual shift [-]
OAEPH058602
The selected regenerative braking level is displayed on the instrument cluster.
5-26
OAEPH059645L
Regeneration unavailable. Battery full
When the state of charge (SOC) level is too high, the Regen B function will be limited. Drive your vehicle for a while and try to operate the function again.
OAEPH059644L
Regeneration conditions not met
The warning messages may appear when:
· The motor or battery temperature is high or low, or there is a problem with the battery or transmission.
· The Regen B function activates while ABS, Cruise Control or Smart Cruise Control is operating.
If the warning message appears, the function operation is limited temporarily. Drive your vehicle for a while and try to operate the system again.
5
5-27
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
COASTING GUIDE (IF EQUIPPED)
Type A
Type B
The driver can activate the coasting guide by placing the ignition switch in the ON position and by selecting:
· User settings
User Settings Convenience Coasting Guide
For the explanation of the system, press and hold the [OK] button.
OAEPH047504L/OAEPH059618L
The coasting guide function informs the driver when to take the foot off from the accelerator by anticipating a decelerating event* based on the analysis of driving routes and road conditions of the navigation. It encourages the driver to remove foot from the pedal and allow coasting down the road with EV motor only. This helps prevent unnecessary fuel consumption and increases fuel efficiency.
i Information
Example of a deceleration event is making a right/left turn, driving through a rotary, entering or exiting a highway (freeway), etc.
5-28
Operation conditions
To activate the system, take the following procedures. Enter your destination information on the navigation and select the driving route. Have the vehicle in ECO mode by driving the vehicle in D (Drive). Then, satisfy the following.
- The operational speed is above 40 km/h (25 mph).
i Information
The operating speed may vary due to difference between instrument cluster and navigation effected by tire inflation level.
i Information
Coasting guide is only a supplemental system to assist with fuel-efficient driving. Thus, the operating conditions may be different in accordance with traffic/road conditions (i.e. driving in a traffic jam, driving on a slope, driving on a curve). Thus, take the actual driving conditions into consideration, such as distances from the vehicles ahead/behind, while referring to the coasting guide system as guidance.
BRAKING SYSTEM
Power Brakes
WARNING
(Continued)
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage.
Take the following precautions: · Do not drive with your foot
· Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's ability to safely slow down; the vehicle may also
If the vehicle is not in the ready
resting on the brake pedal.
pull to one side when the
( ) mode or the vehicle is turned
This will create abnormal high
brakes are applied. Applying
off while driving, the power assist for
brake temperatures, exces-
the brakes lightly will indicate
the brakes will not work. You can still
sive brake lining and pad
whether they have been
stop your vehicle by applying greater
wear, and increased stopping
affected in this way. Always
force to the brake pedal than typical.
distances.
test your brakes in this fash-
The stopping distance, however, will be longer than with power brakes.
When the vehicle is not in the ready ( ) mode, the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied. Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
· When descending down a long or steep hill, move the gear shift lever to Manual Shift Mode and manually downshift to a lower gear in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively. Applying the brakes continuously will
ion after driving through deep
water. To dry the brakes, light-
ly tap the brake pedal to heat
up the brakes while maintain-
5
ing a safe forward speed until
brake performance returns to
normal. Avoid driving at high
speeds until the brakes func-
tion correctly.
necessary to maintain steering con-
cause the brakes to overheat
trol on slippery surfaces.
and could result in a tempo-
rary loss of braking perform-
ance.
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
5-29
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
Do not depress the brake pedal continuously without the " " indicator ON. The battery may be discharged.
· Some noise and vibration may occur during braking. This is normal.
· In below cases, some electric brake pump noise and motor vibration may occur temporarily. This is normal operation.
- When the pedal is depressed very quickly
- When the pedal is depressed multiple times in short intervals
- When the ABS function is activated during braking
Disc Brake Wear Indicator
When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal. Note that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes.
NOTICE
To avoid costly brake repairs, do not continue to drive with worn brake pads.
i Information
Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets.
Parking Brake (foot type, if equipped) Always set the parking brake before leaving the vehicle. To apply the parking brake:
OAE056014
Firmly depress the brake pedal. Depress the parking brake pedal down as far as possible.
5-30
WARNING
To release:
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident.
· Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into P (Park) position, then apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
Vehicles with the parking
OAE056013
brake not fully engaged are at
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
risk for moving inadvertently
5
Depress the parking brake pedal down and it will release automatical-
and causing injury to yourself or others.
ly.
· NEVER allow anyone who is
If the parking brake does not release or does not release all the way, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the parking brake. If the parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur.
· Only release the parking brake when you are seated inside the vehicle with your foot firmly on the brake pedal.
Driving your vehicle
5-31
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
· Do not apply the accelerator pedal while the parking brake is engaged. If you depress the accelerator pedal with the parking brake engaged, warning will sound. Damage to the parking brake may occur.
· Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the braking system and cause premature wear or damage to brake parts. Make sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is off before driving.
Check the Parking Brake Warning Light by placing the ignition switch to the ON position (vehicle not in the ready ( ) mode).
This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is OFF.
If the Parking Brake Warning Light remains on after the parking brake is released while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location.
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) (if equipped) Applying the parking brake
OAEPH058594
To apply EPB (Electronic Parking Brake): 1. Depress the brake pedal. 2. Pull up the EPB switch. Make sure the Parking Brake Warning Light ( ) comes on.
5-32
WARNING
Releasing the parking brake
To release EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) automatically:
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the EPB while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident.
· Shift lever in P (Park)
With the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, depress the brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to R (Rear) or D (Drive).
· Shift lever in N (Neutral)
With the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, depress the brake pedal and shift out of N (Neutral) to R (Rear) or D (Drive).
OAEPH058595 · Satisfy the following conditions To release EPB (Electronic Parking 1. Ensure seat belts are fastened
5
Brake):
and the doors, hood and tailgate
· Place the ignition switch in the ON
are closed.
position.
2. With vehicle in the ready ( )
· Depress the brake pedal.
mode, depress the brake pedal
· Press the EPB switch.
Make sure the Parking Brake Warning Light ( ) goes off.
and shift out of P (Park) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or Manual shift mode.
3. Depress the accelerator pedal.
Make sure the Parking Brake Warning light ( ) goes off.
Driving your vehicle
5-33
Driving your vehicle
i Information
· For your safety, you can engage EPB even though the ignition switch is in the OFF position (only if battery power is available), but you cannot release it.
· For your safety, depress the brake pedal and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch when you drive downhill or when backing up the vehicle.
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be automatically applied when:
· It is requested by other systems
· The driver turns the vehicle off while Auto Hold is operating.
Warning messages
NOTICE
· If the parking brake warning light is still on even though EPB has been released, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB applied. It may cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear.
OTMA058132
To release EPB, fasten seatbelt, close door, hood and liftgate
· When you try to drive with EPB applied, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
· If the driver's seat belt is unfastened and the engine hood or liftgate is opened, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
· When there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a message may appear.
If the situation occurs, depress the brake pedal and release EPB by pressing the EPB switch.
5-34
WARNING
NOTICE
i Information
· Do not apply the accelerator · A clicking sound may be heard
· Whenever leaving the vehicle
pedal while the parking brake is while operating or releasing the
or parking, always come to a
engaged. If you depress the EPB. These conditions are normal
complete stop and continue
accelerator pedal with the EPB and indicate that EPB is functioning
to depress the brake pedal.
engaged, a warning will sound properly.
Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, press the EPB switch, and set the ignition
and a message will appear. Damage to the parking brake may occur.
· When leaving your keys with a parking attendant or assistant, make sure to inform him/her how to
switch to the OFF position.
· Driving with the parking brake operate the EPB.
Take the key with you when
on can overheat the braking sys-
exiting the vehicle.
tem and cause premature wear
Vehicles not fully engaged in P (Park) with the parking brake set are at risk for moving inadvertently and causing
or damage to brake parts. Make sure EPB is released and the Parking Brake Warning Light is off before driving.
5
injury to yourself or others.
· NEVER allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the EPB switch. If EPB is released unintentionally,
serious injury may occur.
· Only release EPB when you are seated inside the vehicle with your foot firmly on the brake pedal.
Driving your vehicle
5-35
Driving your vehicle
Type A
Type B
EPB malfunction indicator
Type A
OOSEV058098L/OAEPH059648L
Deactivating AUTO HOLD... Press brake pedal/Turning off AUTO HOLD. Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear.
OOSEV058099L
Parking brake automatically applied
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold is activated, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
Type B
OAEPH058598
OAEPH058599
If the EPB malfunction indicator remains on, comes on while driving, or does not come on when the ignition switch is changed to the ON position, this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned.
5-36
If this occurs, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The EPB malfunction indicator may illuminate when the ESC indicator comes on to indicate that ESC is not working properly, but it does not indicate a malfunction of EPB.
NOTICE
· If the EPB warning light is still on, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· If the parking brake warning light does not illuminate or blinks even though the EPB switch was pulled up, EPB may
Emergency braking If there is a problem with the brake pedal while driving, emergency braking is possible by pulling up and holding the EPB switch. Braking is possible only while you are holding the EPB switch.
WARNING
not be applied.
· If the parking brake warning light blinks when the EPB warning light is on, press the switch, and then pull it up. Repeat this one more time. If the EPB warning does not go off, we recom-
Do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to a severe accident.
5
mend that the system be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
During emergency braking, the park-
ing brake warning light will illumi-
nate to indicate that the system is
operating.
Driving your vehicle
5-37
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
If you continuously notice a noise or burning smell when the EPB is used for emergency braking, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
AUTO HOLD
The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a standstill even though the brake pedal is not depressed after the driver brings the vehicle to a complete stop by depressing the brake pedal.
To apply:
When the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) does not release
If the EPB does not release normally, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer by loading the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and have the system checked.
OAEPH058596
1. With the driver's door and engine hood closed, depress the brake pedal and then press the [AUTO HOLD] switch. The white AUTO HOLD indicator will come on and the system will be in the standby position.
5-38
White Green
To release:
· If you depress the accelerator pedal with the shift lever in D (Drive) or Manual shift mode, the Auto Hold will be released automatically and the vehicle will start to move. The indicator changes from green to white.
To cancel :
Light off
· If the vehicle is restarted using the
cruise control toggle switch (RES+
or SET-) (if equipped) while Auto
OAEPH058593 Hold and cruise control is operat-
2. When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal, the AUTO HOLD indicator
ing, the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation. The AUTO HOLD indi-
OAEPH058597
1. Depress the brake pedal.
5
changes from white to green.
cator changes from green to white. 2. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch.
3. The vehicle will remain stationary even if you release the brake pedal.
4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be released.
WARNING
When the AUTO HOLD is automatically released by depressing the accelerator pedal, always take a look around your vehicle.
The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn off.
Slowly depress the accelerator pedal for a smooth start.
Driving your vehicle
5-39
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
To prevent, unexpected and sudden vehicle movement, ALWAYS press your foot on the brake pedal to cancel the Auto Hold before you: - Drive downhill. - Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse). - Park the vehicle.
i Information
· The Auto Hold does not operate when: - The driver's door is opened - The engine hood is opened - The shift lever is in P (Park) - The EPB is applied
· For your safety, the Auto Hold automatically switches to EPB when: - The driver's door is opened - The engine hood is opened with the shift lever in D (Drive) - The vehicle is in a standstill for more than 10 minutes - The vehicle is standing on a steep slope - The vehicle moved several times (Continued)
(Continued)
In these cases, the brake warning light comes on, the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white, and a warning sound and a message will appear to inform you that EPB has been automatically engaged. Before driving off again, press depress the pedal, check the surrounding area near your vehicle and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch.
· While operating Auto Hold, you may hear mechanical noise. However, it is normal operating noise.
5-40
WARNING
· Depress the accelerator pedal slowly when you start the vehicle.
· For your safety, cancel the Auto Hold when you drive downhill, back up the vehicle or park the vehicle.
Warning messages
Type A
Type B
NOTICE
OOSEV058098L/OAEPH059648L
If there is a malfunction with the driver's door, engine hood or tailgate open detection system, the Auto Hold may not work properly.
We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OOSEV058099L
Parking brake automatically applied
When the EPB is applied from Auto Hold, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
Deactivating AUTO HOLD... Press brake pedal/Turning off AUTO HOLD. Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear.
5
When this message is displayed, the Auto Hold and EPB may not operate. For your safety, depress the brake pedal.
Driving your vehicle
5-41
Driving your vehicle
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
WARNING
OIK057080L
Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO HOLD
If you did not apply the brake pedal when you release the Auto Hold by pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
OTM058159L
AUTO HOLD conditions not met. Close door and hood.
When you press the [AUTO HOLD] switch, if the driver's door and engine hood are not closed, a warning will sound and a message will appear on the cluster LCD display.
Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch after closing the driver's door and hood.
An Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or an Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions. The braking distance for vehicles equipped with ABS or ESC may be longer than for those without these systems in the following road conditions.
(Continued)
5-42
(Continued)
Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds during the following conditions:
· Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads.
Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard as possible.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. Always steer moderately when braking hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel movement can still cause your vehicle to veer into oncoming traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
· On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height.
The safety features of an ABS
When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding
operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system.
or ESC equipped vehicle should sensation in the brake pedal. This is The ABS warning light ( ) will stay
not be tested by high speed normal and it means your ABS is on for several seconds after the igni-
driving or cornering. This could endanger the safety of yourself
active.
tion switch is in the ON position.
ABS does not reduce the time or dis- During that time, the ABS will go
5
or others.
tance it takes to stop the vehicle.
through self-diagnosis and the light
ABS is an electronic braking system
Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you.
will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an
that helps prevent a braking skid. ABS will not prevent a skid that authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
ABS allows the driver to steer and results from sudden changes in as possible.
brake at the same time.
direction, such as trying to take a
corner too fast or making a sudden
lane change. Always drive at a safe
speed for the road and weather con-
ditions.
Driving your vehicle
5-43
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
If the ABS warning light ( ) is on and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS. Your power brakes will work normally. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, contact your HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
CAUTION
When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy road, and apply your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light ( ) may illuminate. Pull your car over to a safe place and turn the vehicle off.
Restart the vehicle. If the ABS warning light is off, then your ABS system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a problem with your ABS system. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
i Information
When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the ABS warning light ( ) may turn on at the same time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
OAEPH059016L
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers. ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going. ESC applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the engine management system to assist the driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Always adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions.
5-44
WARNING
When operating
Type A
When the ESC is in opera-
Type B
Never drive too fast for the road conditions when cornering. The
tion, the ESC indicator light blinks:
ESC system will not prevent · When you apply your brakes under
accidents.
conditions which may lock the
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can result in severe accidents.
wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ESC is active.
· When the ESC activates, the vehi-
OAE056018L/OAEPH059017L
ESC operation
cle may not respond to the accel- ESC OFF condition
Driving your vehicle
ESC ON condition
erator as it does under routine con- To cancel ESC operation :
5
When the ignition switch is in the ON ditions.
position, the ESC and the ESC OFF · If the Cruise Control was in use · State 1
indicator lights illuminate for approximately three seconds. After both lights go off, the ESC is enabled.
when the ESC activates, the Cruise Control automatically disengages. The Cruise Control can be reengaged when the road conditions allow. See "Cruise Control System" later in this chapter. (if equipped)
· When moving out of the mud or
Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The ESC OFF indicator light and/or message will illuminate. In this state, the traction control function of ESC (engine management) is disabled, but the brake control function of ESC (braking management) still operates.
driving on a slippery road, the
engine RPM (revolutions per
minute) may not increase even if
you press the accelerator pedal
deeply. This is to maintain the sta-
bility and traction of the vehicle and
does not indicate a problem.
5-45
Driving your vehicle
Type A
Type B
OAE056020L/OAEPH059019L
· State 2
Press and hold the ESC OFF button continuously for more than 3 seconds. The ESC OFF indicator light and/or message illuminates and a warning chime sounds. In this state, both the traction control function of ESC (engine management) and the brake control function of ESC (braking management) are disabled.
If the ignition switch is placed to the OFF position when ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the vehicle, ESC will automatically turn on again.
Indicator lights
ESC indicator light (blinks)
ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
When the ignition switch is placed to the ON position, the ESC indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally. The ESC indicator light blinks whenever the ESC is operating. If ESC indicator light stays on, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ESC system. When this warning light illuminates have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when ESC is turned off.
WARNING
When ESC is blinking, this indicates the ESC is active: Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC off while the ESC indicator light is blinking or you may lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident.
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized wheels and tires installed.
5-46
ESC OFF usage
NOTICE
Vehicle Stability Management
When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be used briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in snow or mud by temporarily stopping operation of ESC to maintain wheel torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface.
To prevent damage to the transmission:
· Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to spin excessively while the ESC, ABS, and parking brake warning lights are displayed. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Reduce engine power and do
(VSM)
The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) is a function of the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. It helps the vehicle stay stable when accelerating or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and rough roads where traction over the four tires can suddenly become uneven.
not spin the wheel(s) excessively while these lights are dis-
WARNING
played.
· When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, make sure the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
Take the following precautions when using the Vehicle Stability Management (VSM):
5
illuminated).
· ALWAYS check the speed and
the distance to the vehicle
i Information
ahead. The VSM is not a substitute for safe driving prac-
Turning the ESC off does not affect
tices.
ABS or standard brake system opera- · Never drive too fast for the
tion.
road conditions. The VSM sys-
tem will not prevent acci-
dents. Excessive speed in bad
weather, slippery and uneven
roads can result in severe
accidents.
Driving your vehicle
5-47
Driving your vehicle
VSM operation
VSM ON condition
The VSM operates when:
· The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is on.
· Vehicle speed is approximately above 15 km/h (9 mph) on curve roads.
· Vehicle speed is approximately above 20 km/h (12 mph) when the vehicle is braking on rough roads.
NOTICE
The VSM does not operate when: · Driving on a banked road such
as gradient or incline. · Driving rearward. · ESC OFF indicator light is on. · EPS (Electric Power Steering)
warning light ( ) is on or blinks.
WARNING
If ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS warning light ( ) stays on or blinks, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the VSM system. When the warning light illuminates, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
When operating
When you apply your brakes under conditions which may activate the ESC, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your VSM is active.
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized tires and wheels installed.
5-48
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) Good Braking Practices
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards when starting a vehicle from a stop on a hill. The system operates the brakes automatically for approximately 2 seconds and releases the brake after 2 seconds or when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
WARNING
Always be ready to depress the
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into P (Park) position, then apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but constant pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear, and possibly even brake failure.
accelerator pedal when starting off an incline. The HAC activates only for approximately 2 seconds.
i Information
Vehicles parked with the parking brake not applied or not
If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and
5
fully engaged may roll inadver- keep the vehicle pointed straight
tently and may cause injury to ahead while you slow down. When
the driver and others. ALWAYS you are moving slowly enough for it
apply the parking brake before to be safe to do so, pull off the road
exiting the vehicle.
and stop in a safe location.
· HAC does not operate when the shift lever is in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
· HAC activates even when the ESC
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The brakes may get wet if the vehicle is driven through standing water or if it
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped to prevent the vehicle from rolling forward.
(Electronic Stability Control) is off. is washed. Your vehicle will not stop
However, it does not activate, when as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet
ESC does not operate normally.
brakes may cause the vehicle to pull
to one side.
Driving your vehicle
5-49
Driving your vehicle
FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) - FRONT VIEW CAMERA ONLY (IF EQUIPPED)
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead in the roadway through camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.
FCA stands for Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist
The camera type FCA system detects the vehicle or pedestrian ahead in the roadway through camera.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system:
· This system is only a supplemental system and it is not intended to, nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.
· Drive at posted speed limits and accordance to road conditions.
· Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. The FCA system may not always stop the vehicle completely and is only intended to help mitigate a collision that is imminent.
System setting and activation System setting
OAEPH059649L
· Setting Forward Safety function - The driver can activate FCA by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting: 'User settings Driver assistance Forward safety' - If you select 'Active assist', FCA system activates. FCA produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. Braking assist will be applied in accordance with the collision risk.
5-50
- If you select 'Warning only', FCA
Even though, 'Normal' is selected if
system activates and produces
the front vehicle suddenly stops
only warning alarms in accor-
the initial warning activation time
dance with the collision risk lev-
may not seem fast.
els. Braking assist will not be applied in this setting.
- If you select 'Off', FCA system deactivates,
- Late:
When this option is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated later than normal. This
setting reduces the amount of dis-
The warning light illuminates on the instrument cluster, when you cancel FCA system. The driver can monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on the LCD display. Also, the warning light illuminates when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is turned off.
OAEPH059648N
· Selecting Warning Timing
The driver can select the initial warning activation time from the User Settings in the cluster LCD display by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance Warning
tance between the vehicle ahead before the initial warning occurs.
Select 'Late' when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.
When you accelerate suddenly to 5
the vehicle ahead, the warning may seem to activate earlier even if `Late' is selected.
- If the warning light remains ON when FCA is activated, we recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
timing Normal/Late'.
The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning includes the following: - Normal:
i Information
If you change the warning timing, the warning timing of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning timing.
When this option is selected, the
initial Forward Collision Warning is
activated sensitively. If you feel the
warning activates too early, set the
Forward Collision Warning to
'Late'.
Driving your vehicle
5-51
Driving your vehicle
Prerequisite for activation
FCA gets ready to be activated, when 'Active Assist' or 'Warning Only' under Forward Safety is selected in the cluster LCD display, and when the following prerequisites are satisfied.
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is on.
- Vehicle speed is over 8 km/h (5 mph). (FCA is only activated within a certain speed range.)
- The system detects a vehicle in front, which may collide with your vehicle. However, FCA may not be activated or may only sound a warning alarm depending on the driving or vehicle conditions.
WARNING
· To avoid driver distractions, do not attempt to set or cancel FCA while driving the vehicle. Always completely stop the vehicle at a safe place before setting or canceling the system.
· FCA automatically activates upon placing the ignition key to the ON position. The driver can deactivate the FCA by canceling the system setting on the cluster LCD display.
· FCA automatically deactivates upon canceling the ESC (Electronic Stability Control). When the ESC is canceled, FCA cannot be activated on the LCD display. In this situation, the FCA warning light will illuminate which is normal.
FCA warning message and brake control
FCA produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels, such as abrupt stopping of the vehicle in front or insufficient braking distance. Also, it controls the brakes in accordance with the collision risk levels.
The driver can select the initial warning activation time in the User Settings on the LCD display. The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning include Late, Normal or Early initial warning time.
5-52
Collision Warning (First warning)
· If FCA detects a vehicle in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 65 km/h (40 mph). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and surroundings.
Emergency braking (Second warning)
· If FCA detects a pedestrian in
front, the system operates when
your vehicle speed is between 8
km/h (5 mph) and 65 km/h (40
mph). Maximum vehicle speed
OAEPH059587L
may decrease depending on the condition of the pedestrian and
OAEPH059588L
5
This warning message appears on surroundings.
This warning message appears on
the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs to help decelerate the vehicle.
· If you select 'Warning only' for the system setting, FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the col-
the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs to help decelerate the vehicle.
lision risk levels. You should control
the brake directly because FCA
system will not control the brake.
Driving your vehicle
5-53
Driving your vehicle
· If FCA detects a vehicle in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is above 8 km/h (5 mph) and less than or equal to 65 km/h (40 mph). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and surroundings.
· If FCA detects a pedestrian in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is above 8 km/h (5 mph) and less than or equal to 65 km/h (40 mph). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the pedestrian and surroundings.
· If you select 'Warning only' for the system setting, FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You should control the brake directly because FCA system will not control the brake.
Brake operation
· In an urgent situation, the braking system enters into the ready status for prompt reaction against the driver's depressing the brake pedal.
· FCA provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance, when the driver depresses the brake pedal.
· The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver abruptly operates the steering wheel.
· FCA brake control is automatically canceled, when risk factors disappear.
CAUTION
· The driver should always use extreme caution while operating the vehicle, whether or not there is a warning message or alarm from FCA system.
· After the brake control is activated, the driver must immediately depress the brake pedal and check the surroundings. The brake activation by the system lasts for about 2 seconds.
· If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system warning may not sound.
· Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system warning sounds.
5-54
WARNING
The braking control cannot completely stop the vehicle nor avoid all collisions. The driver should hold the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle.
FCA sensor (Front view camera)
Front view camera
NOTICE
The sensing performance of the sensor may be affected if the following instructions are not followed.
· Always keep the camera sensor clean and free of dirt and debris.
· Use only genuine parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor.
WARNING
NOTICE
The FCA system logic operates within certain parameters, such
Be careful not to apply unnecesOAE058048 sary force on the camera sensor. If
5
as the distance from the vehicle, the speed of the vehicle ahead, and the driver's vehicle speed. Certain conditions such as inclement weather and road conditions may affect the operation of the FCA system.
In order for FCA system to operate properly, always make sure the camera is clean and free of dirt, snow, and debris. Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on the surface may adversely affect the sensing performance of the view camera.
the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, FCA system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Never deliberately drive dangerously to activate the system.
Driving your vehicle
5-55
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
· NEVER install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, or tint the front windshield.
· NEVER place any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the crash pad. Any light reflection may prevent the system from functioning properly.
· Pay extreme caution to keep the camera dry.
· NEVER disassemble the camera assembly, or apply any impact on the camera assembly.
i Information
Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer when:
· The windshield glass is replaced.
· The camera or related parts are repaired or removed.
Warning message and warning light
OAD058172L
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system disabled. Camera obscured When the front camera is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, FCA system operation may stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the front camera before operating FCA system.
FCA may not properly operate in an area (e.g. open terrain), where any substances are not detected after turning ON the engine.
Also, even though a warning message does not appear on the LCD display, FCA may not properly operate.
WARNING
FCA system may not activate according to the road conditions, inclement weather, driving conditions or traffic conditions.
5-56
System malfunction
· The FCA warning message may appear along with the illumination of the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light. Both FCA warning light and warning message will disappear once the ESC warning light issue is resolved.
(Continued)
· In certain instances and under certain driving conditions, FCA system may unintentionally activate. This initial warning message appears on the LCD display with a warn-
WARNING
ing chime. Also, in certain instances the
OIK057091L
Check Forward Collision Avoidance Assist system
· FCA is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. The driver should hold the responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the FCA
front camera recognition sys-
tem may not detect the vehi-
cle ahead. FCA system may
not activate and the warning
message will not be dis-
5
played.
· When FCA is not working properly, the FCA warning light ( ) will illuminate and the warning message will appear for a few seconds. After the message disappears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected
system. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed.
(Continued)
· Even if there is any problem with the brake control function of FCA system, the vehicle's basic braking performance will operate normally. However, brake control function for avoiding collision will not activate.
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
5-57
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
· If the vehicle in front stops suddenly, you may have less control of the brake system. Therefore, always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
· FCA system may activate during braking and the vehicle may stop suddenly shifting loose objects toward the passengers. Always keep loose objects secured.
· FCA system may not activate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid a collision.
· The brake control may be insufficient, possibly causing a collision, if a vehicle in front abruptly stops. Always pay extreme caution.
· Occupants may get injured, if the vehicle abruptly stops by the activated FCA system. Pay extreme caution.
· FCA system operates only to help detect vehicles in front of the vehicle.
5-58
WARNING
· FCA system does not operate when the vehicle is in reverse.
· FCA system is not designed to detect other objects on the road such as animals.
· FCA system does not detect vehicles in the opposite lane.
· FCA system does not detect cross traffic vehicles that are approaching.
· FCA system cannot detect the driver approaching the side view of a parked vehicle (for example on a dead end street.)
In these cases, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
FCA Warning Message and Brake Control
FCA produces warning messages, warning alarms, and emergency braking based on the level of risk of a frontal collision, such as when a vehicle ahead suddenly brakes.
Detecting vehicles
The sensor may be limited when:
· The front view camera is blocked with a foreign object or debris
· The front view camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, damaged glass, or stuck of foreign matter (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
· Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the camera
· The vehicle is on unpaved or uneven rough surfaces, or road with sudden gradient changes.
· The front view camera sensor recognition is limited
· The vehicle in front is too small to be detected (for example a motorcycle or a bicycle, etc.)
· The camera does not recognize · The camera is damaged.
Detecting pedestrians
the entire vehicle in front.
· The brightness outside is too low The sensor may be limited when:
· The vehicle in front is an oversize vehicle or trailer that is too big to be detected by the camera recognition system (for example a tractor trailer, etc.)
such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel.
· The shadow is on the road by a median strip, trees, etc.
· The pedestrian is not fully detected by the camera recognition system, for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is not fully walking upright.
Driving your vehicle
· The camera's field of view is not · The vehicle drives through a toll- · The pedestrian is moving very
well illuminated (either too dark or gate.
quickly or appears abruptly in the
too much reflection or too much backlight that obscures the field of view)
· The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed
camera detection area
· The pedestrian is wearing clothing that easily blends into the back-
· The vehicle in front does not have their rear lights properly turned ON
· The rear part of the vehicle in front is not normally visible (for example,
ground, making it difficult to be detected by the camera recogni-
5
· The outside brightness changes the vehicle is spinning or the vehi- tion system
suddenly, for example when enter- cle is overturned)
· The outside lighting is too bright
ing or exiting a tunnel
· The sensor recognition changes (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight
· Light coming from a street light or suddenly when passing over a or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g.
an oncoming vehicle is reflected on speed bump
when driving on a dark rural road
a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road
· The vehicle in front is driving erratically
at night) · It is difficult to detect and distin-
· The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare
· The vehicle drives inside a building, such as a basement parking lot
· The vehicle in front is moving vertically to the driving direction
· The vehicle in front is stopped vertically
guish the pedestrian from other objects in the surroundings, for example, when there is a group of pedestrians or a large crowd.
· There is an item similar to a per-
· The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while
· The vehicle in front is driving towards your vehicle or reversing
son's body structure.
driving
· You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front circles
5-59
Driving your vehicle
· The pedestrian is small. · The pedestrian has impaired
mobility. · When the pedestrian suddenly
interrupts in front of the vehicle
OAD058165L
· Driving on a curve
The performance of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may be limited when driving on a curved road.
The front camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle traveling in front on a curved road. This may result in no alarm and braking when necessary.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
OAD058166L
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may recognize a vehicle in the next lane or outside the lane when driving on a curved road.
If this occurs, the system may unnecessarily alarm the driver and apply the brake. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
5-60
Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.
Driving your vehicle
OAEPH058102
· Driving on a slope
The performance of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may be decreased while driving upward or downward on a slope. The front camera recognition may not detect the vehicle in front. This may result in unnecessary alarm and braking or no alarm and braking when necessary.
When the system suddenly recognizes the vehicle in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration.
OAD058167L
· Changing lanes
When a vehicle changes lanes in 5
front of you, Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system may not immediately detect the vehicle, especially if the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
5-61
Driving your vehicle
OAD058168L
When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
OAEPH058105
· Detecting the vehicle in front of you
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance, additional special attention is required. Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system may not be able to detect the cargo extending from the vehicle. In these instances, you must maintain a safe braking distance from the rearmost object, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.
WARNING
· Do not use Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system when towing a vehicle. Application of the FCA system while towing may adversely affect the safety of your vehicle or the towing vehicle.
· Use extreme caution when the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance.
· FCA system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead in the roadway through camera recognition. It is not designed to detect bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller wheeled objects such as luggage bags, shopping carts, or strollers.
· Never try to test the operation of FCA system. Doing so may cause severe injury or death.
5-62
i Information
In some instances, FCA system may be canceled when subjected to electromagnetic interference.
i Information
This device complies with Industry Canada RSS-210 standard.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
This equipment complies with RSS radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm (8 in.) between the radiator (antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
5
5-63
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) - SENSOR FUSION (IF EQUIPPED)
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian or cyclists in the roadway through front radar signals and front view camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.
FCA stands for Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist.
When Smart Cruise Control is selected, it will be operated for the vehicle ahead, pedestrians and cyclists.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system:
· This system is only a supplemental system and it is not intended to, nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.
· Drive at posted speed limits and accordance to road conditions.
· Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. FCA system may not always stop the vehicle completely and is only intended to help mitigate a collision that is imminent.
System setting and activation System setting
OAEPH059649L
· Setting Forward Safety function - The driver can activate FCA by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting: 'User settings Driver assistance Forward safety' - If you select 'Active assist', FCA system activates. FCA produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. Braking assist will be applied in accordance with the collision risk.
5-64
- If you select 'Warning only', FCA
Even though, 'Normal' is selected if
system activates and produces
the front vehicle suddenly stops
only warning alarms in accor-
the initial warning activation time
dance with the collision risk lev-
may not seem fast.
els. Braking assist will not be applied in this setting.
- If you select 'Off', FCA system deactivates,
- Late:
When this option is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated later than normal. This
setting reduces the amount of dis-
The warning light illuminates on the instrument cluster, when you cancel FCA system. The driver
OAEPH059648N
· Selecting Warning Timing
tance between the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead before the initial warning occurs.
Select 'Late' when traffic is light
can monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on the LCD display. Also, the warning light illuminates when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is turned off.
- If the warning light remains ON
The driver can select the initial warning activation time from the User Settings in the cluster LCD display by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance Warning timing Normal/Late'.
and when driving speed is slow.
5
When you accelerate suddenly to
the vehicle ahead, the warning
may seem to activate earlier even if
`Late' is selected.
when the FCA is activated, we recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning includes the following:
- Normal:
i Information
If you change the warning timing, the warning timing of other systems may change. Always be aware before
When this option is selected, the changing the warning timing.
initial Forward Collision Warning is
activated sensitively. If you feel the
warning activates too early, set the
Forward Collision Warning to
'Late'.
Driving your vehicle
5-65
Driving your vehicle
Prerequisite for activation
FCA gets ready to be activated, when 'Active Assist' or 'Warning Only' under Forward Safety is selected in the cluster LCD display, and when the following prerequisites are satisfied.
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is on.
- Vehicle speed is over 8 km/h (5 mph). (FCA is only activated within a certain speed range.)
- The system detects a pedestrian, cyclist (if equipped) or a vehicle in front, which may collide with your vehicle. However, FCA may not be activated or may only sound a warning alarm depending on the driving or vehicle conditions.
FCA may not operate properly according to the frontal situation, the direction of pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) and speed.
WARNING
· To avoid driver distractions, do not attempt to set or cancel FCA while driving the vehicle. Always completely stop the vehicle at a safe place before setting or canceling the system.
· FCA automatically activates upon placing the ignition key to the ON position. The driver can deactivate FCA by canceling the system setting on the cluster LCD display.
· FCA automatically deactivates upon canceling the ESC (Electronic Stability Control). When the ESC is canceled, the FCA cannot be activated on the LCD display. In this situation, the FCA warning light will illuminate which is normal.
FCA warning message and brake control
FCA produces warning messages, warning alarms, and emergency braking based on the level of risk of a frontal collision, such as when a vehicle ahead suddenly brakes, or the system detects that a collision with a pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) is imminent.
5-66
Collision Warning (First warning)
· If FCA detects a vehicle in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 180 km/h (110 mph). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and surroundings.
Emergency braking (Second warning)
· If FCA detects a pedestrian or
cyclist in front, the system operates
when your vehicle speed is
between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 70
km/h (45 mph). Maximum vehicle
OAEPH059587L
speed may decrease depending on the condition of the pedestrian
OAEPH059588L
5
This warning message appears on or cyclist ahead and surroundings. This warning message appears on
the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs to help decelerate the vehicle.
· If you select 'Warning only' for the system setting, FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the col-
the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs to help decelerate the engine.
lision risk levels. You should control
the brake directly because FCA
system will not control the brake.
Driving your vehicle
5-67
Driving your vehicle
· If FCA detects a vehicle in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is above 8 km/h (5 mph) and less than or equal to 180 km/h (110 mph). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and surroundings.
· If FCA detects a pedestrian or cyclist in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is between 8 km/h (5 mph) or above and under 70 km/h (45 mph). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the pedestrian or cyclist ahead and surroundings.
· If you select 'Warning only' for the system setting, FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You should control the brake directly because FCA system will not control the brake.
Brake operation
· In an urgent situation, the braking system enters into the ready status for prompt reaction against the driver's depressing the brake pedal.
· FCA provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance, when the driver depresses the brake pedal.
· The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver abruptly operates the steering wheel.
· The FCA brake control is automatically canceled, when risk factors disappear.
CAUTION
· The driver should always use extreme caution while operating the vehicle, whether or not there is a warning message or alarm from FCA system.
· After the brake control is activated, the driver must immediately depress the brake pedal and check the surroundings. The brake activation by the system lasts for about 2 seconds.
· If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system warning may not sound.
· Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system warning sounds.
5-68
WARNING
FCA sensor (Front view camera+ Front radar)
Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on the sensor cover or sensor may
The braking control cannot completely stop the vehicle nor
Front view camera
adversely affect the sensing performance of the sensor.
avoid all collisions. The driver should hold the responsibility
NOTICE
to safely drive and control the
· Do not apply license plate frame
vehicle.
or foreign objects such as a
bumper sticker or a bumper
WARNING
guard near the front radar sensor. Doing so may adversely
affect the sensing performance
The FCA system logic operates within certain parameters, such as the distance from the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) ahead, the speed of the vehicle ahead, and the driver's vehicle speed. Certain conditions such as inclement weather and road conditions
Front radar
OAE058048
of the front radar.
· Always keep the front radar sen- 5
sor and cover clean and free of
dirt and debris.
· Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover.
may affect the operation of the
(Continued)
FCA system.
OAE058028
WARNING
Never deliberately drive dangerously to activate the system.
In order for FCA system to operate properly, always make sure the sensor cover or sensor is clean and free of dirt, snow, and debris.
Driving your vehicle
5-69
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
· Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, FCA system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. We recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the front radar sensor, FCA system may not operate properly. We recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Use only genuine parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover.
NOTICE
· NEVER install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, or tint the front windshield.
· NEVER place any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the crash pad. Any light reflection may prevent the system from functioning properly.
· Pay extreme caution to keep the camera dry.
· NEVER disassemble the camera assembly, or apply any impact on the camera assembly.
i Information
We recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer when:
· The windshield glass is replaced.
· The front radar sensor or cover gets damaged or replaced.
Warning message and warning light
OIK057090L
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system disabled. Radar blocked When the sensor cover is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, FCA system may not detect other vehicles. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor cover before operating FCA system. The system will operate normally when such dirt, snow or debris is removed.
5-70
FCA may not properly operate in an area (e.g. open terrain), where any substances are not detected after turning ON the vehicle.
Also, even though a warning message does not appear on the LCD display, FCA may not properly operate.
System malfunction
· The FCA warning message may appear along with the illumination of the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light. Both FCA warning light and warning message will disappear once the ESC warning light issue is resolved.
WARNING
FCA system may not activate
according to the road condi-
OIK057091L
tions, inclement weather, driving conditions or traffic condi- Check Forward Collision Avoidance
5
tions.
Assist system
· When FCA is not working properly, FCA warning light ( ) will illuminate and the warning message will appear for a few seconds. After the message disappears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Driving your vehicle
5-71
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
· FCA is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. The driver should hold the responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on FCA system. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed or to stop the vehicle.
· In certain instances and under certain driving conditions, FCA system may activate unintentionally. This initial warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime.
Also due to sensing limitations, in certain situations, the front radar sensor or front view camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead.
FCA system may not activate and the warning message may not be displayed.
(Continued)
5-72
(Continued)
· Even if there is any problem with the brake control function of FCA system, the vehicle's basic braking performance will operate normally. However, brake control function for avoiding collision will not activate.
· If the vehicle in front stops suddenly, you may have less control of the brake system. Therefore, always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
· FCA system may activate during braking and the vehicle may stop suddenly shifting loose objects toward the passengers. Always keep loose objects secured.
· FCA system may not activate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid collision.
(Continued)
(Continued)
· If a vehicle in front abruptly stops, the brake control may not work possibly causing a collision.
· Occupants may get injured, if the vehicle abruptly stops by activated FCA system. Pay extreme caution.
· FCA system operates only when the system detects vehicles, pedestrian, or cyclist directly in front of the vehicle.
WARNING
Limitations of the system
Detecting vehicles
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist The sensor may be limited when:
· FCA system does not operate (FCA) system is designed to monitor · The system may not operate for 15
when the vehicle is in reverse. the vehicle ahead or a pedestrian or seconds after the vehicle is started
· FCA system is not designed to detect other objects on the road such as animals.
· FCA system does not detect vehicles in the opposite lane.
· FCA system does not detect cross traffic vehicles that are approaching.
· FCA system cannot detect vehicles that are stopped vertically to your vehicle at a intersection or dead end street.
· FCA system cannot detect the cross traffic cyclist that are approaching.
cyclist in the roadway through front view camera and radar signals recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.
In certain situations, the front view camera or the front radar sensor may not be able to detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead. In these cases, FCA system may not operate normally. The driver must pay careful attention in the following situations where the FCA operation may be limited.
or the front view camera is initialized
· The front view camera or front radar sensor is covered with a foreign object or debris
· The front view camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, damaged glass, or stuck of foreign matter (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
· Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the front view camera or front radar sensor
· There is interference by electromagnetic waves
5
In these cases, you must maintain a safe braking distance,
· There is severe irregular reflection from the front radar sensor
and if necessary, depress the
· The front view camera/front radar
brake pedal to reduce the driv-
sensor recognition is limited
ing speed in order to maintain a
· The vehicle in front is too small to
safe distance or to stop the
be detected (for example a motor-
vehicle.
cycle etc.)
Driving your vehicle
5-73
Driving your vehicle
· The vehicle in front is an oversize vehicle or trailer that is too big to be detected by the front view camera recognition system (for example a tractor trailer, etc.)
· The front view camera's field of view is not well illuminated (either too dark or too much reflection or too much backlight that obscures the field of view)
· The vehicle in front does not have their rear lights or their rear lights does not turned ON or their rear lights are located unusually
· The outside brightness changes suddenly, for example when entering or exiting a tunnel
· Light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road
· The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare or head light of oncoming vehicle
· The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed
· The vehicle in front is driving erratically
· The vehicle is on unpaved or uneven rough surfaces, or road with sudden gradient changes
· The vehicle is driven near areas containing metal substances as a construction zone, railroad, etc.
· The vehicle drives inside a building, such as a basement parking lot
· The front view camera does not recognize the entire vehicle in front
· The front view camera is damaged
· The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel
· The shadow is on the road by a median strip, trees, etc.
· The vehicle drives through a tollgate
· The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed
· The rear part of the vehicle in front is not normally visible. (the vehicle turns in other direction or the vehicle is overturned.)
· The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving
· The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump
· The vehicle in front is moving vertically to the driving direction
· The vehicle in front is stopped vertically
· The vehicle in front is driving towards your vehicle or reversing
· You are on a roundabout and the vehicle in front circles
5-74
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
Driving your vehicle
OAD058165L
· Driving on a curve
The performance of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may be limited when driving on a curved road.
The front view camera or front radar sensor recognition system may not detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist traveling in front on a curved road.
This may result in no alarm and braking when necessary.
OAD058166L
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
system may recognize a vehicle or pedestrian or cyclist in the next lane
5
or outside the lane when driving on a
curved road.
If this occurs, the system may unnecessarily alarm the driver and apply the brake.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
5-75
Driving your vehicle
Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.
OAEPH058589
· Driving on a slope
The performance of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may be decreased while driving upward or downward on a slope. The front view camera or front radar sensor recognition may not detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist in front.
This may result in unnecessary alarm and braking or no alarm and braking when necessary.
When the system suddenly recognizes the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration.
5-76
OAD058167L
· Changing lanes
When a vehicle changes lanes in front of you, the Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system may not immediately detect the vehicle, especially if the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
Detecting pedestrians or cyclists
The sensor may be limited when:
· The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully detected by the front view camera recognition system, for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is not fully walking upright
· The pedestrian or cyclist is moving
very quickly or appears abruptly in
the front view camera detection
OAD058168L
OAE056105
area
When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
· Detecting the vehicle in front of you
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance, additional special attention is required. Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system may not be able to detect the cargo extending from the vehicle. In these instances, you must maintain a
· The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing clothing that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to be detected by the front view camera recognition system
· The outside lighting is too bright (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. when driving on a dark rural road at night)
5
safe braking distance from the · It is difficult to detect and distin-
rearmost object, and if necessary, guish the pedestrian or cyclist from
depress the brake pedal to reduce other objects in the surroundings,
your driving speed in order to for example, when there is a group
maintain distance.
of pedestrians, cyclists or a large
crowd
Driving your vehicle
5-77
Driving your vehicle
· There is an item similar to a person's body structure
· The pedestrian or cyclist is small
· The pedestrian has impaired mobility
· The sensor recognition is limited
· The front radar sensor or front view camera is blocked with a foreign object or debris
· Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the front radar sensor or front view camera
· When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road
· The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare
· The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed
· The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving
· The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump
· You are on a roundabout
· The pedestrian or cyclist suddenly interrupts in front of the vehicle
· The cyclist in front is riding intersected with the driving direction
· There is any other electromagnetic interference
· The construction area, rail or other metal object is near the cyclist
· The bicycle material is not reflected well on the front radar
WARNING
· Do not use Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system when towing a vehicle. Application of FCA system while towing may adversely affect the safety of your vehicle or the towing vehicle.
· Use extreme caution when the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance.
· Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may operate when an object, which has similar shape or characteristic to a vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist, is detected.
(Continued)
5-78
(Continued)
i Information
i Information
· Never try to test the operation In some instances, FCA system may be Radio frequency radiation exposure
of FCA system. Doing so may canceled when subjected to electro- information:
cause severe injury or death. magnetic interference.
This equipment complies with RSS
· If the front bumper, front
radiation exposure limits set forth for
glass, front radar or front view i Information
an uncontrolled environment.
camera have been replaced or repaired, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This device complies with Industry Canada RSS-210 standard.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer-
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm (8 in.) between the radiator (antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
5
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
Driving your vehicle
5-79
Driving your vehicle
LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
Lane Keeping Assist system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the surroundings and steer the vehicle.
OAE058048
Lane Keeping Assist system helps detect lane markers on the road with a front view camera at the front windshield, and assists the driver's steering to help keep the vehicle between lanes. When the system detects the vehicle straying from its lane, it alerts the driver with a visual and audible warning, while applying a slight countersteering torque, trying to help prevent the vehicle from moving out of its lane.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using Lane Keeping Assist system :
· Do not turn the steering wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assisted by the system.
· LKA system helps to prevent the driver from moving out of the lane unintentionally by assisting the driver's steering. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention on the steering wheel to stay in the lane.
· The operation of LKA system can be cancelled or not work properly according to road condition and surroundings. Always be cautious when driving.
(Continued)
5-80
(Continued)
(Continued)
(Continued)
· Do not disassemble LKA sys- · The system detects lane · Always have your hands on
tem camera temporarily to
markers and controls the
the steering wheel while LKA
tint the window or attach any
steering wheel by a front view
system is activated. If you
types of coatings and acces-
camera, therefore, if the lane
continue to drive with your
sories. If you disassemble the
markers are hard to detect,
hands off the steering wheel
camera and assemble it again,
the system may not work
after the "Keep hands on
we recommend that you take
properly.
steering wheel" warning mes-
your vehicle to an authorized
Please refer to "Limitations of
sage appears, the system will
HYUNDAI dealer and have the
the System".
stop controlling the steering
system checked for calibration.
· Do not remove or damage the related parts of LKA system.
wheel. · The steering wheel is not con-
· When you replace the windshield glass, LKA system camera or related parts of the steering wheel, we recom-
· You may not hear a warning sound of LKA system if the audio volume is high.
tinuously controlled so if the
vehicle speed is at a higher
5
rate when leaving a lane the
vehicle may not be controlled
mend that you take your vehi-
· Do not place objects on the
by the system. The driver
cle to an authorized HYUNDAI
dashboard that reflects light
must always follow the speed
dealer and have the system
such as mirrors, white paper,
limit when using the system.
checked for calibration. (Continued)
etc. This may prevent LKA system from functioning properly.
· If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the system may not assist steering or the
· When the lane markers are
hands off alarm may not work
hard to detect, please refer to
properly.
"Driver's Attention".
· When you tow a trailer, make
(Continued)
sure that you turn off LKA
system.
Driving your vehicle
5-81
Driving your vehicle
LKA operation
OAEPH059050L
To activate/deactivate LKA system: With the ignition switch in the ON position, press LKA system button located on the instrument panel on the left hand side of the steering wheel. The indicator ( ) in the cluster display will initially illuminate white. This indicates LKA system is in the READY but NOT ENABLED state. If you press LKA button located on the instrument panel on the lower left hand side of the driver, LKA will be turned off and the indicator on the cluster display will go off. Note that the vehicle speed must be 5-82
at least approximately 64 km/h (40 mph) to ENABLE the LKA system. The indicator in the cluster display will illuminate green.
- White : Sensor does not detect lane markers or vehicle speed is under 56 km/h (35 mph).
- Green : Sensor detects lane markers and the system is able to control vehicle steering.
i Information
If the indicator (white) is activated from the previous ignition cycle, the system will turn ON without any additional control. If you press the LKA button again, the indicator on the cluster goes off.
LKA system operation
OAEPH059627L
· To see the LKA screen on the LCD display in the cluster, select Driving Assist mode ( ). For more information, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.
Line undetected
Line detected
· If your vehicle speed exceeds 64 km/h (40 mph) and LKA system button is ON, the system is enabled. If your vehicle departs from the projected lane in front of you, LKA system operates as follows:
2. LKA system will help control the vehicle's steering to prevent the vehicle from crossing the lane marker in below conditions.
- Vehicle speed is over 64 km/h (40 mph)
Left lane marker
Right lane marker
- The system detects both lane markers
- When driving, the vehicle is located between both lanes normally.
OAEPH059628L/OAEPH059629L
· If vehicle speed is over 64 km/h (40 mph) and the system detects lane markers, the color changes from gray to white.
- The steering wheel is not turned suddenly.
When lanes are detected and all the conditions to activate LKA system
5
are satisfied, a LKA system indicator
light ( ) will change from white to
OAEPH059631L/OAEPH059630L
green. This indicates that LKA system is in the ENABLED state and the
1. A visual warning appears on the steering wheel will be controlled.
cluster LCD display. Either the left
lane marker or the right lane mark-
er in the cluster LCD display will
blink depending on which direction
the vehicle is veering.
Driving your vehicle
5-83
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
OAEPH059625L
Keep hands on steering wheel If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds while LKA system is activated, the system will warn the driver.
i Information
If the steering wheel is held very lightly the message may still appear because LKA system may not recognize that the driver has their hands on the wheel.
OIK057120N
Driver's hands not detected. LKA system is disabled temporarily
If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after the message "Keep hands on steering wheel", the system will not control the steering wheel and warn the driver only when the driver crosses the lane markers.
However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel.
5-84
WARNING
Warning light and message
LKA system indicator The LKA system indica-
· The driver is responsible for accurate steering.
· LKA system is a supplemental system only. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely steer the vehicle and to main-
tor (yellow) will illuminate if LKA system is not working properly. We recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
tain it in its lane.
· Turn off LKA system and drive without using the system in
When there is a problem with the system do one of the following:
the following situations:
· Turn the system on after turning
- In bad weather
- In bad road conditions
- When the steering wheel needs to be controlled by the driver frequently.
- When towing a vehicle or trailer.
OIK057122N
Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
If there is a problem with the system a message will appear for a few seconds. If the problem continues LKA system failure indicator will illuminate.
the vehicle off and on again.
· Check if the ignition switch is in the ON position.
· Check if the system is affected by the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, etc.)
· Check if there is foreign matter on the camera lens.
5
Driving your vehicle
i Information
· Even though the steering is assisted by the system, the driver can still steer to control the steering wheel.
· The steering wheel may feel heavier or lighter when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not.
If the problem is not solved, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-85
Driving your vehicle
LKA system will not be in the ENABLED state and the steering wheel will not be assisted when:
· The turn signal is turned on before changing a lane. If you change lanes without the turn signal on, the steering wheel might be controlled.
· The vehicle is not driven in the middle of the lane when the system is turned on or right after changing a lane.
· ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated.
· The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve.
· Vehicle speed is below 60 km/h (37 mph) and over 180 km/h (112 mph).
· The vehicle makes sharp lane changes.
· The vehicle brakes suddenly.
· One lane marker is detected.
· The lane is very wide or narrow.
· There are more than two lane markers on the road. (e.g. construction area)
· The vehicle is driven on a steep incline.
· The steering wheel is turned suddenly.
· There are more than two lane markers on the road in front of you.
· The system may not operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is started or the camera is initialized or rebooting of the front view camera.
· Radius of a curve is too small.
Limitations of the System
LKA system may operate prematurely even if the vehicle does not depart from the intended lane, OR, LKA system may not assist your steering or warn you if the vehicle leaves the intended lane under the following circumstances:
When the lane and road conditions are poor
· It is difficult to distinguish the lane marking from the road surface or the lane marking is faded or not clearly marked.
· It is difficult to distinguish the color of the lane marker from the road.
· There are markings on the road surface that look like a lane marker that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.
· The lane marker is merged or divided (e.g. tollgate).
· The lane number increases or decreases or the lane marker are crossing complicatedly.
· There are more than two lane markers on the road in front of you.
5-86
· The lane marker is very thick or thin.
· The lanes ahead are not visible due to rain, snow, water on the road, damaged or stained road surface, or other factors.
When external condition is intervened
· The brightness outside changes suddenly such as when entering or exiting a tunnel, or when passing under a bridge.
· Driving on a steep grade, over a hill, or when driving on a curved road.
· The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving.
· The shadow is on the lane marker · The brightness outside is too low · The surrounding of the inside rear
by a median strip, trees, etc.
such as when the headlamps are view mirror temperature is high
· The lanes are incomplete or the area is in a construction zone.
not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel.
due to direct sunlight, etc.
· There are crosswalk signs or other · There is a boundary structure in When front visibility is poor
symbols on the road.
· The lane marker in a tunnel is stained with oil, etc.
the roadway such as a concrete barrier, guardrail and reflector post that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.
· The windshield or the front view camera lens is blocked with dirt or debris.
5
· The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection.
· When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road.
· The field of view in front is
· The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed.
· Placing objects on the dashboard, etc.
obstructed by sun glare.
· The sensor cannot detect the lane
· There is not enough distance because of fog, heavy rain or snow.
between you and the vehicle in
front to be able to detect the lane
marker or the vehicle ahead is driv-
ing on the lane marker.
· Road surface is not evenness.
Driving your vehicle
5-87
Driving your vehicle
LKA system function change
The driver can change LKA to the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) or change the LKA mode between Standard LKA and Active LKA from the LCD display. Go to the 'User settings Driver assistance Lane safety'.
The system is automatically set to Standard LKA if a function is not selected.
Lane Keeping Assist
This mode guides the driver to help keep the vehicle within the lanes. It rarely controls the steering wheel, when the vehicle drives well inside the lanes. However, it starts to control the steering wheel, when the vehicle is about to deviate out of the lane.
Lane Departure Warning
Lane Departure Warning alerts the driver with a visual warning and a warning alarm when the system detects the vehicle departing the lane. The steering wheel will not be controlled.
5-88
BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) (IF EQUIPPED)
System description Blind-Spot Collision Warning
2) Closing at high speed
WARNING
(BCW)
· Always be aware of road con-
Blind-Spot Collision Warning system uses radar sensors in the rear bumper to monitor and warn the driver when it detects an approaching vehicle in the driver's blind spot area.
ditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though Blind-Spot Collision Warning system is operating.
1) Blind-Spot Area
· Blind-Spot Collision Warning system is supplemental sys-
tems to assist you. Do not
entirely rely on the systems.
OAD058154L
BCW system will alert you when it
Always pay attention, while
driving, for your safety.
5
detects a vehicle is approaching in · Blind-Spot Collision Warning
an adjacent lane at a high rate of
system is not substitutes for
speed. If the driver activates the turn
proper and safe driving.
signal when the system detects an
Always drive safely and use
oncoming vehicle, the system
caution when changing lanes
sounds an audible alert.
or backing up the vehicle.
OAD058153L
The blind spot detection range varies relative to vehicle speed.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning system may not detect every object alongside the vehicle.
Note that if your vehicle is traveling much faster than the vehicles around you, the warning will not occur.
Driving your vehicle
5-89
Driving your vehicle
System setting and operation System setting
OAEPH059651L
· Setting Blind-Spot Safety function
- The driver can activate the system by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance Blind-spot safety' in the cluster LCD display.
- BCW turns on and gets ready to be operated when 'Warning only' is selected. Then, if a vehicle approaches the driver's blind spot area a warning sounds.
- The system is deactivated and the indicator on the BCW button turns off when 'Off' is selected.
5-90
OAEPH059033L
· If you press the BCW button while 'Warning only' is selected, the indicator on the button turns off and the system deactivates.
· If you press the BCW button while the system is cancelled, the indicator on the button illuminates and the system activates.
When the system is initially turned on and when the vehicle is turned off then on again while the system is in activation, the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outside rearview mirror.
· If the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting.
OAEPH059648N
· Selecting Warning Timing
The driver can select the initial warning activation time from the User Settings in the cluster LCD display by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance Warning timing Normal/Late'.
The options for the initial Blind-Spot Collision Warning includes the following:
- Normal:
When this option is selected, the initial Blind-Spot Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels too sensitive change the option to 'Late'.
Operating Conditions
The system enters the ready status, when 'Warning Only' is selected in the cluster LCD display and vehicle speed is above approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).
The warning activation time may
feel late if the side/rear vehicle
abruptly accelerates.
OAEPH059652L
- Late:
· Setting Warning Volume
Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving in at low speeds.
The driver can select the warning volume from the User Settings in the LCD display by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance
5
i Information
Warning volume High/Medium/ Low'.
If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other systems may change.
i Information
If you change the warning volume, the warning volume of other systems may change.
For more information refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.
Driving your vehicle
5-91
Driving your vehicle
Warning message and system control
Blind-Spot Collision Warning system
Left side
Left side
Right side
A
A
Right side
OAE056035
First stage alert If a vehicle is detected within the boundary of the system, a warning light will illuminate on the outside rearview mirror. If the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle.
OAE056036
OAE056037
[A] : Warning sound
Second stage alert
A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when:
1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system AND.
2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being detected).
When this alert is activated, the warning light on the outside rearview mirror will also blink. And a warning chime will sound.
If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the second stage alert will be deactivated.
If the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle.
5-92
WARNING
· The warning light on the outside rearview mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by the system.
To avoid accidents, do not focus only on the warning light and neglect to see the surroundings of the vehicle.
· Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with a Blind-Spot Collision Warning system. Do not solely rely on the system but check your surroundings before changing lanes or backing the vehicle up.
· The system may not alert the driver in some situations due to system limitations so always check your surroundings while driving.
CAUTION
· Always pay attention to road and traffic conditions while driving, whether or not the warning light on the outside rearview mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm.
Detecting Sensor
Rear radar
· Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset Blind-Spot Collision Warning system warning sounds.
· The warning of Blind-Spot Collision Warning system may
OAE058065
The rear corner radars are located
5
not sound while other sys- inside the rear bumper for detecting
tem's warning sounds.
the side and rear areas. Always keep
the rear bumper clean for proper
operation of the system.
NOTICE
· The system may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired.
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
5-93
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
· The sensing range differs somewhat according to the width of the road.When the road is narrow, the system may detect other vehicles in the next lane.
· The system may turn off if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves.
· Always keep the sensors clean.
· NEVER disassemble the sensor component or apply any impact on the sensor component.
· Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. We recommend that the vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the performance of the sensor.
Warning message
OIK057092L
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked · This warning message may appear
when: - One or both of the sensors on the
rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object. - Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time. - When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain.
- When a trailer or carrier is installed.
If any of these conditions occur, the light on the BCW button and the system will turn off automatically.
i Information
Turn off BCW and RCCW system (if equipped) when a trailer or carrier is installed.
- Press BCW button (the indicator on the button will turn off)
- Deactivate RCCW system by deselecting
'User settings Driver assistance Parking safety Rear crosstraffic safety'
5-94
When the BCW canceled warning
Limitations of the system
message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors.
The driver must be cautious in the below situations because the system may not detect other vehicles or objects in certain circumstances:
· When a trailer or carrier is installed.
After any dirt or debris is removed, the system should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driving the
· The vehicle drives in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow.
vehicle.
OIK057094N · The sensor is covered with rain,
If the system still does not operate Check Blind-Spot Collision
snow, mud, etc.
normally, we recommend that the vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Warning (BCW) system
If there is a problem with BCW system, a warning message will appear and the light on the button will turn
· The rear bumper where the sensor is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
5
off. The system will turn off automat- · The rear bumper is damaged, or
ically. We recommend that you have the sensor is out of the original
your vehicle inspected by an author- default position.
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
· The vehicle height gets lower or
higher due to heavy loading in a
tailgate, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.
· When the temperature of the rear bumper is high.
· When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars.
Driving your vehicle
5-95
Driving your vehicle
· The vehicle is driven on a curved road.
· The vehicle is driven through a tollgate.
· The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e. possibly due to subway construction).
· There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail.
· While going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different.
· Driving on a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown.
· Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle or structure for an extended period of time.
· Driving on a wet road.
· Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure.
· A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck.
· When the other vehicle approaches very close.
· When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed.
· While changing lanes.
· If the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated.
· When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you.
· A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
· A flat trailer is near.
· If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller.
· If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car.
· The vehicle abruptly changes driving direction.
· The vehicle makes sharp lane changes.
· The vehicle sharply stops.
· Temperature is extremely low around the vehicle.
· The vehicle severely vibrates while driving over a bumpy road, uneven/bumpy road, or concrete patch.
· The vehicle drives on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice.
5-96
Driving your vehicle
OAD058155N
· Driving on a curve
BCW system may not operate properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
OAD058156N
OAD058157N
BCW system may not operate · Driving where the road is merg-
properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances the system may recognize a vehicle in the same lane.
ing/dividing
5
BCW system may not operate
properly when driving where the
road is merging/dividing. In certain
Always pay attention to road and instances the system may not
driving conditions, while driving.
detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
5-97
Driving your vehicle
OAEPH058592
· Driving on a slope
BCW system may not operate properly when driving on a slope. In certain instances the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Also, in certain instances the system may wrongly recognize the ground or structures.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
OAD058150N
· Driving where the heights of the lanes are different
BCW system may not operate properly when driving where the heights of the lanes are different.
In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle on a road with different lane heights (underpass joining section, grade separated intersections, etc.).
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
OAD058151N
[A] : noise barrier, [B] : guardrail
· Driving where there is a structure beside the road
BCW system may not operate properly when driving where there is structure beside the road.
In certain instances, the system may wrongly recognize the structures (noise barriers, guardrail, double guardrail, median strip, bollard, street light, road sign, tunnel wall, etc.) beside the road.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
5-98
i Information
This device complies with Industry Canada RSS-210 standard.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
This equipment complies with RSS radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
Declaration of conformity (if equipped)
The radio frequency components (Rear Corner Radar) comply with requirements and other relevant provisions.
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm (8 in.) between the radiator (antenna) and your body.
· For Taiwan
operation.
This transmitter must not be co-locat-
3. Changes or modifications not ed or operating in conjunction with
expressly approved by the party any other antenna or transmitter.
responsible for compliance could
· For Singapore
OAEPH069049L
5
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
· For Mexico
OAEPH069048L
Driving your vehicle
OAEPH069050L
5-99
Driving your vehicle
· For Brazil
· For Russia
OAEPH069061L
· For South Africa (TA-2012/779) · For UAE
· For Oman
OAEPH069051L
· For Vietnam
· For Moldova
OAEPH069052L
5-100
OAEPH069053L
· For Serbia
OAEPH069054L
· For Ukraine
OAEPH069057L
OAEPH069055L
· For Argentina
OAEPH069058L
OAEPH069059L
OAEPH069056L · For Paraguay (2017-08-I-0000279 )
OAEPH069060L
DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW) (IF EQUIPPED)
Driver Attention Warning system displays the level of the driver's fatigue and inattention, considering the driving pattern, etc.
The options for the initial Driver Attention Warning includes the following:
- Normal:
When this option is selected, the
System setting and operation
initial Driver Attention Warning is
System setting
activated normally. If this setting feels sensitive, change the option
· Driver Attention Warning can be
to 'Late'.
activated from the Users Settings mode in the cluster LCD display by following the procedure below.
OAEPH059650L
The warning activation time may feel late if a vehicle at the side or rear abruptly accelerates.
1. Set the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Select 'User settings Driver assistance Driver Attention Warning' in the cluster LCD dis-
· Selecting Warning Timing
The driver can select the initial warning activation time from the User Settings in the cluster LCD display by selecting 'User settings
- Late:
Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving at low speeds.
5
play. Deselect the setting to turn Driver assistance Warning
off the system.
timing Normal/Late'.
i Information
· If the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting.
Other driver assistance systems like Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system, etc. can be changed when warning time setting is changed.
Driving your vehicle
5-101
Driving your vehicle
Display of the driver's attention level
System off
Inattentive driving
OAEPH059652L
· Setting Warning Volume
The driver can select the warning volume from the User Settings in the LCD display by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance Warning volume High/Medium/ Low'.
Attentive driving
i Information
If you change the warning volume, the warning volume of other systems may change.
For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.
5-102
OAE048569L OPDE056061
OPDE056062
· The driver can monitor his/her driving conditions on the cluster LCD display.
The DAW screen will appear when you select the Driving Assist mode ( ) on the LCD display if the system is activated. (For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.)
· The driver's attention level is displayed on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the level is, the more inattentive the driver is.
· The level decreases when the driver does not take a break for a certain period of time.
· The level increases when the driver attentively drives for a certain period of time.
· When the driver turns on the system while driving, it displays 'Last Break time' and level.
Take a break
CAUTION
If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, Driver Attention Warning system warning may not sound.
OIK057132L
· The "Consider taking a break"
5
message appears on the cluster
LCD display and a warning sounds
to suggest that the driver take a
break, when the driver's attention
level is below 1.
· Driver Attention Warning system will not suggest a break, when the total driving time is shorter than 10 minutes and also doesn't recommend an additional break within 10 minutes after a break.
Driving your vehicle
5-103
Driving your vehicle
Resetting the system
· The last break time is set to 00:00 and the driver's attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the driver resets Driver Attention Warning system.
· Driver Attention Warning system resets the last break time to 00:00 and the driver's attention level to 5 in the following situations.
- The vehicle is turned OFF.
- The driver unfastens the seat belt and then opens the driver's door.
- The vehicle is stopped for more than 10 minutes.
· Driver Attention Warning system operates again, when the driver restarts driving.
System standby
OIK057133N
Driver Attention Warning system enters the ready status and displays the 'Standby' screen in the following situations. - The front view camera does not
detect the lane. - Driving speed over 180 km/h (110
mph).
System malfunction
OIK057134N
Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system When the "Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system" warning message appears, the system is not working properly. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-104
WARNING
· Driver Attention Warning system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.
· The driver who feels fatigued should take a break, even though there is no break suggestion by Driver Attention Warning system.
· The driver has a responsibility of safe driving himself/herself at all times.
NOTICE
Driver Attention Warning system utilizes the front view camera on the front windshield for its operation. To keep the front view camera sensor in the best condition, you should observe the followings:
· Never install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, or tint the front windshield.
· NEVER place any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction of Driver Attention Warning system.
· Pay extreme caution to keep the front view camera sensor dry.
· NEVER disassemble the front view camera assembly, nor
(Continued)
· If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. We recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration.
5
apply any impact on the front
i Information
view camera assembly.
The system may suggest a break according to the driver's driving pattern or habits even if the driver doesn't feel fatigue.
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
5-105
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
Driver Attention Warning system may not provide alerts in the following situations:
· The system may not work around 15 seconds after starting the vehicle or the initialization or rebooting of the front view camera.
· The lane detection performance is limited. (For more information, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)" in this chapter.)
· The vehicle is erratically driven or is abruptly turned for obstacle avoidance (e.g. construction area, other vehicles, fallen objects, bumpy road).
(Continued)
(Continued)
· Forward drivability of the vehicle is severely undermined (possibly due to wide variation in tire pressures, uneven tire wear-out, toein/toe-out alignment).
· The vehicle is driven on a curvy road.
· The vehicle is driven through a windy area.
· The vehicle is driven on a bumpy road.
· The vehicle is controlled by the following driving assist systems:
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system
- Smart Cruise Control system
- Lane Keeping Assist system
- Lane Following Assist system
CAUTION
Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing Driver Attention Warning system warning sounds.
5-106
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert (if equipped)
Function setting and operating conditions
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function provides the alert whether the leading vehicle drives away or not, while at a stop.
System setting
· Selecting Driver Attention Warning function
The Leading Vehicle Departure Alert can be activated from Users Settings mode in the cluster LCD display by following the procedure below.
1. Set the ignition switch to the ON
OAEPH059659L
position.
Alert announcement
2. Select 'User Settings Driving Assistance Driver Attention Warning Leading Vehicle Departure Alert' in cluster LCD display. Deselect the setting to
The system notifies the driver with the alert message and a warning sound when the leading vehicle drives away while a stop.
5
turn off the system.
· If the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting.
Driving your vehicle
5-107
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
· Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function is only a convenient auxiliary for the driver. The system can't announce the alarm when a leading vehicle departs in real time.
· The driver must check and determine real conditions and then start to drive even if the system notified the leading vehicle departure.
CAUTION
· It may not provide Vehicle Departure Alert or may not properly operate in the following situations:
- Leading pedestrian(s) or bicycle(s) in front of vehicle
- Leading cut-in vehicle(s)
- Leading vehicle's quick departure
- Stop on speed bump or steep hill
- Stop on a right-turn junction or a curved road
- Stop on shoulder road, rest area, parking lot
5-108
CRUISE CONTROL
Cruise Control Operation
WARNING
(Continued)
Take the following precautions:
- When driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions
· Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit.
make it difficult to drive at a constant speed
· If the Cruise Control is left on,
(cruise (
) indicator
- When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads
1. Cruise indicator 2. SET indicator
OOSEV058038
light in the instrument cluster
is illuminated) the Cruise
Control can be activated unin-
tentionally. Keep the Cruise
Control system off (cruise
(
) indicator light
OFF) when the Cruise Control
is not in use, to avoid inadver-
tently setting a speed.
- When driving on hilly or windy roads
- When driving in windy areas
- When driving with limited
view (possibly due to bad
weather such as fog, snow,
5
rain and sandstorm)
The Cruise Control system allows you to drive at speeds above 30 km/h (20 mph) without depressing the accelerator pedal.
· Use the Cruise Control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather.
· Do not use the Cruise Control when it may be unsafe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed:
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
5-109
Driving your vehicle
i Information
· During normal cruise control operation, when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes, the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds. This delay is normal.
· Before activating the cruise control function, the system will check to verify that the brake switch is operating normally. Depress the brake pedal at least once after turning ON the ignition or starting the engine.
To set Cruise Control speed
OAE056068
1. Press the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The cruise (
) indi-
cator will illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which must be more than 30 km/h (20 mph).
OAE056069
3. Push the toggle switch down (SET-), and release it. The SET indicator light will illuminate.
4. Release the accelerator pedal.
i Information
On a steep slope, the vehicle may slightly slow down or speed up, while driving uphill or downhill.
5-110
To increase Cruise Control speed
· Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the toggle switch down (SET-).
To decrease Cruise Control speed
Driving your vehicle
OAE056070
· Push the toggle switch up (RES+) and release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph) each time the toggle switch is operated in this manner.
· Push the toggle switch up (RES+) and hold it, while monitoring the SET speed on the instrument cluster.
Release the toggle switch when the desired speed is shown and the vehicle will accelerate to that speed.
OAE056069
5
· Push the toggle switch down (SET-) and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph) each time the toggle switch is operated in this manner.
· Push the toggle switch down (SET-) and hold it.Your vehicle will gradually slow down. Release the toggle switch at the speed you want to maintain.
· Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the toggle switch down (SET-).
5-111
Driving your vehicle
To temporarily accelerate with the Cruise Control ON
Depress the accelerator pedal. When you take your foot off the accelerator, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed.
If you push the toggle switch down (SET-) at the increased speed, the Cruise Control will maintain the increased speed.
Cruise Control will be canceled when:
OAE056071
· Depressing the brake pedal.
· Pressing the CANCEL button located on the steering wheel.
· Pressing the CRUISE button. Both
the "
" indicator and the
"SET" indicator will turn OFF.
· Moving the shift lever into N (Neutral).
· Decreasing the vehicle speed to less than approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).
· The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is operating.
· Downshifting to 2nd gear when in Manual Shift mode.
i Information
Each of the above actions will cancel Cruise Control operation (the "SET" indicator in the instrument cluster will go off), but only pressing the CRUISE button will turn the system off. If you wish to resume Cruise Control operation, push the toggle switch up (RES+) located on your steering wheel. You will return to your previously preset speed, unless the system was turned off using the CRUISE button.
5-112
To resume preset Cruising speed
To turn Cruise Control off
OAE056070
Push the toggle switch up (RES+). If the vehicle speed is over 30 km/h (20 mph), the vehicle will resume the preset speed.
OAE056068
· Press the CRUISE button (the
cruise (
) indicator light
will go off).
· Turn the vehicle OFF.
5
5-113
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
SMART CRUISE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)
To see the SCC screen on the LCD display in the cluster, select Driving Assist mode ( ). For more information, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.
OAEPH058615
(1) Cruise indicator (2) Set speed (3) Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
Smart Cruise Control system allows you to program the vehicle to help maintain the desired speed and minimum distance between the vehicle ahead.
Smart Cruise Control system will automatically adjust your vehicle speed to help maintain your programmed speed and following distance without requiring you to depress the accelerator or brake pedals.
WARNING
For your safety, please read the owner's manual before using the Smart Cruise Control system.
WARNING
· Smart Cruise Control system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and distance to the vehicle ahead.
· Always be aware of road conditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though Smart Cruise Control system is operating.
· Smart Cruise Control is supplemental systems to assist you Do not entirely rely on the systems. Always pay attention, while driving, for you safety.
5-114
WARNING
(Continued)
(Continued)
· Smart Cruise Control is not a
- When driving on a sharp
Take the following precautions :
collision avoidance or warn-
curve
· Always set the vehicle speed
ing device.
- When driving with limited
under the speed limit on the
Smart Cruise Control is
view (possibly due to bad
road that you are driving.
designed to only detect vehi-
weather, such as fog, snow,
· If Smart Cruise Control is left
on, (cruise (
) indi-
cator light in the instrument
cles as it cannot detect motorcycles, bicycles, or pedestrians.
rain or sandstorm)
- When the vehicle sensing ability decreases due to
cluster is illuminated) Smart · Do not use Smart Cruise
vehicle modification result-
Cruise Control can be activat-
Control when it may not be
ing level difference of the
ed unintentionally. Keep
safe to keep the vehicle at a
vehicle's front and rear
Smart Cruise Control system
off (cruise (
) indi-
cator light OFF) when the
Smart Cruise Control is not in
use, to avoid inadvertently
setting a speed.
· Use Smart Cruise Control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather.
constant speed:
- When driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed
- When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads
- When driving on a steep downhill or uphill
5
(Continued)
- When driving in windy areas
- When driving in parking lots
- When driving near crash barriers
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
5-115
Driving your vehicle
To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control
OOSEV058091L
The sensitivity of vehicle speed when following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance can be adjusted. Select 'User settings Driver assistance SCC response Slow/Normal/Fast' in the cluster LCD display.
You may select one of the three stages you prefer. - Slow:
Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is slower than normal speed. - Normal: Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is normal. - Fast: Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is faster than normal speed.
i Information
The last selected speed sensitivity of the smart cruise control is remained in the system.
To convert to Cruise Control mode
The driver may choose to only use the conventional Cruise Control mode (speed control function) by doing as follows:
1. Turn Smart Cruise Control system on (the cruise indicator light will be on but the system will not be activated).
2. Push and hold the Vehicle-toVehicle Distance button for more than 2 seconds.
3. Choose between "Smart Cruise Control" and "Cruise Control".
When the system is cancelled using theCRUISE button or the CRUISE button is used after the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, the Smart Cruise Control mode will turn on.
5-116
WARNING
When using the Cruise Control mode, you must manually adjust the distance to other vehicles by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal. The system does not automatically adjust the distance to vehicles in front of you.
Smart Cruise Control speed
To set Smart Cruise Control speed
OAE056069
3. Push the toggle switch down
OAE056068
(SET-). The Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the
5
LCD display will illuminate.
1. Push the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The cruise (
) indi-
cator will illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
Smart Cruise Control speed can be set when vehicle speed is between as follows.
· 10 ~ 180 km/h (5 ~ 110 mph) : when there is no vehicle in front
4. Release the accelerator pedal. The desired speed will automatically be maintained.
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill.
· 0 ~ 180 km/h (0 ~ 110 mph) : when there is a vehicle in front
Driving your vehicle
5-117
Driving your vehicle
i Information
· Vehicle speed may decrease on an upward slope and increase on a downward slope.
· When you are setting the cruise control speed with a vehicle in front and your vehicle speed is between 0-30 km/h (0-20 mph), the speed will set to 30 km/h (20 mph).
To increase Smart Cruise Control set speed
CAUTION
Check the driving condition before using the toggle switch. Driving speed sharply increases, when you push up and hold the toggle switch.
5-118
OAE056070
Follow either of these procedures:
· Push the toggle switch up (RES+), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 1 km/h (1 mph) each time you move the toggle switch up in this manner.
· Push the toggle switch up (RES+), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase by 10 km/h (5 mph). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want.
· You can set the speed to 180 km/h (110 mph).
To decrease the Smart Cruise Control set speed
To temporarily accelerate with Smart Cruise Control on
Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily cancelled when:
If you want to speed up temporarily when Smart Cruise Control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with Smart Cruise Control operation or change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
OAE056069
If you push the toggle switch down (SET-) at increased speed, the set speed is updated.
OAE056071
5
Follow either of these procedures:
i Information
Canceled manually
· Push the toggle switch down (SET-), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1 km/h (1 mph) each time you move the toggle switch down in this manner.
· Push the toggle switch down (SET-), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will decrease by 10 km/h (5 mph). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want.
· You can set the speed to 30 km/h (20 mph).
Be careful when accelerating temporarily, because the speed is not controlled automatically at this time even if there is a vehicle in front of you.
· Depressing the brake pedal.
· Pressing the CANCEL button located on the steering wheel.
· Depress the brake pedal and press the CANCEL button at the same time, when the vehicle is at a standstill.
Smart Cruise Control turns off temporarily when the Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator on the LCD display turns off.
The cruise (
) indicator is
illuminated continuously.
Driving your vehicle
5-119
Driving your vehicle
Cancelled automatically
· The driver's door is opened.
· The shift lever is shifted to N (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park).
· The parking brake is applied.
· The vehicle speed is over 190 km/h (120 mph).
· ESC (Electronic Stability Control), TCS (Traction Control System) or ABS is operating.
· ESC is turned off.
· The sensor or the cover is dirty or blocked with foreign matter.
· The vehicle is stopped for more than 5 minutes.
· The vehicle stops and goes repeatedly for a long period of time.
· The accelerator pedal is continuously depressed for a long period of time.
· SCC system has malfunctioned.
· The motor performance is abnormal.
· The braking control is operated for FCA (Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist)
· The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after the vehicle is stopped by the Smart Cruise Control system with no other vehicle ahead.
· The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after stopping the vehicle with a vehicle stopped far away in front.
Each of these actions will cancel the Smart Cruise Control operation. The Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the LCD display will go off.
In a condition the Smart Cruise Control is cancelled automatically, the Smart Cruise Control will not resume even though the RES+ or SET- toggle switch is pushed.
Also, if Smart Cruise Control is cancelled automatically while the vehicle is at a standstill, the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) will be applied.
i Information
If the Smart Cruise Control is cancelled by other than the reasons mentioned, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-120
To resume Smart Cruise Control To turn Cruise Control off set speed
If any method other than the cruise toggle switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated, the cruising speed will automatically resume when you push the toggle switch up (RES+) or down (SET-).
If you push the toggle switch up
(RES+), the speed will resume to the
OIK057096N recently set speed. However, if vehi-
Smart Cruise Control canceled
If the system is cancelled, the warning chime will sound and a message will appear for a few seconds.
You must adjust the vehicle speed by
cle speed drops under 10 km/h (5 mph), it will resume when there is a vehicle in front of your vehicle.
i Information
OAE056068
· Press the CRUISE button (the
cruise (
) indicator light
will go off).
5
depressing the accelerator or brake Always check the road conditions
pedal according to the road condition when you push the toggle switch up
ahead and driving condition.
(RES+) to resume speed.
Always check the road conditions.
Do not rely on the warning chime.
Driving your vehicle
5-121
Driving your vehicle
Smart Cruise Control Vehicleto-Vehicle Distance
To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance
Each time the button is pressed, the vehicle to vehicle distance changes as follows:
Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2
i Information
The distance is set to the last set distance when the system is used for the first time after starting the engine.
Distance 1
For example, if you drive at 90 km/h (56 mph), the distance is maintained as follows:
OAE056076
When Smart Cruise Control system is ON, you can set and maintain the distance from the vehicle ahead of you without pressing the accelerator or brake pedal.
Distance 4 - approximately 52.5 m Distance 3 - approximately 40 m Distance 2 - approximately 32.5 m Distance 1 - approximately 25 m
5-122
When the lane ahead is clear:
When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane:
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
Distance 4
Distance 3
OAEPH059587L
OPD056084
The vehicle speed will maintain the set speed.
Distance 2
Distance 1
OAEPH058615/OAEPH058614/OAEPH058613/OAEPH058612
When using Smart Cruise Control system:
5
· Your vehicle speed will slow down · The warning message
or speed up to maintain the select-
appears and warning chime
ed distance.
sounds if the vehicle is unable
· If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady
to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead.
cruising speed after accelerating to · If the warning message
the set speed.
appears and warning chime
· If distance from the front vehicle has been changed due to accelerating or decelerating of the front vehicle, the distance on the LCD display
sounds, depress the brake pedal to actively adjust the vehicle speed, and the distance to the vehicle ahead.
may change. (Only when there is a
(Continued)
vehicle in front, the front vehicle
appears in the LCD display.)
5-123
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
· Even if the warning message does not appear and warning chime does not sound, always pay attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous situations from occurring.
· Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system warning sounds.
CAUTION
In traffic situation
OAEPH059168L
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed: less than 30 km/h (20 mph) disappears to the next lane, the warning chime will sound and a message "Watch for surrounding vehicles" will appear. Adjust your vehicle speed for vehicles or objects that can suddenly appear in front of you by depressing the brake pedal.
Always pay attention to the road condition ahead.
OIK057107L
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
· In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your vehicle will start as well. However, if the vehicle stops for more than 3 seconds, you must depress the accelerator pedal or push up the toggle switch (RES+) to start driving.
5-124
· If you push the smart cruise control toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while Auto Hold and smart cruise control is operating the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white.
Sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead
Warning message
Driving your vehicle
OTM058061L
OAE058028 Smart Cruise Control disabled.
5
Smart Cruise Control uses a sensor Radar blocked
to detect distance to the vehicle When the sensor lens cover is
ahead.
blocked with dirt, snow, or debris,
If the sensor is covered with dirt or other foreign matter, the vehicle to vehicle distance control may not operate correctly. Always keep the sensor clean.
Smart Cruise Control system operation may stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the cluster LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor lens cover
before operating Smart Cruise
Control system. The Smart Cruise
Control system may not properly
activate, if the radar is totally covered,
or if any substance is not detected
after the vehicle is in the ready ( )
mode (e.g. in an open terrain).
5-125
Driving your vehicle
i Information
For the SCC operation is temporarily stopped if the radar is blocked, but you wish to use cruise control mode (speed control function), you must convert to the cruise control mode (refer to "To convert to Cruise Control mode" in the following page.
CAUTION
· Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar.
· Always keep the radar sensor and lens cover clean and free of dirt and debris.
· Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover.
(Continued)
(Continued)
· Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, Smart Cruise Control system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, Smart Cruise Control system may not operate properly. We recommend you to have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover.
OIK057110L
Check Smart Cruise Control System
The message will appear when the vehicle to vehicle distance control system is not functioning normally.
We recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.
5-126
Limitations of the system
The Smart Cruise Control System may have limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle ahead due to road and traffic conditions.
On curves
OAD058166L
OAD058165L
· Smart Cruise Control system may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and then your vehicle could accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will decrease when the vehicle ahead is recog-
Your vehicle speed can be reduced due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and select the appropriate set speed. Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of Smart Cruise Control.
5
nized suddenly.
· Select the appropriate set speed on curves and apply the brakes or accelerator pedal if necessary.
Driving your vehicle
5-127
Driving your vehicle On inclines
Lane changing
Vehicle recognition
OAEPH058589
· During uphill or downhill driving, Smart Cruise Control system may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and cause your vehicle to accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly.
· Select the appropriate set speed on inclines and apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary.
OAD058167L
· A vehicle which moves into your lane from an adjacent lane cannot be recognized by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range.
· The radar may not detect immediately when a vehicle cuts in suddenly. Always pay attention to the traffic, road and driving conditions.
· If a slower vehicle moves into your lane, your speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead.
· If a faster vehicle which moves into your lane, your vehicle will accelerate to the set speed.
OAD058173N
Some vehicles in your lane cannot be recognized by the sensor:
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or suddendecelerating vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile such as trailers with no loads
5-128
A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the luggage compartment
- While the steering wheel is operating
- When driving to one side of the lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or
OAD058174N
OAD058168L
on curves
· Your vehicle may accelerate when · When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
Apply the brake or accelerator pedal a vehicle ahead of you disappears.
if necessary.
· When you are warned that the
and a vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the system
5
vehicle ahead of you is not detect- may not immediately detect the
WARNING
ed, drive with caution.
new vehicle that is now in front of
you. In this case, you must main-
Smart Cruise Control is basically designed to set vehicles as a target. Always look ahead cautiously to cope with unexpected situations such as a collision
tain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
when the system sets an object
as a target, not vehicles.
Driving your vehicle
5-129
Driving your vehicle
OAE056110
· Always look out for pedestrians when your vehicle is maintaining a distance with the vehicle ahead.
OAE056105
· Always be cautious for vehicles with higher height or vehicles carrying loads that sticks out from the back of the vehicle.
WARNING
When using Smart Cruise Control take the following precautions:
· If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the brakes. The vehicle cannot be stopped at every emergency situation by using Smart Cruise Control system.
· Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed. If the vehicle to vehicle distance is too close during a high-speed driving, a serious collision may result.
· Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary.
(Continued)
5-130
(Continued)
· Smart Cruise Control System cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle. Always look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
· Vehicles moving in front of you with a frequent lane change may cause a delay in the system's reaction or may cause the system to react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent lane. Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
· Always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance. The driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed.
(Continued)
(Continued)
NOTICE
· Smart Cruise Control System may not recognize complex driving situations so always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed.
· Turn off Smart Cruise Control system when the vehicle is being towed.
Smart Cruise Control system may not operate temporarily due to:
· Electrical interference
· Modifying the suspension
· Differences of tire abrasion or tire pressure
· Installing different type of tires
· Do not activate Smart Cruise
Control when towing a trailer
or vehicle. Safety of the vehicle may be
5
deteriorated when braking
control is applied in the tow-
ing condition.
Driving your vehicle
5-131
Driving your vehicle
i Information
This device complies with Industry Canada RSS-210 standard.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
This equipment complies with RSS radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm (8 in.) between the radiator (antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
5-132
NAVIGATION-BASED SMART CRUISE CONTROL (NSCC) (IF EQUIPPPED)
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control system will help automatically adjust your speed when a curved road is ahead by receiving road information from the navigation while Smart Cruise Control is operating.
(Continued)
· Turn off the Navigation-based smart cruise control system when the vehicle is being towed.
i Information
· Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control system is available only on controlled access road of certain highways.
· For your safety, please read
Controlled access road indicates
WARNING
the owner's manual before using the system.
roads with limited entrances and exits that allow uninterrupted
· Navigation-based
Smart
Cruise Control system is not a
substitute for safe driving
practices, but a convenience
high speed traffic flow. Only passenger cars and motorcycles are allowed on controlled access roads.
function. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the surroundings
Available highway
5
(Controlled access road)
and drive safely. · Navigation-based
Smart
Select Interstate Highway USA and U.S. (Federal) and State
Cruise Control system relies entirely on the road informa-
Highways
tion provided by the navigation system and may acceler-
Canada
Select Provincial and Territorial Highways
ate above speed limit. It is the responsibility of the driver to follow traffic laws and avoid
· Additional highways may be expanded by navigation updates.
accidents.
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
5-133
Driving your vehicle
System Setting and Operation
System setting
· With the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON or START position, the Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control can be activated by selecting 'User setting Driver Assistance Driver Assist Highway Auto Curve Slowdown' from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Deselect the setting to turn off the system.
· If the engine is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting.
Operating conditions
Select 'Highway Auto Curve Slowdown' from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen and satisfy the following conditions for the system to operate.
· Driving on the highway main line
· Smart Cruise Control is operating
If all the mentioned conditions are satisfied, the system is ENABLED and the 'AUTO' symbol on the cluster will illuminate white.
System operation
OAEPH058581
System standby If the system is ENABLED, the symbol on the cluster will illuminate white.
OAEPH058582
System in operation
If the vehicle decelerates in a curve,
the
symbol on the cluster will
illuminate green.
· This system works only for curved sections located on highway main lines.
· Depending on the curve ahead on the road, the vehicle will decelerate, and after passing the curve, the vehicle will accelerate to the Smart Cruise Control set speed.
· The higher the driving speed, the faster the vehicle is decelerated.
5-134
· The system responds to curves (Continued)
(Continued)
located on the destination set in · Highway Driving Assist and · If the driver releases the accelerator
the navigation. If the destination is Navigation-based Smart Cruise after stepping on it while the system
not set, the system will respond to Control uses the same
symbol is operating, sudden deceleration
road information of the expected that indicates the status of the sys- might occur for safety.
route.
tem. Therefore, even if the · Deceleration by the system may not
Navigation-based Cruise Control is be sufficient due to road conditions
i Information
off, the
symbol may be dis- such as uneven road surfaces, nar-
· Navigation-based Smart Cruise played.
row lanes, etc.
Control is limited in other countries. · If there is a problem with · If the road is controlled, due to con-
· The system may not operate due to the existence of leading vehicles and the driving situations of the vehicle.
· The system operates regardless of
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control, the system cannot be acti-
vated in the infotainment system
screen, and the
symbol will
turn off. However, if Highway
struction or holiday events, the system might not work properly.
CAUTION
5
whether the sharp curve warning Driving Assist is activated, the
appears on the navigation, but the
symbol will be displayed.
Navigation-based
Cruise
time gap could occur between the warning and system operation.
· The navigation only provides curve
· After you pass through a tollgate on a highway, the system operates based on the first lane. If you enter
Control system may not function properly in the following situations:
information within permitted speed one of the other lanes, the system · The navigation is not working
ranges so that the system may not might not properly decelerate.
properly.
decrease its speed during extreme over-speed driving.
· The system is not designed to work on highways other than mentioned as a controlled access road.
· The system automatically cancels when you leave the highway.
· If you over speed, the system may not decelerate the vehicle in a curve.
· Deceleration by the system may not be sufficient if the driver accelerates while the system is operating.
(Continued)
· The navigation is not updated.
· The real-time GPS or map information provided has errors.
(Continued)
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
5-135
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
· The navigation is overloaded by performing functions such as route search, video playback, voice recognition, etc. are performing simultaneously.
· GPS signals are blocked in areas such as a tunnel.
· The driver goes off course or the route to the destination is changed or canceled by resetting the navigation.
· The vehicle enters a service station or rest area.
· A section of the highway's shape has changed.
· Android Auto or Car Play is operating.
· The navigation cannot detect the current vehicle position (ex: elevated roads including overpass adjacent to general roads or nearby roads exist in a parallel way).
(Continued)
(Continued) · The navigation is being updat-
ed while driving. · The navigation is being reset
while driving. · The road is slippery due to
bad weather such as rain or snow.
i Information
This device complies with Industry Canada RSS-210 standard.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
This equipment complies with RSS radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm (8 in.) between the radiator (antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
5-136
LANE FOLLOWING ASSIST (LFA) (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
WARNING
Lane Following Assist system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the surroundings and steer the vehicle.
Take the following precautions when using Lane Following Assist system:
· Do not turn the steering wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assisted by the system.
OAE058048
Lane Following Assist system helps detect lane markers on the road with a front view camera at the front windshield, and assists the driver's steering to help keep the vehicle between lanes.
· LFA system helps the driver
to keep the vehicle in the cen-
ter of the lane by assisting the
driver's steering. However, the driver should not solely rely
5
on the system but always pay
attention on the steering
wheel to stay in the lane.
· The operation of LFA system can be canceled or not work properly according to road condition and surroundings. Always be cautious when driving.
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
5-137
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
· Do not disassemble the front view camera temporarily to tint the window or attach any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, we recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration.
· When you replace the windshield glass, front view camera or related parts of the steering wheel, we recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration.
· The system helps detect lane markers and controls the steering wheel by a camera, therefore, if the lane markers are hard to detect, the system may not work properly.
(Continued)
5-138
(Continued)
Please refer to "Limitations of the System".
· Do not remove or damage the related parts of LFA system.
· You may not hear a warning sound of LFA system if the audio volume is high.
· Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. This may prevent LFA system from functioning properly.
· Always have your hands on the steering wheel while LFA system is activated. If you continue to drive with your hands off the steering wheel after the "Keep hands on steering wheel" warning message appears, the system will turn off automatically.
However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel.
(Continued)
(Continued)
· The steering wheel is not continuously controlled so if the vehicle speed is at a higher rate when leaving a lane the vehicle may not be controlled by the system. The driver must always follow the speed limit when using the system.
· If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the system may not assist steering or the hands off alarm may not work properly.
· When you tow a trailer, make sure that you turn off LFA system.
LFA operation
Operating conditions
LFA system operation
System setting
· With the ignition switch is in the ON position, Lane Following Assist can be activated by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance
Select 'Lane following assist' from the User settings mode in the cluster LCD display and meet the following conditions for the system to operate.
- Smart Cruise Control is operating
Driving assist Lane following - Vehicle speed is below 180 km/h
assist' in the cluster LCD display. (110 mph)
Deselect the setting to turn off the
system.
When the system is activated, the
· If the vehicle is turned off then on indicator ( ) on the cluster will illu-
again, the system maintains the minate. The color of the indicator will
last setting.
change depending on the condition
OAEPH059622L
of the LFA system.
If the vehicle is inside the lane with
5
- Green : Steering assist mode is ON
- White : Steering assist mode is OFF
both lanes detected by the system(lane color changes from gray to white), and there is no abrupt steering made by the driver, LFA system changes to steering assist
mode. The
indicator light will
come on green, and the system
helps the vehicle stay in line by con-
trolling the steering wheel. If the lane
markers are hard to detect, steering
wheel will be able to be controlled
depending on front vehicle and front
vehicle driving conditions. When the
steering wheel is not controlled tem-
porarily, the
indicator light will
flash green and change to white.
Driving your vehicle
5-139
Driving your vehicle Warning message
WARNING
The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
OAEPH059625L
Keep hands on steering wheel If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds while LFA system is activated, the system will warn the driver.
i Information
Hold the steering wheel tight. Otherwise, LFA system could misjudge that the driver's hands are off the steering wheel, and the above warning may occur.
OAEPH059624L
Driver's hands not detected. LFA system will be disabled temporarily
If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after the message "Keep hands on steering wheel", the system will not control the steering wheel and warn the driver only when the driver crosses the lane markers.
However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel.
5-140
WARNING
The LFA system will not be in the ENABLED state and/or the steering
· LFA system is a supplemental system only. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely steer the vehicle and to maintain it in its lane.
· Turn off LFA system and drive without using the system in the following situations:
- In bad weather
OAEPH059623L
wheel will not be assisted when:
· The turn signal is turned on before changing a lane. If you change lanes without the turn signal on, the steering wheel might be controlled.
· The vehicle is not driven in the middle of the lane when the system is turned on or right after changing a lane.
- In bad road conditions
Check Lane Following Assist (LFA) · ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
- When the steering wheel system
VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) 5
needs to be controlled by the If there is a problem with the system is activated.
driver frequently.
i Information
· Even though the steering is assisted by the system, the driver may control the steering wheel.
a message will appear for a few seconds. If the problem continues the LFA system failure indicator will illuminate.
· The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve.
· Vehicle speed is over 180 km/h (110 mph).
· The vehicle makes sharp lane changes.
· The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted
· The vehicle brakes suddenly. · Only one lane marker is detected.
by the system than when it is not.
· The lane is very wide or narrow.
· There are more than two lane markers on the road (e.g. construction area).
Driving your vehicle
5-141
Driving your vehicle
· Radius of a curve is too small.
· The vehicle is driven on a steep incline.
· The steering wheel is turned suddenly.
· The system may not operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is started or the camera is initialized or rebooting of the front view camera.
Limitations of the system
LFA system may operate prematurely even if the vehicle does not depart from the intended lane, OR, LFA system may not assist your steering or warn you if the vehicle leaves the intended lane under the following circumstances:
When the lane and road conditions are poor
· It is difficult to distinguish the lane marking from the road surface or the lane marking is faded or not clearly marked.
· It is difficult to distinguish the color of the lane marker from the road.
· There are markings on the road surface that look like a lane marker that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.
· The lane marker is indistinct or damaged.
· The lane marker is merged or divided. (e.g. tollgate)
· The lane number increases or decreases or the lane marker are crossing complicatedly.
· There are more than two lane markers on the road in front of you.
5-142
· The lane marker is very thick or When external condition is inter- · Driving on a steep grade, over a
thin.
vened
hill, or when driving on a curved
· The lane is very wide or narrow.
· The brightness outside changes road.
· The lane marker ahead is not visible due to rain, snow, water on the road, damaged or stained road
suddenly such as when entering or · The adverse road conditions cause
exiting a tunnel, or when passing excessive vehicle vibrations while
under a bridge.
driving.
surface, or other factors.
· The brightness outside is too low · The surrounding of the inside rear
· The shadow is on the lane marker by a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc.
such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel.
view mirror temperature is high due to direct sunlight, etc.
· The lane markers are complicated · There is a boundary structure in When front visibility is poor
or a structure substitutes for the lines such as a construction area.
· There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road.
· The lane marker in a tunnel is stained with oil, etc.
the roadway such as a concrete barrier, guardrail and reflector post that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.
· When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface
· The windshield or the camera lens is blocked with dirt or debris.
· The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed.
· Placing objects on the dashboard,
5
· The lane suddenly disappears such as a puddle in the road.
etc.
such as at the intersection.
· The field of view in front is · The sensor cannot detect the lane
obstructed by sun glare.
because of fog, heavy rain or snow.
· There is not enough distance between you and the vehicle in front to be able to detect the lane marker or the vehicle ahead is driving on the lane marker.
Driving your vehicle
5-143
Driving your vehicle
HIGHWAY DRIVING ASSIST (HDA) (IF EQUIPPED)
Highway Driving Assist system helps keep the vehicle between lanes, maintain a distance with the vehicle ahead, and automatically adjusts the vehicle speed to the speed limit while driving on the highway.
WARNING
· Highway Driving Assist system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the surroundings and drive safely.
· Highway Driving Assist system relies entirely on the road information provided by the navigation system. It is the responsibility of the driver to follow traffic laws and avoid accidents.
· Turn off the Highway driving assist system when the vehicle is being towed.
i Information
· Highway Driving Assist system is available only on controlled access road of certain highways.
Controlled access road indicates roads with limited entrances and exits that allow uninterrupted high speed traffic flow. Only passenger cars and motorcycles are allowed on controlled access roads.
Available highway (Controlled access road)
USA
Select Interstate Highway and U.S. (Federal) and State
Highways
Canada
Select Provincial and Territorial Highways
· Additional highways may be expanded by navigation updates.
· For your safety, please read the owner's manual before using the system.
System Setting and Operation
System setting
· With the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON or START position, the Highway Driving Assist can be activated by selecting 'User setting Driver Assistance Driver Assist Highway Driving Assist' from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Deselect the setting to turn off the system.
· If the engine is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting.
5-144
Operating conditions
Steering wheel control
Select 'Highway Driving Assist' from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen and satisfy the following conditions for the system to operate.
· Driving on the highway main line
· Smart Cruise Control is operating
- If Smart Cruise Control is in the
READY state the Highway
Driving Assist will be in the
OAEPH059683N
READY state. The +'$ indicator on the cluster will illuminate
OAEPH048603 Temporary deactivation
white.
· Vehicle speed is under 145 km/h (90 mph)
Steering control
If the vehicle detects both lane markers (lane color white), the indica-
The indicator light changes from green to white when the steering wheel control is temporarily deactivated. Even if the steering wheel is
5
tor light will change from white to not controlled, the distance between
If all the mentioned conditions are green. This indicates that the steer- the vehicle ahead will be maintained.
satisfied, the system is ENABLED ing wheel is being controlled.
(For more information of steering
and the +'$ indicator on the cluster
wheel control, refer to "Lane
will illuminate green.
Following Assist (LFA) system" in
this chapter.)
Driving your vehicle
5-145
Driving your vehicle Speed setting
If the system changes to the auto-
matic speed mode, the
symbol
will turn green and a chime will
sound.
When the highway speed limit changes, the set speed automatically changes to the changed speed limit.
OAEPH048605
Automatic speed setting mode
The system enters the automatic speed setting mode when:
1. The operating conditions are satisfied
- +'$ indicator will illuminate green
2. The Smart Cruise Control set speed and the highway speed limit matches
OAEPH048607
Manual speed setting mode
If the speed is set manually using the RES+ or SET- toggle switch on the steering wheel, the set speed on the cluster will turn white and the 'AUTO' symbol will disappear.
5-146
Warning Message Hands-off warning
WARNING
The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
Driving your vehicle
OAEPH059625L
Keep hands on steering wheel If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds while the HDA system is activated, the system will warn the driver.
i Information
If the steering wheel is held with a light grip, the message may appear because HDA system may not recognize that the driver has their hands on the steering wheel.
OAEPH059681N
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
system canceled
5
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after the
message "Keep hands on steering
wheel", HDA system will be can-
celed. However, if the Smart Cruise
Control is reactivated manually by
the driver, Highway Driving Assist
system will reactivate.
To activate Smart Cruise control, refer to "Smart Cruise Control (SCC)" in chapter 5.
5-147
Driving your vehicle
HDA system will not be in the ENABLED state and/or the steering wheel will not be assisted when:
· The turn signal is turned on before changing a lane. If you change lanes without the turn signal on, the steering wheel might be controlled.
· The vehicle is not driven in the middle of the lane when the system is turned on or right after changing a lane.
· ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated.
· The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve.
· Vehicle speed is over 153 km/h (95 mph).
· The vehicle makes sharp lane changes.
· The vehicle brakes suddenly.
· Only one lane marker is detected.
· The lane is very wide or narrow.
· There are more than two lane markers on the road (e.g. construction area).
· Radius of a curve is too small.
· The vehicle is driven on a steep incline.
· The steering wheel is turned suddenly.
System malfunction
OAEPH059682N
Check Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system If there is a problem with the system, a message will appear for a few seconds. If the problem continues, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-148
i Information
· High Driving Assist is limited in other countries.
· High Driving Assist only operates based on the speed limits of the highway but it does not work with the speed cameras.
· The time gap could occur between
(Continued)
· In the automatic speed setting mode, the vehicle automatically accelerates or decelerates when the highway speed limit changes.
· If your vehicle speed exceeds 150 km/h (93 mph), Highway Driving Assist is automatically canceled. Also, it is converted to Smart Cruise
CAUTION
Highway Driving Assist system may not function properly in the following situations: · The navigation is not working
properly. · The navigation is not updated.
the navigation speed warning and Control automatically with a pop- · The real-time GPS or map
system operation.
up message on the navigation.
information provided has
· The system is not designed to work · If you enter a rest area on the high-
errors.
on highways other than mentioned way or a IC/JC (intersection/junc- · The navigation is overloaded
as a controlled access road. The system automatically cancels when you
tion) without a destination set, the system is canceled later than when
by performing functions such
5
as route search, video play-
leave the highway.
the vehicle actually leaves the high-
back, voice recognition, etc.
· If there is a problem with Highway way.
are performing simultaneous-
Driving Assist, the system cannot be
ly.
activated in the Cluster.
· The navigation is recalculat-
· If your vehicle is 500 m (1640 ft.)
ing the route while driving.
ahead and behind of an open toll-
· GPS signals are blocked in
gate, the system is automatically
areas such as a tunnel.
canceled. Also, it is converted to Smart Cruise Control automatically with a pop-up message on the navigation.
· The driver goes off course or the route to the destination is changed or canceled by resetting the navigation.
(Continued)
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
5-149
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
· The vehicle enters a service station or rest area
· The speed limit of selected highway section is changed due to road conditions.
· Android Auto or Car Play is operating.
· The navigation cannot detect the current vehicle position (ex: elevated roads including overpass adjacent to general roads or nearby roads exist in a parallel way).
· The navigation is being updated while driving.
· The navigation is being reset while driving.
· The road is slippery due to bad weather such as rain or snow.
· If your vehicle tows a trailer or another vehicle, you should release Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system. Operating the brake system or steering system while towing may adversely affect the safety.
5-150
i Information
· For information's on vehicle to vehicle distance control and the front radar, refer to "Smart Cruise Control (SCC)" in this chapter.
· For information's on steering control and distance control and the front camera, refer to "Lane Following Assist (LFA)" in this chapter.
i Information
This device complies with Industry Canada RSS-210 standard.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
This equipment complies with RSS radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm (8 in.) between the radiator (antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION WARNING (RCCW) (IF EQUIPPED)
System description Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
WARNING
System setting and operation System setting
Warning System
· Always be aware of road and
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system uses radar sensors to monitor the approaching cross traffic from the left and right side of the vehicle when your vehicle is in reverse.
traffic conditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system is operating.
The blind spot detection range varies relative to the approaching vehicle speed.
· Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system is supplemental systems to assist you. Do not entirely rely on the sys-
tems. Always pay attention, while driving, for your safety.
OAEPH059653L
5
· Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system is not substitutes for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and use caution when backing up the vehicle.
· Setting Parking Safety function
The driver can activate the systems by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance Parking safety'. The system turns on and is ready to be operated when 'Rear cross-traffic safety' is selected.
· When the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system will be ready to be operated.
Driving your vehicle
5-151
Driving your vehicle
· When the system is initially turned on and when the vehicle is turned off then on again, the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outside rearview mirror.
OAEPH059648N
· Selecting Warning Timing
The driver can select the initial warning activation time from the User Settings in the cluster LCD display by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance Warning timing Normal/Late'.
The options for the initial Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning includes the following:
- Normal:
When this option is selected, the initial Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels too sensitive change the option to 'Late'.
The warning activation time may feel late if the side/rear vehicle abruptly accelerates.
- Late:
Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving at low speeds.
i Information
If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other systems may change.
Alaways be aware before changing the warning timing.
5-152
Operating conditions To operate:
Warning message and system control
1. Go to the 'User settings Driver assistance Parking safety Rear Cross-Traffic Safety' on the LCD display. The system will turn on and standby to operate.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning System
Left
Right
2. The system will operate when
vehicle speed is below 10 km/h (7
mph) and with the shift lever in R
OAEPH059652L
· Setting Warning Volume
The driver can select the warning volume from the User Settings in the LCD display by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance
(Reverse).
* The system will not operate when the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h (7 mph). The system will activate again when the speed is below 10 km/h (7 mph).
5
OAEE059046/OAEE059047
Warning volume High/Medium/ The system's detecting range is If the vehicle detected by the sensors
Low'.
approximately 0.5 m ~ 20 m (1 ft ~ 65 approaches from the rear left/right
ft). An approaching vehicle will be side of your vehicle, the warning
i Information
detected if their vehicle speed is chime will sound, the warning light within 8 km/h ~ 36 km/h (5 ~ 22.5 on the outside rearview mirror will
If you change the warning volume, the mph).
blink and a message will appear on
warning volume of other systems may Note that the detecting range and the LCD display. If the rear view mon-
change.
operating speed may vary under cer- itor system is in activation, a mes-
Alaways be aware before changing the tain conditions. As always, use cau- sage will also appear on the audio or
warning volume.
tion and pay close attention to your infotainment system screen.
For more information refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.
surroundings when backing up your vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
5-153
Driving your vehicle
The warning will stop when:
- The detected vehicle moves out of the sensing area or
- When the vehicle is right behind your vehicle or
- When the vehicle is not approaching your vehicle or
- When the other vehicle slows down.
- The vehicle's approaching speed is decreased.
CAUTION
· When the operating condition of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system is satisfied the warning will occur when a vehicle approaches the side/rear of your stopped (0 km/h vehicle speed) vehicle.
· The system's warning may not operate properly if the left/right of your vehicle's rear bumper is blocked by a vehicle or obstacle.
· Always pay attention to road and traffic conditions while driving, whether or not the warning light on the outside rearview mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm.
· Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system's warning sounds.
(Continued)
(Continued) · The warning of Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision Warning system may not sound while other system's warning sounds.
WARNING
· If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system warning may not sound.
· Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with a Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system. Do not solely rely on the system but check your surrounding when backing the vehicle up.
· The driver is responsible for accurate brake control. (Continued)
5-154
(Continued)
Detecting Sensor
NOTICE
· Always pay extreme caution
· The system may not work prop-
while driving. Rear Cross-
erly when the bumper has been
Traffic Collision Warning sys-
damaged, or if the rear bumper
tem may not operate properly
has been replaced or repaired.
or unnecessarily operate depending on traffic and driving conditions.
· The system may turn off if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves.
· Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
· Always keep the sensors clean.
Warning system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibil-
OAE058065
· NEVER disassemble the sensor component or apply any impact on the sensor component.
ity of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.
The rear radars are located inside the rear bumper for detecting the side and rear. Always keep the rear bumper clean for proper operation of the system.
· Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. In this case, a
5
warning message may not be dis-
played. We recommend that you
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
5-155
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
· Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the performance of the sensor.
OIK057092L
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked
· This warning message may appear when:
- One or both of the sensors on the rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object.
- Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time.
- When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain.
If any of these conditions occur, the light on the BCW switch and the system will turn off automatically.
i Information
Turn off the BCW and RCCW system (if equipped) when a trailer or carrier is installed.
- Press BCW button (the indicator on the button will turn off)
- Deactivate RCCW system by deselecting
'User settings Driver assistance Parking safety Rear crosstraffic safety'
5-156
When the BCW canceled warning
Limitations of the system
message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors.
After any dirt or debris is removed, the RCCW system should operate normally after about 10 minutes of
The driver must be cautious in the below situations because the system may not detect other vehicles or objects in certain circumstances:
· The vehicle drives in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow.
· The sensor is polluted with rain, snow, mud, etc.
driving the vehicle.
OIK057094N · The rear bumper where the sensor
If the system still does not operate normally, we recommend that the vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system
If there is a problem with BCW system, a warning message will appear and the light on the button will turn off. The system will turn off automat-
is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
· The rear bumper is damaged, or the sensor is out of the original default position.
5
ically. RCCW will not operate also if · The vehicle height gets lower or
BCW system turns off due to mal- higher due to heavy loading in a
function. We recommend that you tailgate, abnormal tire pressure,
have your vehicle inspected by an etc.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· When the temperature of the rear
bumper is high.
· When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars.
Driving your vehicle
5-157
Driving your vehicle
· The vehicle is driven on a curved road.
· The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e. possibly due to subway construction).
· There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail.
· While going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different.
· Driving on a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown.
· Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time.
· Driving on a wet road.
· Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure.
· A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck.
· When the other vehicle approaches very close.
· When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed.
· While changing lanes.
· If the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated.
· When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you.
· A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
· A flat trailer is near.
· If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller.
· If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car.
· Temperature is extremely low around the vehicle.
· The vehicle severely vibrates while driving over a bumpy road, uneven/bumpy road, or concrete patch.
· The vehicle is driven on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice.
OAD058159N
[A] : Structure
· Driving where there is a vehicle or structure near
The system may not operate properly when driving where there is a vehicle or structure near.
In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from behind and the warning may not operate properly.
Always pay attention to your surrounding while driving.
5-158
Driving your vehicle
OAD058160N
OAD058162L
OAD058152N
· When the vehicle is in a complex [A] : Vehicle
· When the vehicle is on/near a
parking environment
· When the vehicle is parked diago-
The system may not operate prop- nally
slope
5
The system may not operate prop-
erly when the vehicle is in a complex parking environment.
The system may not operate properly when the vehicle is parked
erly when the vehicle is on/near a slope.
In certain instances, the system diagonally.
In certain instances, the system
may not be able to exactly determine the risk of collision for the vehicles which are parking or pulling out near your vehicle (e.g. a vehicle escaping beside your vehicle, a vehicle parking or pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle approaching your vehicle making a turn, etc.).
In this case, the warning may not
In certain instances, when the diagonally parked vehicle is pulled out of the parking space, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from the rear left/right of your vehicle. In this case, the warning may not operate properly.
Always pay attention to your surrounding while driving.
may not detect the vehicle approaching from the rear left/right and the warning may not operate properly.
Always pay attention to your surrounding while driving.
operate properly.
5-159
Driving your vehicle
OAD058161L
[A] : Structure, [B] : Wall
· Pulling into the parking space where there is a structure
The system may not operate properly when pulling in the vehicle to the parking space where there is a structure at the back or side of your vehicle.
In certain instances, when backing into the parking space, the system may falsely detect the vehicle moving in front of your vehicle. In this case, the warning may operate.
Always pay attention to the parking space while driving.
OAD058163N
· When the vehicle is parked rearward
If the vehicle is parked rearward and the sensor detects another vehicle in the rear area of the parking space, warning may operate. Always pay attention to the parking space while driving.
i Information
This device complies with Industry Canada RSS-210 standard.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
5-160
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
This equipment complies with RSS radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm (8 in.) between the radiator (antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
5
5-161
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Hazardous Driving Conditions Rocking the Vehicle
When hazardous driving elements are encountered such as water, snow, ice, mud and sand, take the below suggestions:
· Drive cautiously and keep a longer braking distance.
· Avoid abrupt braking or steering.
· When your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid unnecessary wheel spin.
· Put sand, rock salt, or other nonslip materials under the wheels to provide additional traction while the vehicle becomes stuck in ice, snow, or mud.
WARNING
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels. Then, shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a forward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal while the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that may free the vehicle.
Downshifting with an dual clutch transmission while driving on slippery surfaces can cause an accident. The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid. Be careful when downshifting on slippery surfaces.
WARNING
If the vehicle is stuck and excessive wheel spin occurs, the temperature in the tires can increase very quickly. If the tires become damaged, a tire blow out or tire explosion can occur. This condition is dangerous you and others may be injured. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehicle, the vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly causing an engine compartment fire or other damage. Try to avoid spinning the wheels as much as possible to prevent overheating of either the tires or the engine. DO NOT allow the vehicle to spin the wheels above 56 km/h (35 mph).
5-162
i Information
Driving at Night
Driving in the Rain
The ESC system must be turned OFF Night driving presents more hazards Rain and wet roads can make driving
before rocking the vehicle.
than driving in the daylight. Here are dangerous. Here are a few things to
some important tips to remember: consider when driving in the rain or
NOTICE
· Slow down and keep more dis- on slick pavement: tance between you and other vehi- · Slow down and allow extra follow-
If you are still stuck after rocking cles, as it may be more difficult to ing distance. A heavy rainfall
the vehicle a few times, have the see at night, especially in areas makes it harder to see and increas-
vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle where there may not be any street es the distance needed to stop
to avoid engine overheating, pos- lights.
your vehicle.
sible damage to the transmission, and tire damage. See "Towing" in chapter 6.
· Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver's headlamps.
· Keep your headlamps clean and
· Turn OFF your Cruise Control. (if equipped)
· Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of
5
Smooth Cornering
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly streaking or missing areas on the
Avoid braking or gear changing in corners, especially when roads are
aimed headlamps will make it windshield. much more difficult to see at night. · Tires should be properly main-
wet. Ideally, corners should always · Avoid staring directly at the head- tained with at least 1.6 mm (2/32
be taken under gentle acceleration.
lamps of oncoming vehicles. You inch) of tread depth. If your tires do
could be temporarily blinded, and it not have enough tread, making a
will take several seconds for your quick stop on wet pavement can
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
cause a skid and possibly lead to
an accident. See "Tire Tread" in
chapter 7.
· Turn on your headlamps to make it easier for others to see you.
Driving your vehicle
5-163
Driving your vehicle
· Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly.
· If you believe your brakes may be wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns.
Hydroplaning If the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough, your vehicle may have little or no contact with the road surface and actually ride on the water. The best advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases as the depth of tire tread decreases, refer to "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.
5-164
Driving in Flooded Areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be reduced.
After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
Highway Driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation, as specified. Under-inflation may overheat or damage the tires.
Do not install worn-out or damaged tires, which may reduce traction or adversely affect vehicle handling. This could lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
i Information
Never over-inflate your tires above the maximum inflation pressure, as specified on your tires.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil Driving at higher speeds on the highway consumes more fuel and is less efficient than driving at a slower, more moderate speed. Maintain a moderate speed in order to conserve fuel when driving on the highway. Be sure to check both the engine coolant level and the engine oil before driving.
Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may overheat the engine.
WARNING
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. Make sure all passengers are wearing their seat belts.
WINTER DRIVING
The severe weather conditions of Snow tires
Winter Precautions
winter quickly wear out tires and cause other problems. To minimize winter driving problems, you should
WARNING
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
take the following suggestions:
Snow or Icy Conditions You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.
Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing. Be sure
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration, use engine braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle's handling in all weather conditions. The traction provided by snow tires
to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in chapter 7. Before winter, have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter.
5
roads may cause the vehicle to skid. on dry roads may not be as high as
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires.
Always carry emergency equipment.
your vehicle's original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations.
Some of the items you may want to
carry include, tow straps or chains, a i Information
flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.
Do not install studded tires without first checking local, country and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
Driving your vehicle
5-165
Driving your vehicle
Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary
In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be used during cold weather. See chapter 8 for recommendations. If you aren't sure what weight oil you should use, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system. Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in chapter 7. The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a service station.
Check spark plugs and ignition system
Inspect your spark plugs as described in chapter 7 and replace them if necessary. Also check all ignition wiring and components to be sure they are not cracked, worn or damaged in any way.
Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing, add an approved window washer anti-freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and most auto parts outlets. Do not use engine coolant or other types of antifreeze as these may damage the paint finish.
Do not let your parking brake freeze
Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze, apply it only temporarily while you put the gear selector lever in P and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll. Then release the parking brake.
Do not let ice and snow accumulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen, you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed.
5-166
Don't place foreign objects or materials in the engine compartment
Placement of foreign object or materials which prevent cooling of the engine, in the engine compartment, may cause a failure or combustion. The manufacturer is not responsible for the damage caused by such placement.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an approved de-icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening. If a lock is covered with ice, squirt it with an approved de-icing fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury.
5
Driving your vehicle
5-167
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
Two labels on your driver's door sill show how much weight your vehicle was designed to carry: the Tire and Loading Information Label and the Certification Label. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, from the vehicle's specifications and the Certification Label:
Base Curb Weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo Weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) This is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Certification Label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the Certification Label located on the driver's door sill.
5-168
Tire Loading Information Label
15 inch tire - Type A
17 inch tire - Type A
- Type B
OAE067034N - Type B
OAEPH069032N
16 inch tire
OAE066035N
OAE066036N
The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.
Vehicle capacity weight
385 kg (849 lbs.)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer, the combined weight includes the tongue load.
Seating capacity
Total : 5 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 3 persons)
5
Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver, your vehicle may carry. However, the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants, and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed. Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry.
Driving your vehicle
OAEPH067035
5-169
Driving your vehicle
Towing capacity We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing.
Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load, if your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
Steps for determining correct load limit 1. Locate the statement "The com-
bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's placard. 2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. 3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 635 kg (1400 lbs.) and there will be five 68 kg (150 lb) passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 295 kg (650 lbs.) (635 - 340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.))
5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
WARNING
Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit, including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry. Overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle. If the GVWR or the GAWR is exceeded, parts on the vehicle can break, and it can change the handling of your vehicle. These could cause you to lose control and result in an accident.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
5-170
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3
+
Maximum Load (635 kg)
(1400 lbs.)
Passenger Weight (68 kg × 2 = 136 kg) (150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)
Cargo Weight (499 kg)
(1100 lbs.)
+
Maximum Load (635 kg)
(1400 lbs.)
Passenger Weight (68 kg × 5 = 340 kg) (150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)
5
Cargo Weight (295 kg) (650 lbs.)
+
Maximum Load (635 kg)
(1400 lbs.)
Passenger Weight (78 kg × 5 = 390 kg) (172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)
Cargo Weight (245 kg) (540 lbs.)
5-171
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
Certification label
The certification label is located on the driver's door sill at the center pillar and shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
The total weight of the vehicle, including all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle. Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline.
WARNING
Overloading
· Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight. Exceeding these ratings can affect your vehicle's handling and braking ability, and cause an accident.
· Do not overload your vehicle. Overloading your vehicle can cause heat buildup in your vehicle's tires and possible tire failure, increased stopping distances and poor vehicle handling-all of which may result in a crash.
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.
WARNING
If you carry items inside your vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools, packages, or anything else), they are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger. · Put items in the cargo area of
your vehicle. Try to spread the weight evenly. · Do not stack items, like suitcases, inside the vehicle above the tops of the seats. · Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle. · When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure it.
5-172
TRAILER TOWING
We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing.
5
5-173
Driving your vehicle
What to do in an emergency
Hazard warning flasher .......................................6-2 If you have a flat tire ........................................6-20
In case of an emergency while driving .............6-2 If the Engine Stalls While Driving .................................6-2 If the Vehicle Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing .......6-2
With Spare Tire................................................................6-20 With Tire Mobility Kit (TMK)- Type A .......................6-25 With Tire Mobility Kit (TMK)- Type B .......................6-33
If You Have a Flat Tire While Driving ..........................6-3
Towing ...................................................................6-40
If the vehicle will not start ..................................6-3
If the 12 volt battery is discharged ....................6-5 Before Jump Starting .......................................................6-5 Jump Starting......................................................................6-6
Towing Service.................................................................6-40 Removable Towing Hook ...............................................6-41 Emergency Towing ........................................................6-42
If An Accident Occurs .........................................6-44
If the 12 volt battery is discharged
(plug-in hybrid vehicle) ........................................6-9
Jump Starting......................................................................6-9
If the engine overheats ......................................6-12
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).......6-14
Check Tire Pressure .......................................................6-14
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...............................6-15
6
Low Tire Pressure Telltale ............................................6-16
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position
Indicator.............................................................................6-16
TPMS Malfunction Indicator ........................................6-17
Changing a Tire with TPMS..........................................6-18
What to do in an emergency
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
OAEPH048016
The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway.
To turn the hazard warning flasher on or off, press the hazard warning flasher button both the left and right. The button is located in the center fascia panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously.
· The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
· The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on.
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
If the Engine Stalls While Driving
· Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
· Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
· Try to start the hybrid system again. If your vehicle will not start, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance.
If the Vehicle Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing
If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or crossing, if safe to do so, move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe location.
6-2
IF THE VEHICLE WILL NOT START
What to do in an emergency
If You Have a Flat Tire While
Hybrid vehicle
NOTICE
Driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving: · Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow
· Be sure the shift lever is in P (Park). The vehicle starts only when the shift lever is in P (Park).
· This vehicle does not have a regu-
Push or pull starting the vehicle may cause the catalytic converter to overload which can lead to damage to the emission control
down while driving straight ahead. Do not apply the brakes immedi-
lar 12V battery that needs periodic system. replacement. It is lithium ion poly-
ately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
mer type integrated into the HEV high voltage battery. The vehicle · Check the fuel level and add fuel if has a 12V battery protection sys- necessary.
When the vehicle has slowed to tem that cuts 12V battery from If the vehicle still does not start, have
such a speed that it is safe to do vehicle draw to prevent full dis- your vehicle checked by an author-
so, brake carefully and pull off the charge. If vehicle will not start, first ized HYUNDAI dealer.
road. Drive off the road as far as try pressing the 12V Battery Reset
possible and park on firm, level ground. If you are on a divided
switch (left side of the steering wheel near the fuel door open
highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes.
switch) to reconnect the 12V battery, but you must start vehicle
6
· When the vehicle is stopped, press within 15 seconds of pressing the
the hazard warning flasher button, 12V Battery Reset switch. After
move the shift lever into P (Park), starting vehicle, operate the vehi-
and apply the parking brake, and cle safely outdoors in ready mode
place the ignition switch in the stopped and/or drive it for 30 min-
LOCK/OFF position.
utes total to charge the 12V battery
· Have all passengers get out of the fully.
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away
from traffic.
· When changing a flat tire, follow the instructions provided later in this chapter.
6-3
What to do in an emergency
Plug-in hybrid vehicle
· Be sure the shift lever is in P (Park). The engine starts only when the shift lever is in P (Park).
· Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight.
· Turn on the interior light. If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is drained.
Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. This could cause damage to your vehicle. See instructions for "Jump Starting" provided in this chapter.
· Check the fuel level and add fuel if necessary.
If the engine still does not start, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
Push or pull starting the vehicle may cause the catalytic converter to overload which can lead to damage to the emission control system.
6-4
What to do in an emergency
IF THE 12 VOLT BATTERY IS DISCHARGED
Before Jump Starting
This vehicle does not have a regular 12V battery that needs periodic replacement. It is lithium ion polymer type integrated into the HEV high voltage battery. The vehicle has a 12V battery protection system that cuts 12V battery from vehicle draw to prevent full discharge.
Using the 12V Battery Reset Switch
If you do not start the vehicle immediately after pressing the 12V Battery Reset switch, the power of 12V battery is automatically disconnected after few seconds to save the 12V battery from additional discharge. If the 12V battery is disconnected prior
to starting the vehicle, press the 12V Battery Reset switch again and then immediately start the vehicle as explained.
Repeated use of the 12V Battery
Reset switch without a sufficient
engine ON cycle (30 Min+) may
OAEPH049037L cause over discharge of the 12V bat-
1. Press the 12V Battery Reset tery, which will prevent the vehicle
switch to reconnect the 12V bat- from starting. If the 12V battery is
tery.
over discharged to a point that the
6
2. Start the vehicle within 15 sec- reset does not work, try to jump-start
onds of pressing the 12V Battery the vehicle.
Reset switch.
3. After starting the vehicle ( indicator on), operate the vehicle safely outdoors in ready mode stopped and/or drive it for 30 minutes total to charge the 12V battery fully.
i Information
After starting the vehicle ( indicator on), the 12V battery is being charged whether the engine is running or not. Although there is no enginesound, it is unnecessary to depress the accelerator pedal.
6-5
What to do in an emergency
The following items may need to be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected. See chapter 3 or 4 for:
· Power Windows
· Trip Computer
· Climate Control System
· Clock
· Audio System
· Sunroof
· Driver Position Memory System
NOTICE
External power source using 12V battery
The use of external power accessories may reduce performance and function of the vehicle. Especially, the use of dash cameras may shut off the power of the vehicle prior to the dash camera's automatic shut-down.
If the power of the vehicle is shut off, start the vehicle as explained. (refer to "Using the 12V Battery Switch")
Jump Starting
In the event vehicle still does not have a functional 12V battery (check if interior lights will not turn on) then you can try a jump start to the engine compartment jumper terminals using a 12V booster pack or jumper cables from another vehicle's 12V battery according to the following instructions.
CAUTION
Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Follow the jump starting procedure in this section to avoid serious injury or damage to your vehicle. If in doubt about how to properly jump start your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have a service technician or towing service do it for you.
1. Position the vehicles close enough that the jumper cables will reach, but do not allow the vehicles to touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the engine compartment at all times, even when the vehicles are turned off.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such as radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park) and set the parking brake. Turn both vehicles OFF.
6-6
What to do in an emergency
7. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery or jumper terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections.
OAEPH069004L
4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one jumper cable to the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
5. Connect the other end of the jumper cable to the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2).
6. Connect the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) battery/ chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).
OAEPH049037L
8. Press the 12V Battery Reset switch.
9. Start the engine of the assisting
vehicle and let it run for a few min-
utes.
6
10. Start your vehicle as soon as
possible. After starting vehicle
( indicator on), operate the
vehicle safely outdoors in ready
mode stopped and/or drive it for
30 minutes total to charge the
12V battery fully.
6-7
What to do in an emergency
If your vehicle will not start after a few attempts, it probably requires servicing. In this event please seek qualified assistance. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact reverse order you connected them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper cable from the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
i Information
The voltage range of the charger should be 13.3~14V and its current range should be less than 60A. (13.8V is recommended).
CAUTION
· The use of an improper charger with a voltage and current range higher than specified may cause overheating and damage to the 12V battery.
· The use of an incorrect charger will lead to a power shut-off to save the 12V battery. Stop using the incorrect charger once the power of the vehicle is shut off.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the Pb environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle: · Only use a 12-volt power supply
(battery or jumper system) to jump start your vehicle. · Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle by push-starting.
6-8
What to do in an emergency
IF THE 12 VOLT BATTERY IS DISCHARGED (PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE)
Jump Starting
Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Follow the jump starting procedure in this section to avoid serious injury or damage to your vehicle. If in doubt about how to properly jump start your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have a service technician or towing service do it for you.
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery:
Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery.
(Continued)
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid
Wear eye protection
gets on your skin, thoroughly
designed to protect the
wash the area. If you feel pain or
eyes from acid splashes.
a burning sensation, get med-
Keep all flames, sparks,
ical attention immediately.
or smoking materials
· When lifting a plastic-cased
away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignit-
battery, excessive pressure
on the case may cause battery
6
acid to leak. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
ed.
· Do not attempt to jump start
Keep batteries out of reach of children.
your vehicle if your battery is frozen.
(Continued)
(Continued)
6-9
What to do in an emergency
(Continued)
· NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicle's battery cables are connected to the battery.
· The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. NEVER touch these components with the engine running or when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle: · Only use a 12-volt power supply
(battery or jumper system) to jump start your vehicle. · Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle by push-starting.
Jump starting procedure
1. Position the vehicles close enough that the jumper cables will reach, but do not allow the vehicles to touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the engine compartment at all times, even when the vehicles are turned off.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such as radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park) and set the parking brake. Turn both vehicles OFF.
i Information
Your vehicle has a battery in the luggage compartment, but when you jump start your vehicle, use the jumper terminal in the engine compartment.
6-10
What to do in an emergency
7. Connect the other end of the sec- Disconnect the jumper cables in the
ond jumper cable to the black, exact reverse order you connected
negative (-) chassis ground of them:
your vehicle (4).
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from
Do not allow the jumper cables to the black, negative (-) chassis
contact anything except the cor- ground of your vehicle (4).
rect battery or jumper terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).
8. Start the engine of the assisting 3. Disconnect the second jumper
OAEPH069004L
vehicle and let it run at approxi-
cable from the red, positive (+)
4. Connect the jumper cables in the
mately 2,000 rpm for a few min-
battery/jumper terminal of the
exact sequence shown in the illus-
utes. Then start your vehicle.
assisting vehicle (2).
tration. First connect one jumper cable to the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
If your vehicle will not start after a few attempts, it probably requires servicing. In this event please seek qualified assistance. If the cause of
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
6
5. Connect the other end of the your battery discharging is not
jumper cable to the red, positive apparent, have your vehicle checked
(+) battery/jumper terminal of the by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
assisting vehicle (2).
6. Connect the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) battery/ chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).
6-11
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your engine coolant temperature gauge indicates overheating, you experience a loss of power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, the engine may be overheating. If this happens, you should:
1. Turn ON the hazard warning flasher, pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift lever in P (Park) and set the parking brake.
3. Make sure that there is no hot steam gushing out of the engine compartment. When it is safe to do so, open the engine compartment, and check the water-pump connector. When the water-pump connector is disconnected, stop the engine, re-connect the waterpump connector, and then re-start the engine.
4. Set the temperature and the air flow to the maximum, and turn ON the air conditioner.
5. When the Service warning light ( ) illuminates on the instrument cluster, immediately stop the engine, and contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. When the engine warning light ( ) illuminates, or when the coolant or hot steams gush out of the engine compartment, leave the engine compartment opened, while running the engine. This is to ventilate the engine compartment and to cool down the engine.
6. Check the coolant temperature gauge on the instrument cluster to make sure the coolant temperature is sufficiently cooled down. Check the coolant level. When it is insufficient, check its connection with the radiator, the heater hose, and the water pump for any leakage. When there is no leakage, add the coolant. However, if the problems persists, such as the illumination of the warning lights, leakages, or the cooling-fan malfunction, which may overheat the engine, immediately stop the engine, and have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
The electric motor for the cooling fan may continue to operate or start up when the engine is not running and can cause serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the rotating fan blades of the cooling fan.
6-12
WARNING
Your vehicle is
equipped with a pres-
surized
coolant
reserve tank. NEVER
remove the coolant
reserve tank cap or the radiator
drain plug while the engine and
radiator are HOT. Hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure, causing serious
injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until the engine cools down. Use extreme care when removing the coolant reserve tank cap. Wrap a towel or thick rag around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to release some of the pressure from the system. Step back while the pressure is released.
When you are sure all the pressure has been released, continue turning the cap counterclockwise to remove it.
7. If you cannot find the cause of the overheating, wait until the engine temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark.
8. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again, call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
CAUTION
Serious loss of coolant indicates a leak in the cooling system and should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6
6-13
What to do in an emergency
What to do in an emergency
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) Check Tire Pressure
OAEPH068006
· The displayed tire pressure values may differ from those measured with a tire pressure gauge.
· You can change the tire pressure unit in the User Settings mode on the cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the "User Settings Mode" section in chapter 3).
OAEPH059643L
(1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMS Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(2) Low Tire Pressure / Tire Pressure Monitor / TPMS Malfunction Display (shown on the cluster LCD display)
OAEPH049650L
· You can check the tire pressure in the Information Mode (for cluster type A) or Assist Mode ( ) on the cluster.
to the "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.
· Tire pressure is displayed after a few minutes of driving after initial engine start up.
· If tire pressure is not displayed when the vehicle is stopped, "Drive to display" message will appear. After driving, check the tire pressure.
6-14
What to do in an emergency
Tire Pressure Monitoring
As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been equipped
System
vehicle has been equipped with a tire with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
pressure monitoring system (TPMS) indicate when the system is not
WARNING
that illuminates a low tire pressure operating properly. telltale when one or more of your The TPMS malfunction indicator is
Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the
combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is
when cold and inflated to the inflation Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi- illuminated, the system may not be
pressure recommended by the vehi- ciency and tire tread life, and may able to detect or signal low tire pres-
cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac- affect the vehicle's handling and sure as intended. TPMS malfunc-
ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If stopping ability.
tions may occur for a variety of rea-
6
your vehicle has tires of a different Please note that the TPMS is not a sons, including the installation of
size than the size indicated on the substitute for proper tire mainte- replacement or alternate tires or
vehicle placard or tire inflation pres- nance, and it is the driver's responsi- wheels on the vehicle that prevent
sure label, you should determine the bility to maintain correct tire pres- the TPMS from functioning properly.
proper tire inflation pressure for sure, even if under-inflation has not Always check the TPMS malfunction
those tires.)
reached the level to trigger illumina- telltale after replacing one or more
tion of the TPMS low tire pressure tires or wheels on your vehicle to
telltale.
ensure that the replacement or alter-
nate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function proper-
ly.
6-15
What to do in an emergency
Always check the TPMS malfunction LCD display after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.
NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
1. The Low Tire Pressure TPMS Malfunction Indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the Engine Start/Stop button is placed to the ON position or the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.
2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute.
3. The Low Tire Pressure LCD display remains illuminated
Low Tire Pressure Telltale
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position Indicator
OAEPH059643L
When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illuminated and the warning message is displayed on the cluster LCD display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. The LCD position indicator will indicate which tire is significantly under-inflated by illuminating the corresponding position light.
If any of your tire pressures are indicated as being low, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering, and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle's placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver's side center pillar outer panel.
If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air, replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire.
The Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator will remain on and the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may blink for one minute and then remain illuminated until you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
NOTICE
The spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure sensor.
6-16
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
During winter or cold weather, the TPMS indicator may illuminate if the tire pressures were set when the outside temperature was warm. As the outside air becomes colder, the pressure in the tires will decrease. Similarly, if the outside air becomes warmer, the pressure in the tires will increase. As you drive your vehicle, the temperature of the tires will heat up, therefore the tire pressures will increase. Check and adjust your tire pressures regularly before driving to make sure your vehicle is operating at the correct pressures as designed.
WARNING
TPMS Malfunction Indicator
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking distances.
Continued driving on low pressure tires can cause the tires to overheat and fail.
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System.
Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the
TPMS, the individual tire pres-
sures in the cluster LCD display
will not be available. Have the system checked by an authorized
6
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-
ble.
6-17
What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is near electric power supply cables or radio transmitters such as police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airports, transmitting towers, etc.
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate if snow chains are used or electronic devices such as computers, chargers, remote starters, navigation, etc. This may interfere with normal operation of the TPMS.
Changing a Tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Pressure and LCD position indicator will come on. Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tire.
NOTICE
Never use a puncture-repairing agent not approved by HYUNDAI dealer to repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire. Tire sealant not approved by HYUNDAI dealer may damage the tire pressure sensor.
The spare tire does not come with a tire pressure monitoring sensor. When the low pressure tire or the flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator will remain on. Also, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is driven at speed above 15.5 mph (25 km/h) for approximately 20 minutes.
Once the original tire equipped with a tire pressure monitoring sensor is reinflated to the recommended pressure and reinstalled on the vehicle, the Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator and TPMS Malfunction Indicator will go off within a few minutes of driving.
If the indicators do not disappear after a few minutes, please visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem (except for the spare tire). You must use TPMS specific wheels. It is recommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6-18
WARNING
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may interfere with the system's ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle.
i Information
This device complies with Industry Canada RSS-210 standard.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
6
6-19
What to do in an emergency
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE With Spare Tire (if equipped)
WARNING
Changing a tire can be dangerous. Follow the instructions in this section when changing a tire to reduce the risk of serious injury or death.
Jack and tools
CAUTION
Be careful as you use the jack handle to stay clear of the flat end. The flat end has sharp edges that could cause cuts.
Jack handle Jack Wheel lug nut wrench
OAD065027
The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment under the luggage box cover.
The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only.
OAD065026
Turn the winged hold down bolt counterclockwise to remove the spare tire.
Store the spare tire in the same compartment by turning the winged hold down bolt clockwise.
To prevent the spare tire and tools from "rattling", store them in their proper location.
6-20
What to do in an emergency
Changing tires
(Continued)
WARNING
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack causing serious injury or death to you or those nearby. Take the following safety precautions:
· Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack.
· Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack.
· Keep children away from the
· Never place any portion of
road and the vehicle.
your body under a vehicle that
OLF064005
If it is hard to loosen the tire holddown wing bolt by hand, you can loosen it easily using the jack handle.
is supported by a jack.
· NEVER attempt to change a tire in the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the vehicle
Follow these steps to change your vehicle's tire:
1. Park on a level, firm surface.
1. Put the jack handle (1) inside of
completely off the road on 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park),
the tire hold-down wing bolt.
2. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt counterclockwise with the jack handle.
level, firm ground away from traffic before trying to change
apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/
6
a tire. If you cannot find a level,
OFF position.
firm place off the road, call a 3. Press the hazard warning flasher
towing service for assistance.
button.
· Be sure to use the jack provided with the vehicle.
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, jack, jack handle, and spare tire
· ALWAYS place the jack on the
from the vehicle.
designated jacking positions on the vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jacking sup-
5. Block both the front and rear of the tire diagonally opposite of the tire you are changing.
port.
(Continued)
6-21
What to do in an emergency
Front
Rear
Block
OAEPH069010L
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each in the order shown above, but do not remove any lug nuts until the tire has been raised off of the ground.
OAEPH069011L
7. Place the jack at the designated jacking position under the frame closest to the tire you are changing. The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two notches. Never jack at any other position or part of the vehicle. Doing so may damage the side seal molding or other parts of the vehicle.
OAEPH069012L
8. Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle until the tire clears the ground. Make sure the vehicle is stable on the jack.
6-22
What to do in an emergency
11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fingers onto the studs with the smaller end of the lug nuts closest to the wheel.
Rear
12. Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the jack handle counterclockwise.
13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to
tighten the lug nuts in the order
shown. Double-check each lug
nut until they are tight. After
OAEPH069013L
changing tires, have an author-
OLF064013
9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel
ized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the If you have a tire gauge, check the
lug nut wrench and remove them
lug nuts to their proper torque as tire pressure (see "Tires and
with your fingers. Remove the
soon as possible. The wheel lug Wheels" in chapter 8 for tire pressure
wheel from the studs and lay it flat
nut should be tightened to instructions.). If the pressure is lower
on the ground out of the way. Remove any dirt or debris from
11~13 kgf·m (79~94 lbf·ft).
or higher than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest service station
6
the studs, mounting surfaces, and
and adjust it to the recommended
wheel.
pressure. Always reinstall the valve
10. Install the spare tire onto the studs of the hub.
cap after checking or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap is not replaced, air may leak from the tire. If you lose
a valve cap, buy another and install it
as soon as possible. After changing
tires, secure the flat tire and return
the jack and tools to their proper stor-
age locations.
6-23
What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
Check the tire pressure as soon as possible after installing a spare tire. Adjust it to the recommended pressure.
CAUTION
Your vehicle has metric threads on the studs and lug nuts. Make certain during tire changing that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled. If you have to replace your lug nuts make sure they have metric threads to avoid damaging the studs and ensure the wheel is properly secured to the hub. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
If any of the equipment such as the jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equipment is damaged or in poor condition, do not attempt to change the tire and call for assistance.
Use of compact spare tires (if equipped)
Compact spare tires are designed for emergency use only. Drive carefully on the compact spare tire and always follow the safety precautions.
WARNING
To prevent compact spare tire failure and loss of control possibly resulting in an accident:
· Use the compact spare tire only in an emergency.
· NEVER operate your vehicle over 80 km/h (50 mph).
· Do not exceed the vehicle's maximum load rating or the load carrying capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire.
· Do not use the compact spare tire continuously. Repair or replace the original tire as soon as possible to avoid failure of the compact spare tire.
When driving with the compact spare tire mounted to your vehicle:
· Check the tire pressure after installing the compact spare tire. The compact spare tire should be inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi).
· Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the compact spare tire is installed.
· Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle.
· The compact spare tire's tread life is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size and design, mounted on the same wheel.
· Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time.
6-24
What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
When the original tire and wheel are repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle, the lug nut torque must be
CAUTION
To prevent damaging the compact spare tire and your vehicle:
With Tire Mobility Kit (TMK) - Type A
set correctly. The correct lug nut tightening torque is 11~13 kgf·m (79~94 lbf·ft).
· Drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards, such as a potholes or debris.
· Avoid driving over obstacles. The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 25 mm (1 inch).
OAE066037N
· Do not use the compact spare For safe operation, carefully read
tire on any other wheels, nor should standard tires, snow
and follow the instructions in this manual before use.
6
tires, wheel covers or trim rings be used with the com-
(1) Compressor
pact spare wheel.
(2) Sealant bottle
6-25
What to do in an emergency
The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
CAUTION
One sealant bottle for one tire
When two or more tires are flat, do not use the tire mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is only used for one flat tire.
WARNING
Tire wall
Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to repair punctures in the tire walls. This can result in an accident due to tire failure.
WARNING
Temporary fix
Have your tire repaired as soon as possible. The tire may lose air pressure at any time after inflating with the Tire Mobility Kit.
Introduction
With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture.
The compressor and sealing compound system effectively and comfortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire.
After you ensure that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire (distance up to 200 km (120 miles)) at a max. speed of (80 km/h (50 mph)) in order to reach a service station or tire dealer for the tire replacement.
It is possible that some tires, especially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewall, cannot be sealed completely.
Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance.
For this reason, you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers, especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use.
6-26
What to do in an emergency
The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed · When the tire and wheel are dam- · Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if
or intended as a permanent tire aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit the ambient temperature is below
repair method and is to be used for for your safety.
-30°C (-22°F) or over 70°C
one tire only.
· Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not (158°F).
This instruction shows you step by be effective for tire damage larger · In case of skin contact with the-
step how to temporarily seal the than approximately 4 mm (0.15 sealant, wash the area thoroughly-
puncture simply and reliably.
inch).
with plenty of water.If the irritation-
Read the section "Notes on the safe Please contact the nearest persists, seek medical attention.
use of the Tire Mobility Kit".
HYUNDAI dealership if the tire · In case of eye contact with the
cannot be made roadworthy with sealant,flush your eyes for at least
Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit
· Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic.
· To be sure your vehicle will not move, even when you're on fairly level ground, always set your parking brake.
· Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing/inflation passenger car tires. Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire
the Tire Mobility Kit.
· Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pressure.
· Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire.
· Provided the car is outdoors, leave the engine running. Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery.
· Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used.
15 minutes.If the irritation persists, seekmedical attention.
· In case of swallowing the sealant,rinse the mouth and drink plenty ofwater. However, never give anythingto an unconscious person and seekmedical attention immediately.
· Long time exposure to the sealantmay cause damage to bodily tissuesuch as kidney, etc.
6
can be sealed using the tire mobil- · Do not leave the compressor run-
ity kit.
ning for more than 10 minutes at a
· Do not use on motorcycles, bicy- time or it may overheat.
cles or any other type of tires.
6-27
What to do in an emergency Components of the Tire Mobility Kit
6-28
1. Speed restriction label 2. Sealant bottle and label with
speed restriction 3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to
wheel 4. Connectors and cable for power
outlet direct connection 5. Holder for the sealant bottle 6. Compressor 7. ON/OFF switch 8. Pressure gauge for displaying the
tire inflation pressure 9. Button for reducing tire inflation
pressure
OAE067039
What to do in an emergency
Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing.
Using the Tire Mobility Kit
CAUTION
1. Shake the sealant bottle (2).
Strictly follow the specified sequence, otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure.
WARNING
Do not use the tire sealant after the sealant has expired (i.e. past the expiration date on the sealant container). This can increase the risk of tire failure.
WARNING
· Keep out of reach of children. · Avoid contact with eyes. · Do not swallow.
OAEPH067041L
OAEPH068014 2. Screw the filling hose (3) onto the
Detach the speed restriction
connector of the sealant bottle (2).
label (1) from the sealant bottle (2), and place it in a highly visi-
3. Insert the sealant bottle into the housing of the compressor (5) so
6
ble place inside the vehicle
that the bottle is upright.
such as on the steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast.
4. Ensure that the button (9) on the compressor is not pressed.
6-29
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
Securely install the sealant filling hose to the valve. If not, sealant may flow backward, possibly clogging the filling hose.
OAEPH069017L
5. Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw the filling hose (3) of the sealant bottle onto the valve.
6. Ensure that the compressor is switched OFF.
OAEPH068027
OAEPH069016L
7. Plug the compressor power cord (4) into the vehicle power outlet.
8. With the vehicle ON ( indicator ON), switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 5~7 minutes to fill the sealant up to proper pressure. (refer to the Tire and Wheels, chapter 8). The inflation pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant and will be checked/corrected later.
Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it.
6-30
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 200 kpa (29 psi). This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure.
Checking the tire inflation pressure
1. After driving approximately 7~10 km (4~6 miles or about 10 minutes), stop at a safe location.
9. Switch off the compressor.
10. Detach the hoses from the
sealant bottle connector and
OLMF064106
from the tire valve.
Distributing the sealant
Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor- 11. Immediately drive approximately
age location in the vehicle.
7~10 km (4~6 miles or about 10
minutes) to evenly distribute the
WARNING
sealant in the tire.
OAEPH067041
6
Do not the filling leave your vehicle running in a poorly ven-
Do not exceed a speed of 80 km/h (50 mph). If possible, do not fall below a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph).
2. Connect the filling hose (3) directly into the compressor.
tilated area for extended peri- While driving, if you experience any
ods of time. Carbon monoxide unusual vibration, ride disturbance or
poisoning and suffocation can noise, reduce your speed and drive
occur.
with caution until you can safely pull
off of the side of the road.
6-31
What to do in an emergency
OAEPH069017L
3. Connect the other end of the filling hose (3) directly into the tire valve.
4. Plug the compressor power cord (4) into the vehicle power outlet.
5. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recommended tire inflation.
With the ignition switched on, proceed as follows.
- To increase the inflation pressure:
Switch on the compressor. To check the current inflation pressure setting, briefly switch off the compressor.
- To reduce the inflation pressure:
Press the button (9) on the compressor.
i Information
The pressure gauge may show higher than actual reading when the compressor is running. To get an accurate tire pressure, the compressor needs to be turned off.
CAUTION
When you use the Tire Mobility Kit including sealant not approved by HYUNDAI, the tire pressure sensors may be damaged by sealant. The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors at an authorized dealer.
WARNING
The tire inflation pressure must be at least 220 kPa (32 psi). If it is not, do not continue driving. Call for road side service or towing.
i Information
When reinstalling the repaired or replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle, tighten the wheel lug nut to 11~13 kgf·m (79~94 lbf·ft).
6-32
What to do in an emergency
With Tire Mobility Kit (TMK) - Type B
The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
CAUTION
One sealant bottle for one tire
When two or more tires are flat, do not use the tire mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is only used for one flat tire.
WARNING
Temporary fix
Have your tire repaired as soon as possible. The tire may lose air pressure at any time after inflating with the Tire Mobility Kit.
OAEPH067008
For safe operation, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use.
(1) Compressor
WARNING
Tire wall
6
(2) Sealant bottle
Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to repair punctures in the tire
walls. This can result in an acci-
dent due to tire failure.
6-33
What to do in an emergency
Introduction
With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture.
The compressor and sealing compound system effectively and comfortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire.
After you ensure that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire (distance up to 200 km (120 miles)) at a max. speed of (80 km/h (50 mph)) in order to reach a service station or tire dealer for the tire replacement.
It is possible that some tires, especially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewall, cannot be sealed completely.
Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance.
For this reason, you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers, especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use.
The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only.
This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably.
Read the section "Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit".
Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit
· Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic.
· To be sure your vehicle will not move, even when you're on fairly level ground, always set your parking brake.
· Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing/inflation passenger car tires. Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the tire mobility kit.
· Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles or any other type of tires.
· When the tire and wheel are damaged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety.
· Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 4 mm (0.15 inch).
Please contact the nearest HYUNDAI dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit.
· Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pressure.
· Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire.
· Provided the car is outdoors, leave the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode. Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery.
· Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used.
· Do not leave the compressor running for more than 10 minutes at a time or it may overheat.
6-34
· Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below -30°C (-22°F) or over 70°C (158°F).
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit
What to do in an emergency
· In case of skin contact with thesealant, wash the area thoroughlywith plenty of water.If the irritationpersists, seek medical attention.
· In case of eye contact with the sealant,flush your eyes for at least 15 minutes.If the irritation persists, seekmedical attention.
· In case of swallowing the
sealant,rinse the mouth and drink
plenty ofwater.However, never give
anythingto an unconscious person
and seekmedical attention immediately.
6
· Long time exposure to the sealantmay cause damage to bodily tissuesuch as kidney, etc.
ODE067044
1. Speed restriction label
2. Sealant bottle and label with speed restriction
3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel
4. Connectors and cable for power outlet direct connection
5. Holder for the sealant bottle
6. Compressor
7. ON/OFF switch
8. Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure
9. Button for reducing tire inflation pressure 6-35
What to do in an emergency
Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing.
Using the Tire Mobility Kit
CAUTION
Strictly follow the specified sequence, otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure.
WARNING
Do not use the tire sealant after the sealant has expired (i.e. past the expiration date on the sealant container). This can increase the risk of tire failure.
WARNING
· Keep out of reach of children. · Avoid contact with eyes. · Do not swallow.
OAEPH068003
Detach the speed restriction label (1) from the sealant bottle (2), and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast.
1. Shake the sealant bottle (2).
OIGH067042
2. Connect the filling hose (3) to the sealant bottle (2) in the direction of (A) and connect the sealant bottle to the compressor (5) in the direction of (B).
3. Ensure that the compressor is switched OFF.
6-36
NOTICE
Securely install the sealant filling hose to the valve. If not, sealant may flow backward, possibly clogging the filling hose.
What to do in an emergency
OAE068040
4. Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw the filling hose (3) of the sealant bottle onto the valve.
OAEPH069016L
5. Plug the compressor power cord (4) into the vehicle power outlet.
6. With the vehicle ON ( indica-
tor ON), switch on the compressor
OAEPH068027
and let it run for approximately 5~7 minutes to fill the sealant up
6
to proper pressure. (refer to the
Tire and Wheels, chapter 8). The
inflation pressure of the tire after
filling is unimportant and will be
checked/corrected later.
Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it.
6-37
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 200 kpa (29 psi). This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure.
Checking the tire inflation pressure
1. After driving approximately 7~10 km (4~6 miles or about 10 minutes), stop at a safe location.
7. Switch off the compressor. 8. Detach the hoses from the sealant
bottle connector and from the tire valve. Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its storage location in the vehicle.
WARNING
Do not the filling leave your vehicle running in a poorly ventilated area for extended periods of time. Carbon monoxide poisoning and suffocation can occur.
OLMF064106
Distributing the sealant
9. Immediately drive approximately 7~10 km (4~6 miles or about 10 minutes) to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire.
Do not exceed a speed of 80 km/h (50 mph). If possible, do not fall below a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph).
While driving, if you experience any unusual vibration, ride disturbance or noise, reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road.
OAEPH067042
2. Connect the filling hose (3) directly into the compressor.
6-38
What to do in an emergency
5. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recommended tire inflation.
CAUTION
With the ignition switched on, proceed as follows.
- To increase the inflation pressure:
When you use the Tire Mobility Kit including sealant not approved by HYUNDAI, the tire pressure sensors may be damaged by sealant.
Switch on the compressor. To The sealant on the tire pressure
check the current inflation pres- sensor and wheel should be
sure setting, briefly switch off the removed when you replace the
compressor.
tire with a new one and inspect
OAE068040
3. Connect the other end of the filling
- To reduce the inflation pressure:
the tire pressure sensors at an authorized dealer.
hose (3) directly into the tire valve.
Press the button (9) on the com-
4. Plug the compressor power cord
pressor.
WARNING
(4) into the vehicle power outlet.
i Information
The tire inflation pressure must
6
The pressure gauge may show higher be at least 220 kPa (32 psi). If it
than actual reading when the com- is not, do not continue driving.
pressor is running. To get an accurate Call for road side service or
tire pressure, the compressor needs to towing.
be turned off.
i Information
When reinstalling the repaired or replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle, tighten the wheel lug nut to 11~13 kgf·m (79~94 lbf·ft).
6-39
What to do in an emergency
TOWING Towing Service
A
B
Dolly C
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear.
Dolly
OAE066018
If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow-truck service.
Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended.
CAUTION · Do not tow the vehicle with
the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle.
OAEE066016
· Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment.
OAE066019
6-40
What to do in an emergency
When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies :
1. Place the ignition switch in the ACC position.
2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
Removable Towing Hook
Front
CAUTION
Failure to place the transmission shift lever in N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the transmission.
Rear
OAE066021N
1. Open the tailgate, and take the towing hooks out from the tool case.
OAE068022
6
OAE066028N
2. Remove the hole cover by pressing the lower part of the cover on the front or rear bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use.
6-41
What to do in an emergency
Emergency Towing (if equipped)
Front
Rear
OAE068024
OAE066023N
If towing is necessary, we recommend you to have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
If a towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook at the rear of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes.
Towing should be done only on a solid ground for a short distance and at a low speed.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition.
CAUTION
The driver must be in the vehicle for steering and braking operations when the vehicle is being towed. Passengers other than the driver must not be in the vehicle.
Always follow these emergency towing precautions:
· Place the ignition switch in the ACC position so the steering wheel is not locked.
· Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
· Release the parking brake.
· Depress the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced braking performance.
· More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled.
· Use a vehicle heavier than your own to tow your vehicle.
· The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequently.
· Before emergency towing, check that the hook is not broken or damaged.
· Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook.
· Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and even force.
6-42
NOTICE
Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in a slow and gradual manner while maintaining tension on the tow rope or chain to start or drive the vehicle, otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle may be damaged.
OAE066025
· Use a towing cable or chain less than 5 m (16 feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in the middle of the cable or chain for easy visibility.
· Drive carefully so the towing cable or chain remains tight during towing.
· Before towing, check the dual clutch transmission for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If the dual clutch transmission fluid is leaking, flatbed equipment or a towing dolly must be used.
NOTICE
To avoid damage to your vehicle and vehicle components when towing:
· Always pull straight ahead when using the towing hooks. Do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle.
· Do not use the towing hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power.
· The vehicle should be towed at a speed of 25 km/h (15 mph) or less within the distance of 20 km (12 mph).
6
6-43
What to do in an emergency
What to do in an emergency
IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS
WARNING
· For your safety, do not touch high voltage cables, connectors and package modules. High voltage components are orange in color.
· Exposed cables or wires may be visible inside or outside of the vehicle. Never touch the wires or cables, because an electrical shock, an injury, or a death may occur.
· Any gas or electrolyte leakage from your vehicle is not only poisonous but also flammable. Upon witnessing one of those, open the windows, and remain a safe distance from the vehicle out of the road. Immediately contact an authorized Hyundai dealer and advise them that a hybrid vehicle is involved.
· If you need towing, refer to "Towing" in the previous pages.
(Continued)
(Continued) · When the vehicle is severely
damaged, remain a safe distance of 15 meter (50 feet) or more between your vehicle and other vehicles/flammables.
WARNING
If a fire occurs :
Upon witnessing any sparks, gases, flames, or fuel leakage of your vehicle, immediately call the fire department or contact an authorized HYNDAI dealer. Also, advise them that a hybrid vehicle is involved.
WARNING
When a submersion in water occurs:
When your vehicle is flooded in water, a high-voltage battery may cause shock or may catch on fire. Thus, turn the hybrid system OFF, take the key in your possession and move to a safe place. Never attempt physical contact with your flooded vehicle. Immediately contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and advise them that a hybrid vehicle is involved.
6-44
Maintenance
Engine Compartment .............................................7-3 Brake Fluid............................................................7-23
Maintenance Services ...........................................7-5
Checking the Brake Fluid Level...................................7-23
Owner's Responsibility.....................................................7-5
Washer Fluid.........................................................7-24
Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-5
Checking the Washer Fluid Level................................7-24
Owner Maintenance ..............................................7-6 Parking Brake .......................................................7-24
How to Disconnect the (-) Cable for
Checking the Parking Brake.........................................7-24
Regular Maintenance (Hybrid vehicle) ........................7-7 Owner Maintenance Schedule .......................................7-7
Air Cleaner ............................................................7-25 Filter Replacement..........................................................7-25
Scheduled Maintenance Services........................7-8 Normal Maintenance Schedule ......................................7-9 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions ........7-13 Severe driving conditions..............................................7-14
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items ......................................................................7-15
Engine Oil ..............................................................7-17 Checking the Engine Oil Level .....................................7-17 Checking the Engine Oil and Filter.............................7-18
Climate Control Air Filter ....................................7-27 Filter Inspection...............................................................7-27
Wiper Blades.........................................................7-29 Blade Inspection ..............................................................7-29 Blade Replacement .........................................................7-29
Battery (12 Volt, Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle)........7-32 For Best Battery Service ..............................................7-33 Battery Recharging ........................................................7-33 Reset Features.................................................................7-34
Engine Coolant/Inverter Coolant.......................7-19
Tires and wheels ..................................................7-35
Checking the Coolant Level..........................................7-19
Tire Care............................................................................7-35
7
Changing Coolant ............................................................7-22
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures...........7-36
Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG) Belt ...........7-22
Check Tire Inflation Pressure ......................................7-37
Checking the Hybrid Starter &
Tire Rotation.....................................................................7-38
Generator (HSG) Belt .....................................................7-22
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ............................7-39
Tire Replacement ............................................................7-39
Maintenance
Wheel Replacement ........................................................7-40
Tire Traction .....................................................................7-40
Tire Maintenance ............................................................7-41
Tire Sidewall Labeling ....................................................7-41
Tire Terminology and Definitions................................7-45
All Season Tires...............................................................7-48
Summer Tires ...................................................................7-48
Snow Tires ........................................................................7-48
Radial-Ply Tires ...............................................................7-48
Low Aspect Ratio Tires..................................................7-49
Fuses......................................................................7-50
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement..........................7-51
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement.......7-52
Fuse/Relay Panel Description......................................7-54
Light Bulbs ............................................................7-56
Headlamp, Parking Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp
and Side Marker..............................................................7-56
Daytime Running Light (DRL).......................................7-61
7
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement ..............................7-61 Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement ..............7-61
High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement....................7-64
License Plate Light Bulb Replacement ......................7-65
Interior Light Bulb Replacement .................................7-65
Appearance Care..................................................7-67 Exterior Care ....................................................................7-67 Interior Care .....................................................................7-73
Emission Control System ....................................7-76 Crankcase Emission Control System ..........................7-76 Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)............7-76 Exhaust Emission Control System ..............................7-77
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Hybrid vehicle
1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine coolant cap 3. Inverter coolant reservoir 4. Brake fluid reservoir 5. Air cleaner 6. Engine oil dipstick 7. Engine oil filler cap 8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 9. Fuse box
7
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OAE078001
7-3
Maintenance
Plug-in hybrid vehicle
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine coolant cap 3. Inverter coolant reservoir 4. Brake fluid reservoir 5. Air cleaner 6. Engine oil dipstick 7. Engine oil filler cap 8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 9. Fuse box
OAEPH078001
7-4
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.
We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI's high service quality
Detailed warranty information is provided in your Service Passport. Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered.
Owner Maintenance Precautions
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Service Passport provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any service or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
standards and receives technical Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-
support from HYUNDAI in order to cient servicing may result in opera-
provide you with a high level of serv- tional problems with your vehicle that
ice satisfaction.
could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or personal injury. This
Owner's Responsibility
chapter provides instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy
Maintenance service and record to perform. Several procedures can
retention are the owner's responsibil- be done only by an authorized
ity.
HYUNDAI dealer with special tools.
You should retain documents that Your vehicle should not be modified
7
show proper maintenance has been in any way. Such modifications may
performed on your vehicle in accor- adversely affect the performance,
dance with the scheduled mainte- safety or durability of your vehicle
nance service charts shown on the and may, in addition, violate condi-
following pages. You need this infor- tions of the limited warranties cover-
mation to establish your compliance ing the vehicle.
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle war-
ranties.
7-5
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
WARNING
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. ALWAYS follow these precautions for performing maintenance work: · Park your vehicle on level
ground, move the shift lever into the P (Park), apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ OFF position.
(Continued)
(Continued)
· Block the tires (front and back) to prevent the vehicle from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jewelry that can become entangled in moving parts.
· If you must run the engine during maintenance, do so out doors or in an area with plenty of ventilation.
· Keep flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery and fuel-related parts.
The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe, dependable operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor, parts and lubricants used.
7-6
Maintenance
How to Disconnect the (-) Cable for Regular Maintenance (Hybrid vehicle)
A
B
Owner Maintenance Schedule
When you stop for fuel:
· Check the engine oil level.
· Check the coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir.
· Check the windshield washer fluid level.
· Check for low or under-inflated tires.
While operating your vehicle:
· Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
· Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice if there is any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.
· Notice if your vehicle constantly
WARNING
turns slightly or "pulls" to one side when traveling on smooth, level
Be careful when checking your
road.
OAE076073N engine coolant/inverter coolant · When stopping, listen and check
When the vehicle is under regular maintenance, make sure to separate the (-) cable before maintenance.
Separate the (-) cable following the below instructions.
level when the engine is hot. This may result in coolant being blown out of the opening and cause serious burns and other injuries.
for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
· If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transmission occurs, check the transmission
7
1. Fold the rear left side seat.
fluid level.
2. Remove the service cover (A) on the luggage trim.
· Check the dual clutch transmission P (Park) function.
3. Separate the (-) cable (B).
· Check the parking brake.
Reassemble in the reverse order.
· Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
7-7
Maintenance
At least monthly:
· Check coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir.
· Check the operation of all exterior lights, including the brake lights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers.
· Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare for tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged.
· Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least twice a year: (i.e., every Spring and Fall)
· Check radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
· Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean wiper blades with a clean cloth dampened with washer fluid.
· Check headlamp alignment.
· Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields and clamps.
· Check the seat belts for wear and function.
At least once a year:
· Clean body and door drain holes.
· Lubricate door hinges and hood hinges.
· Lubricate door and hood locks and latches.
· Lubricate door rubber weather strips.
· Lubricate door checker.
· Check the air conditioning system.
· Inspect and lubricate transmission linkage and controls.
· Clean the battery and terminals.
· Check the brake fluid level.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions.
· Repeated short distance driving.
· Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas.
· Extensive use of brakes.
· Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used.
· Driving on rough or muddy roads.
· Driving in mountainous areas.
· Extended periods of idling or low speed operation.
· Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and/or extremely humid climates.
· More than 50% driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32°C (90°F).
For additional information or assistance see your authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-8
Normal Maintenance Schedule
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance.
Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
R : Replace or change.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
No.
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
Km×1,000
MAINTENANCE
Months
ITEM
1 HSG belts *1
12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120 Inspect every 12,000 km or 12 months Replace every 96,000 km or 48 months
2 Engine oil and filter
Replace every 12,000 km or 12 months
3 Fuel additives *2
Add every 12,000 km or 12 months
4 Air cleaner filter
I I IRI I IRI I IRI I IRI I IR
5 Spark plugs
Replace every 168,000 km or 84 months
6 Rotate tires
Rotate every 12,000 km or 6 months
7
Climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R7
8 Engine clutch actuator fluide
R
R
R
R
R
R
*1 : Inspect HSG belt for evidence of cuts, crocks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary. If drive belt noise occurred, readjust drive belt tension before replace.
*2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
Maintenance
7-9
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT.)
R : Replace or change.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
No.
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
Km×1,000
MAINTENANCE
Months
ITEM
9 Vacuum hose
10 Engine Coolant/Inverter coolant
11 Battery condition 12 All latch, hinges and locks
13
Clutch (if equipped) and brake pedal free play
14 Engine clutch actuator hoses and lines
15
Brake hose/Lines and Connections (including booster)
12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
At first, replace at 192,000 km or 120 months; after that, replace every 48,000 km or 24 months
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7-10
Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT.)
R : Replace or change.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
No.
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
Km×1,000
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Months
16 Front disc brake/pads, calipers
17 Rear brake disc/pads
12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
18
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
19 Drive shafts and boots 20 Suspension mounting bolts
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
21
Cooling system hoses and connections
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
22 Air conditioning refrigerant 23 Exhaust pipe and muffler
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I7
Maintenance
7-11
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT.)
R : Replace or change.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
No.
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
Km×1,000
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Months
24 Dual clutch transmission fluid
25 Fuel tank air filter *3
26 Fuel filter *3
12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel tank, fuel filler cap, canister, vapor 27 hose, fuel line, fuel hoses and connec-
tions of each part
I
I
I
I
I
28 Parking brake 29 Brake fluid
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
*3 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
NOTICE After 120 months or 240,000 km (150,000 miles) continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals.
7-12
Maintenance
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions.
Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace or change.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Maintenance item
Maintenance operation
Maintenance intervals
Driving condition
HSG (Hybrid Starter&Generator) belt
R
Every 48,000 km or 24 months
C, D, E, L
I
Every 6,000 km or 6 months
Engine oil and filter
R
Every 6,000 km or 6 months
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K
Air cleaner filter
R
More frequently
C, E
Spark plugs Dual clutch transmission fluid
R
More frequently
B, H
R
Every 120,000 km
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
7
Front brake disc/pads, calipers Rear brake disc/pads Parking brake
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
I
More frequently
C, D, G, F
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
7-13
Maintenance
Maintenance item
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
Maintenance operation
I
Drive shafts and boots
I
Climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
R
Maintenance intervals More frequently
Every 12,000 km or 6 months More frequently
Driving condition
C, D, E, F, G, H, I C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J C, E
Severe Driving Conditions
A - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km in normal temperature or less than 16 km in freezing temperature
B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
D - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
E - Driving in sandy areas F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 32°C (90°F) G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road H - Towing a trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or
vehicle towing J - Driving over 170 km/h (106 mph) K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
7-14
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Engine Oil and Filter
Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and
Air Cleaner Filter
The engine oil and filter should be Connections
A genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter
changed at the intervals specified in Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and is recommended when the filter is
the maintenance schedule. If the connections for leakage and dam- replaced.
vehicle is being driven in severe con- age. Have an authorized HYUNDAI
ditions, more frequent oil and filter changes are required.
dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately.
Spark Plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs
Fuel Filter
Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler
of the correct heat range.
A clogged-up fuel filter may limit the vehicle driving speed, damage the emission system, and cause the hard starting. When a considerable amount of foreign substances are accumulated in the fuel tank, the fuel filter should be replaced.
Cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Make sure a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced.
Cooling System
Check cooling system components, such as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Replace any damaged parts.
Upon installing a new fuel filter, oper-
ate the engine for several minutes, and check the connections for any leakages. Fuel filters should be
HSG (Hybrid Starter & Generator) Belt
Engine Coolant / Inverter
Coolant
7
installed by an authorized HYUNDAI The HSG belt should be changed at The coolant should be changed at
dealer.
the intervals specified in the mainte- the intervals specified in the mainte-
nance schedule.
nance schedule.
Maintenance
7-15
Maintenance
Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
The dual clutch transmission fluid should be inspected according to the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
Engine Clutch Actuator Fluid
The engine clutch actuator fluid level should be inspected or replaced to the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
Brake Hoses and Lines
Visually check for proper installation, chafing, cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Brake Fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the brake the fluid reservoir. The level should be between the MIN and the MAX marks on the side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 4 specification.
Parking Brake Inspect the parking brake system including the parking brake pedal and cables.
Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers and Rotors Check the pads for excessive wear, discs for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage.
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.
Suspension Mounting Bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten to the specified torque.
Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots / Lower Arm Ball Joint
With the vehicle stopped and the engine off, check for excessive freeplay in the steering wheel. Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts.
Drive Shafts and Boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease.
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage.
7-16
ENGINE OIL
Checking the Engine Oil Level
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer's precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level ground in P (Park) with the parking brake set. If possible, block the wheels.
3. Turn the engine on and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
4. Turn the engine off and wait about
OAE076002
OAEPH076003
five minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan.
5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and re-insert it fully.
6. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F (Full) and L (Low).
7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bring the level to F.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your engine: · Do not overfill with engine oil.
Add oil in small quantities and
recheck level to ensure engine
is not overfilled. · Do not spill engine oil when
7
adding or changing engine oil.
Use a funnel to help prevent oil
from being spilled on engine
components. Wipe off spilled oil
immediately.
Maintenance
7-17
Maintenance
i Information
Use only the specified engine oil (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter
WARNING
The electric motor for the cooling fan may continue to operate or start up when the engine is not running and can cause serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the rotating fan blades of the cooling fan.
Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
7-18
ENGINE COOLANT/INVERTER COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory.
Checking the Coolant Level
Engine coolant
Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year, at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate.
The coolant level should be filled between the MAX and the MIN marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough distilled (deionized) water to bring the level to the MAX mark, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling system inspection.
Inverter coolant
OAE076005
Maintenance
OAEPH078004
Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses.
7
7-19
Maintenance
Engine coolant cap
Inverter coolant cap
OAE076006 OAEPH078007
WARNING
Never remove the engine coolant cap and/or inverter coolant cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.
Turn the hybrid system off and wait until the engine cools down. Use extreme care when removing the engine coolant cap and/or inverter coolant cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.
i Information
The engine coolant and/or inverter coolant level is influenced by the hybrid system temperature. Before checking or refilling the engine coolant and/or inverter coolant, turn the hybrid vehicle off.
WARNING
The electric motor for the cooling fan may continue to operate or start up when the engine is not running and can cause serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the rotating fan blades of the cooling fan.
Always turn off the engine unless the vehicle has to be inspected with the engine on. Be cautious as the cooling fan may operate if the negative (-) battery terminal is not disconnected.
7-20
WARNING
Make sure the coolant cap is properly closed after refilling coolant. Otherwise the engine could be overheated while driving.
Engine room front view
OTL075062
1. Check if the coolant cap label is straight In front. (Continued)
(Continued)
Engine compartment rear view
Recommended coolant
· When adding coolant, use only distilled (deionized) water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory.
· An improper coolant mixture can result in severe malfunction or engine/ hybrid system damage.
OAE076050
2. Make sure that the tiny protrusions inside the coolant cap is securely interlocked.
· The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be protected by an phosphate-based ethylene glycol coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing.
· Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
· Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would
reduce the effectiveness of the 7
solution.
Maintenance
7-21
Maintenance
For mixing percentage, refer to the following table:
Ambient Temperature
-15°C (5°F) -25°C (-13°F) -35°C (-31°F) -45°C (-49°F)
Mixture Percentage (volume)
Antifreeze
Water
35
65
40
60
50
50
60
40
i Information
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50% water and 50% antifreeze mix is the easiest to mix together as it will be the same quantity of each. It is suitable to use for most temperature ranges of -35 °C (-31°F) and higher.
Changing Coolant
Have coolant changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
WARNING
Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Engine coolant may also cause damage to paint and body trim.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to engine parts, put a thick towel around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts, such as the alternator.
HYBRID STARTER & GENERATOR (HSG) BELT
Checking the Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG) Belt
Have the hybrid starter & generator (HSG) belt inspected or replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule in this chapter by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
When the HSG belt is worn out or damaged, replace the belt. Otherwise, it may cause engine overheating or battery discharge.
WARNING
· Turn the vehicle off while you inspect the engine or hybrid starter & generator (HSG) belt. Otherwise it may result in serious injury.
· Keep hands, clothing etc. away from the hybrid starter & generator (HSG) belt.
7-22
BRAKE FLUID
Checking the Brake Fluid Level
If the level is low, add the specified brake fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings. If the fluid level is excessively low, have the brake system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
NOTICE
· Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as paint damage will result.
· Brake fluid, which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should NEVER be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly.
If the brake system requires fre- · Do not use the wrong kind of
OAE076008
quent additions of fluid this could indicate a leak in the
brake fluid. A few drops of mineral based oil, such as engine oil, in
Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the
brake system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
your brake system can damage brake system parts.
side of the reservoir.
i Information
Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination.
WARNING
Do not allow brake fluid to come in contact with your eyes. If brake fluid comes in contact
Use only the specified brake fluid (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).
7
with your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate
medical attention.
Maintenance
7-23
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID Checking the Washer Fluid Level
OAE076009
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death, take the following safety precautions when using washer fluid:
· Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident or damage to paint and body trim.
· Do not allow sparks or flames to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Washer fluid may contain alcohol and can be flammable.
· Do not drink washer fluid and avoid contact with skin. Washer fluid is harmful to humans and animals.
· Keep washer fluid away from children and animals.
PARKING BRAKE Checking the Parking Brake
OAE056014
Check whether the stroke is within specification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 20 kg (44 lb, 196 N) of force. Also, the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the stroke is more or less than specified, have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Stroke : 4~5 notch
7-24
AIR CLEANER Filter Replacement
Maintenance
OAEPH076011
OAE076012
OAEPH076010
Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it, as water will damage the filter. If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be replaced. Replace the filter according to the
1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching clips and open the cover.
2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.
3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching clips.
5. Check that the cover is firmly installed.
Maintenance Schedule.
7
7-25
Maintenance
i Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the element more often than the usual recommended intervals (refer to "Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions" in this chapter).
NOTICE · Do not drive with the air cleaner
filter removed. This will result in excessive engine wear. · When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result. · Use HYUNDAI genuine parts. Use of non-genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor.
7-26
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced sooner. Replace the climate control air filter by following the procedure below and be careful to avoid damaging other components.
OAE076014
1. With the glove box open, remove the stoppers on both sides to allow the glove box to hang freely on the hinges.
OAE076013
2. Remove the support rod (1).
7
Maintenance
7-27
Maintenance
OAE076015
3. Press and hold the lock (1) on both sides of the cover.
4. Pull out (2) the cover.
OHG075041
5. Replace the climate control air filter.
6. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
NOTICE
Install a new climate control air filter in the correct direction with the arrow symbol () facing downwards to prevent noise and reduced effectiveness.
7-28
WIPER BLADES
Blade inspection
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse thoroughly with clean water.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper blades, arms or other components, do not: · Use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or near them. · Attempt to move the wipers manually. · Use non-specified wiper blades.
i Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean.
Blade Replacement
When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement.
NOTICE
· In order to prevent damage to the hood and the wiper arms, the wiper arms should only be lifted when in the top wiping position.
· Always return the wiper arms to the windshield before driving.
7
Maintenance
7-29
Maintenance Type A
Type B
OLMB073021
OLMB073020
1. Raise the wiper arm and slightly rotate the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip.
1. Raise the wiper arm.
NOTICE
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield.
OLMB073022
2. Press the clip (1) and slide the blade assembly downward (2).
3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.
5. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.
OLF074017
7-30
Maintenance
OAD075074L
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). Then lift up the wiper blade (2).
OAD075075L
3. While pushing the lock (3), pull down the wiper blade (4).
OAD075076L
4. Remove the wiper blade from the wiper arm (5).
5. Install a new wiper blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.
6. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.
7
7-31
Maintenance
BATTERY (12 VOLT, PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE)
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery:
Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach of children.
(Continued)
(Continued)
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
· When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.
· Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is frozen.
(Continued)
(Continued) · NEVER attempt to recharge
the battery when the vehicle's battery cables are connected to the battery. · The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. NEVER touch these components with the engine running or when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
NOTICE
· When you do not use the vehicle for a long time in a low temperature area, disconnect the battery and keep it indoors.
· Always charge the battery fully to prevent battery case damage in low temperature areas.
7-32
Maintenance
For Best Battery Service
Battery Recharging
(Continued)
WARNING
· Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce
OAE079016
Always follow these instructions when recharging your vehicle's battery to avoid the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH from explosions or acid burns:
· Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories and place the Engine Start/
the charging rate if the battery cells begin boiling violently.
· The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected. Disconnect the battery charger in the following order:
(1) Turn off the battery charger main switch.
· Keep the battery securely mount-
Stop button in the OFF posi-
(2) Unhook the negative
ed.
tion.
clamp from the negative
· Keep the battery top clean and dry. · Keep all flames, sparks, or
battery terminal.
· Keep the terminals and connec-
smoking materials away from
(3) Unhook the positive clamp
tions clean, tight, and coated with
the battery.
from the positive battery
petroleum jelly or terminal grease. · Rinse any spilled acid from the bat-
· Always work outdoors or in an area with plenty of ventilation.
terminal. · Always use a genuine
7
tery immediately with a solution of · Wear eye protection when
water and baking soda.
checking the battery during
HYUNDAI approved battery when you replace the battery.
charging.
· The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in a well ventilated area.
(Continued)
7-33
Maintenance
By jump starting
After a jump start from a good battery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 minutes before it is shutoff. The vehicle may not restart if you shut it off before the battery had a chance to adequately recharge. See "Jump Starting" in chapter 6 for more information on jump starting procedures.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.
Reset Features
The following items may need to be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected. See chapter 3 or 4 for: · Power Windows · Trip Computer · Climate Control System · Clock · Audio System · Sunroof · Driver Position Memory System
7-34
TIRES AND WHEELS
WARNING
Tire failure may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. To reduce risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:
· Inspect your tires monthly for proper inflation as well as wear and damage.
· The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar. Always use a tire pressure gauge to measure tire pressure. Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling.
· Check the pressure of the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle.
(Continued)
(Continued)
· Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, or traction.
· ALWAYS replace tires with the same size as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident.
Tire Care
For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle.
7
Maintenance
7-35
Maintenance
OAE086002L
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label attached to the driver's side center pillar.
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures
All tire pressures (including the spare) should be checked when the tires are cold. "Cold tires" means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or has been driven less than 1.6 km (one mile).
Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be under-inflated. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in chapter 8.
WARNING
Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear.
Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that could result in loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Severe under-inflation can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that can result in the loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving for long periods at high speeds.
7-36
Maintenance
CAUTION · Under-inflation results in
Check Tire Inflation Pressure
Check your tires, including the spare tire, once a month or more.
If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve. Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
excessive wear, poor handling
sure to put the valve caps back on
and reduced fuel economy. Wheel deformation is also possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a tire frequently needs refilling, have it checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Over-inflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.
How to check
Use a good quality tire pressure gauge to check tire pressure. You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look properly inflated when they are under-inflated.
Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended
the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that 3 hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to
pressure on the tire label located on the recommended pressure.
the driver's side center pillar or in this
manual. No further adjustment is
necessary. If the pressure is low, add
7
air until you reach the recommended
pressure. Make sure to put the valve
caps back on the valve stems.
Without the valve cap, dirt or mois-
ture could get into the valve core and
cause air leakage. If a valve cap is
missing, install a new one as soon as
possible.
7-37
Maintenance
Tire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI recommends that the tires be rotated every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of the tire. Replace the tire if you find any of these conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness (proper torque is 11~13 kgf·m [79~94 lbf·ft]).
Without a spare tire
ODH073802
Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated.
i Information
Tires that are asymmetrical or directional can only be installed on the wheel in one direction. The outside and inside of an asymmetrical tire is not easily distinguishable. Pay careful attention to the markings on the sidewalls of the tires, noting the "outside" marking and also the rotating direction before installing them on the vehicle.
WARNING
· Do not use the compact spare tire for tire rotation.
· Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
7-38
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
Tire Replacement
WARNING
The wheels on your vehicle were
Tread wear indicator
To reduce the risk of DEATH or
aligned and balanced carefully at the
SERIOUS INJURY:
factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance.
· Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are
In most cases, you will not need to
damaged. Worn tires can
have your wheels aligned again.
cause loss of braking effec-
However, if you notice unusual tire
tiveness, steering control, and
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
traction.
or the other, the alignment may need to be reset.
· Always use tires of the same type, size, brand, construction
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
OLMB073027
and tread pattern all four
when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced.
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band
wheels. Using tires and wheels other than the recom-
across the tread. This shows there is
mended sizes could cause
NOTICE
less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread
unusual handling characteris-
Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.
left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens.
Do not wait for the tread surface to become level with the tread wear indicators before replacing the tire.
tics, poor vehicle control, or
negatively affect your vehi-
cle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious
7
accident.
(Continued)
Maintenance
7-39
Maintenance
(Continued)
· Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used. Regardless of the remaining tread, HYUNDAI recommends that tires be replaced after six (6) years of normal service.
· When replacing tires (or wheels), it is recommended to replace the two front or two rear tires (or wheels) as a pair. Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle's handling. If only replacing one pair of tires, it is recommended to install the pair of new tires on the rear axle.
· Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. Failure to follow this warning may cause sudden tire failure, which could lead to a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Compact spare tire replacement (if equipped)
A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire. Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire. The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel. The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel, and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mounting a regular size tire.
WARNING
Wheel Replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for any reason, make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter, rim width and offset.
Tire Traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires, tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces. Tires should be replaced when the tread depth is at least 1.6 mm (1/16 inch). To reduce the possibility of losing control, slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road.
The original tire should be repaired or replaced as soon as possible to avoid failure of the spare and loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. The compact spare tire is for emergency use only. Do not operate your vehicle over 80 km/h (50 mph) when using the compact spare tire.
7-40
Tire Maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear. If you find a tire is worn unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment.
1
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
5,6
example only; your tire size designa-
7
tor could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
4
195/65R15 91H
When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel.
2
3
1
OLMB073028
1. Manufacturer or brand name
195 - Tire width in millimeters.
65 - Aspect ratio. The tire's section height as a percentage of its width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
Tire Sidewall Labeling
This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides
Manufacturer or brand name is shown.
2. Tire size designation
15 - Rim diameter in inches.
91 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry.
the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in
A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire size designation. You will need this information when selecting replace-
H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information.
7
case of a recall.
ment tires for your car. The following
explains what the letters and num-
bers in the tire size designation
mean.
Maintenance
7-41
Maintenance
Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designation mean. Example wheel size designation: 6.5J X 15
6.5 - Rim width in inches. J - Rim contour designation. 15 - Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicle tires. The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire. This symbol corresponds to that tire's designed maximum safe operating speed.
Speed Rating Symbol
S T H V W Y
Maximum Speed
180 km/h (112 mph) 190 km/h (118 mph) 210 km/h (130 mph) 240 km/h (149 mph) 270 km/h (168 mph) 300 km/h (186 mph)
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire Identification Number)
Any tires that are over six years old, based on the manufacturing date, (including the spare tire) should be replaced by new ones. You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall (possibly on the inside of the wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT shows a plant code number, tire size and tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1419 represents that the tire was produced in the 14th week of 2019.
7-42
4. Tire ply composition and
6. Maximum load rating
Tread wear
material
This number indicates the maximum The tread wear grade is a compara-
The number of layers or plies of rub- load in kilograms and pounds that tive rating based on the wear rate of
ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire can be carried by the tire. When the tire when tested under controlled
manufacturers also must indicate the replacing the tires on the vehicle, conditions on a specified govern-
materials in the tire, which include always use a tire that has the same ment test course. For example, a tire
steel, nylon, polyester, and others. load rating as the factory installed graded 150 would wear one-and-a-
The letter "R" means radial ply con- tire.
half times (1½) as well on the gov-
struction; the letter "D" means diago-
ernment course as a tire graded 100.
nal or bias ply construction; and the letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.
5. Maximum permissible inflation pressure
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example:
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure. Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation
TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A
These grades are molded on the
sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade.
7
pressure.
Maintenance
7-43
Maintenance
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
Temperature - A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, over-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible sudden tire failure. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
7-44
Tire Terminology and
Bead
DOT Markings
Definitions
The tire bead contains steel wires The DOT code includes the Tire
Air Pressure
The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire. Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies
Identification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand and date of production.
Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of
are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
optional accessories. Some exam-
ples of optional accessories are Cold Tire Pressure
GAWR FRT
automatic transmission, power The amount of air pressure in a tire, Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
seats, and air conditioning.
measured in pounds per square inch Front Axle.
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire
Aspect Ratio
has built up heat from driving.
GAWR RR
The relationship of a tire's height to
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
its width.
Curb Weight
Rear axle.
This means the weight of a motor
7
Belt
A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials.
vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but without passengers and cargo.
Intended Outboard Sidewall
The side of an asymmetrical tire, that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.
Maintenance
7-45
Maintenance
Kilopascal (kPa) The metric unit for air pressure.
Light truck (LT) tire A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Load ratings The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall.
7-46
Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight; accessory weight; vehicle capacity weight; and production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 pounds).
Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall An asymmetrical tire has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles.
Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.
Pneumatic tire A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials, that, when mounted on an automotive wheel provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load.
Pneumatic options weight The combined weight of installed regular production options weighing over 2.3 kg (5 lb.) in excess of the standard items which they replace, not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty breaks, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Recommended Inflation Pressure
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard.
Traction
The friction between the tire and the road surface. The amount of grip provided.
Vehicle Capacity Weight
The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus the rated cargo and luggage load.
Tread
Radial Ply Tire
The portion of a tire that comes into Vehicle Maximum Load on the
A pneumatic tire in which the ply contact with the road.
Tire
cords that extend to the beads are
Load on an individual tire due to curb
laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
Treadwear Indicators
and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight.
Narrow bands, sometimes called
"wear bars", that show across the
Rim
tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire
A metal support for a tire and upon tread remains.
Load on an individual tire that is
which the tire beads are seated.
determined by distributing to each
Sidewall
UTQGS
axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occu-
Uniform Tire Quality Grading pant weight and dividing by 2.
The portion of a tire between the Standards is a tire information sys-
tread and the bead.
tem that provides consumers with
7
ratings for a tire's traction, tempera- Vehicle Placard
Speed Rating
ture and treadwear. Ratings are A label permanently attached to a determined by tire manufacturers vehicle showing the original equip-
An alphanumeric code assigned to a using government testing proce- ment tire size and recommended
tire indicating the maximum speed at dures. The ratings are molded into inflation pressure.
which a tire can operate.
the sidewall of the tire.
Maintenance
7-47
Maintenance
All Season Tires
HYUNDAI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year round, including snowy and icy road conditions. All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.
Summer Tires
HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, HYUNDAI recommends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels.
Snow Tires
If you equip your car with snow tires, they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires. Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result. Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4 psi) more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver's side of the center pillar, or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall, whichever is less. Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75 mph) when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires.
Radial-Ply Tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved tread life, road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction, and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias belted tires of the same size, and use the same recommended inflation pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-ply or bias belted tires is not recommended. Any combinations of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is: Identical pairs of radial-ply tires should always be used as a set for the front tires and a set for the rear tires.
Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear. It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval in this chapter to achieve the tread life potential of these tires. Cuts and punctures in radial-ply tires are repairable only in the tread area, because of sidewall flexing. Consult your tire dealer for radial-ply tire repairs.
7-48
Maintenance
WARNING
CAUTION
CAUTION
Do not mix bias ply and radial
Because the sidewall of a low
· It is not easy to recognize tire
ply tires under any circum- aspect ratio tire is shorter than
damage with your own eyes.
stances. This may cause unusu- a standard tire, the rim of the
But if there is the slightest
al handling characteristics that wheel and the tire itself is more
hint of tire damage, have the
may cause loss of vehicle con- easily susceptible to damage.
tire checked or replaced
trol resulting in an accident.
Use caution when driving and
because the tire damage may
follow the guidelines below to
cause air leakage from the
help minimize damage to the
tire.
Low Aspect Ratio Tires
wheel and tire:
· If the tire is damaged by driv-
(if equipped)
· When driving on a rough road
ing on a rough road, off road,
The aspect ratio is lower than 50 on low aspect ratio tires.
Because low aspect ratio tires are optimized for handling and braking, their sidewall is a little stiffer than a standard tire. Also low aspect ratio tires tend to be wider and consequently have a greater contact patch with the road surface. In some
or off road, drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged. And after driving, inspect tires and wheels.
· When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not damaged.
pothole, manhole, or curb stone, it will not be covered by the warranty.
7
instances they may generate more · If the tire is subjected to a
road noise compared with standard
severe impact, have the tire
tires.
and wheel inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 3,000km
(1,800 miles).
7-49
Maintenance
FUSES
Blade type
Normal Cartridge type
Normal Multi fuse
Normal Battery fuse terminal
Blown Blown
Blown
A vehicle's electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one located in the driver's side panel bolster, the other in the engine compartment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle's lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has blown, the element inside the fuse will be melted or broken.
If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver's side fuse panel. Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the engine and all switches off, and then disconnect the negative battery cable. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
NEVER replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the same rating. · A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly cause a fire. · Do not install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause extensive wiring damage and possibly a fire.
NOTICE
Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system.
Normal
7-50
Blown
OLF074075
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement
In an emergency, if you do not have a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle.
If the headlamps or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are undamaged, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced with the same rating.
OAEPH078018
1. Turn the vehicle off.
OAEPH078017
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuse panel.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
6. Check the removed fuse; replace
3. Open the fuse panel cover.
it if it is blown. Spare fuses are
4. Refer to the label on the inside of the fuse panel cover to locate the suspected fuse location.
provided in the instrument panel fuse panels (or in the engine compartment fuse panel).
7
7. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Maintenance
7-51
Maintenance Fuse switch
i Information
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement
Blade type fuse
OAEPH078019
Always, place the fuse switch to the ON position.
If you move the switch to the OFF position, some items such as the audio system and digital clock must be reset and the smart key may not work properly.
OIK057165L/OIK057135L
If the fuse switch is OFF, "Turn on FUSE SWITCH" or "Turn FUSE SWTICH On" message will appear.
NOTICE
· Always place the fuse switch in the ON position while driving the vehicle.
· Do not move the fuse switch repeatedly. The fuse switch may be damaged.
Cartridge type fuse
OAEPH078023
OAEPH078024
1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Turn all other switches OFF. 3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tap and pulling up.
7-52
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Multi fuse
OAEPH078022
If the multi fuse is blown, we recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7
7-53
Maintenance
Maintenance
Fuse/Relay Panel Description Instrument panel fuse panel
OAE076025
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.
7-54
OAE076053N
Engine compartment fuse panel
OAEPH078026
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
7
OAE076069N
7-55
Maintenance
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb. This is especially true for removing the headlamp assembly to get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp assembly can result in damage to the vehicle.
i Information
The headlamp and tail lamp lenses could appear frosty if the vehicle is washed after driving or the vehicle is driven at night in wet weather. This condition is caused by temperature difference between the lamp inside and outside and, it does not indicate a problem with your vehicle. When moisture condenses in the lamp, it will be removed after driving with the headlamp on. The removable level may differ depending on lamp size, lamp position and environmental condition. However, if moisture is not removed, we recommend that your vehicle is inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-56
WARNING
· Prior to replacing a lamp, depress the foot brake, move the shift lever into P (Park) apply the parking brake, place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position, and take the key with you when leaving the vehicle to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle and to prevent possible electric shock.
· Be aware the bulbs may be hot and may burn your fingers.
Headlamp, Parking Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp and Side Marker
Type A Standard type
(1) Headlamp (Low) (2) Headlamp (High) (3) Turn signal lamp (4) Parking lamp (5) Side marker
OAE076028
WARNING
· Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids.
Parking lamp Low beam
· Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
· A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp.
High beam
OAE076052
· If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it.
OAE076030
Headlamp and parking lamp
Halogen bulb
1. Open the hood.
· Handle halogen bulbs with care. Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass that could cause injuries if broken.
· Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the headlamp bulb cover (1) by turning it counterclockwise.
4. Disconnect the headlamp bulb socket-connector. (for low beam
7
and high beam)
5. Remove the bulb from the headlamp assembly.
6. Install a new bulb.
Maintenance
7-57
Maintenance
7. Connect the headlamp bulb socket-connector. (for low beam and high beam)
8. Install the hbulb cover (1) by turning it clockwise.
i Information
The headlamp aiming should be adjusted after an accident or after the headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OAE076031
Turn signal
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
5. Install a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.
6. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly.
7. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.
7-58
Type B
WARNING
HID headlamp
Do not attempt to replace or inspect the low beam (XENON bulb) due to electric shock danger. If the low beam (XENON bulb) is not working, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI Dealer.
OAEPH077075N
Side marker
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket
(1) Headlamp (high) (2) Headlamp (low) (3) Turn signal lamp (4) Parking lamp
OAE078052
i Information
If your vehicle is equipped with High Intensity Discharge (HID) headlamps, these headlamps contain mercury. So if you need to have your vehicle disposed, you should remove the HID
counterclockwise until the tabs on (5) Side marker lamp
Headlamps before disposal. The
the socket align with the slots on
removed HID headlamps should be 7
the assembly.
Headlamp, parking lamp and side
4. Remove the bulb from the socket marker lamp
recycled, re-used or disposed as hazardous waste.
by pulling out the bulb.
If the light bulb does not operate, we
5. Insert a new bulb.
recommend that you have the vehi-
cle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Maintenance
7-59
Maintenance
i Information
HID lamps have superior performance vs. halogen bulbs.
HID lamps are estimated by the manufacturer to last twice as long or longer than halogen bulbs depending on their frequency of use. They will probably require replacement at some point in the life of the vehicle. Cycling the headlamps on and off more than typical use will shorten HID lamps life. HID lamps do not fail in the same manner as halogen incandescent lamps. If a headlamp goes out after a period of operation but will immediately relight when the headlamp switch is cycled it is likely the HID lamp needs to be replaced. HID lighting components are more complex than conventional halogen bulbs thus have higher replacement cost.
i Information
The headlamp aiming should be adjusted after an accident or after the headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OAEPH078041
Turn signal lamp
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
5.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.
6.Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly.
7.Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.
7-60
Daytime Running Light (DRL) Side Repeater Lamp Replacement
Rear combination lamp bulb replacement Type A
Type A
Maintenance
OAE078049
Your vehicle is equipped with LED lamps. LED lamps do not have replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OAE076034
Your vehicle is equipped with LED lamps. LED lamps do not have replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Type B - LED
OAE076035
7
OAE078053
7-61
Maintenance
(1) Tail/Stop lamp (2) Turn signal lamp (3) Tail lamp (4) Backup lamp (5) Stop lamp (6) Side marker lamp
OAE076037
Tail/Stop lamp (Type A), turn signal lamp (Type A, B) and side marker lamp (Type A)
1. Open the tailgate.
2. Open the lamp assembly retaining screw covers.
3. Loosen the lamp assembly retaining screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
OAE076038
4. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly from the body of the vehicle.
7-62
Tail/Stop lamp Side marker
Turn signal lamp Turn signal lamp
OAE076039
6. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.
8. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.
9. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle.
Stop lamp, tail lamp and side marker (Type B)
Your vehicle is equipped with LED lamps. LED lamps do not have replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OAEPH078031
7
5. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.
Maintenance
7-63
Maintenance
Type A
Tail lamp
High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
OAE079025
Tail lamp (Type A) and back-up lamp
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Remove the service cover using a flat-blade screwdriver.
Type B
Back up lamp OAEPH078042
Back up lamp
OAEPH078040
3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.
4. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
5. Insert a new bulb into the socket.
OAE079043
1. Open the tailgate.
2. Gently remove the cover of the tailgate trim.
3. Remove the spoiler plug hole.
4. Disconnect the electrical connector.
5. Loosen the mounting bolts and remove the spoiler.
6. Remove the high mounted stop light assembly after disconnecting the connector.
7. Reinstall a new light assembly in the reverse order of removal.
7-64
License Plate Light Bulb Replacement
Interior Light Bulb Replacement
Map lamp and room lamp
Map lamp (LED type)
Room lamp (LED type)
Maintenance
OAE076044
OAEE076026
OAEE076027
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from the lamp housing.
Your vehicle is equipped with LED lamps. LED lamps do not have replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out. 3. Install a new bulb.
7
4. Reinstall in the reverse order.
7-65
Maintenance
Map lamp, room lamp, vanity mirror lamp and luggage compartment lamp
Map lamp (Bulb type)
Vanity mirror lamp
Room lamp (Bulb type)
OAE076045
Luggage compartment lamp
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens from the interior lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior Lights, ensure that the lamp is off to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
OAE076048
3. Install a new bulb into the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.
NOTICE
Use care not to dirty or damage lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
OAE076046
OAE076047
7-66
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior Care
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label.
Protecting your vehicle's finish
Washing
To help protect your vehicle's finish from rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water before getting on the road. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle's
finish if not removed immediately.
7
Even prompt washing with plain
water may not completely remove all
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for
use on painted surfaces, should be
used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
7-67
Maintenance
NOTICE
· Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm.
· Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle.
Especially, with high-pressure water, water may leak through the windows and wet the interior.
· To prevent damage to the plastic parts, do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents.
· To prevent damage to the charging door, make sure to close and lock the vehicle doors when washing (high-pressure washing, automatic car washing, etc.) the vehicle.
High-pressure washing
· When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive pressure can lead to component damage or water penetration.
· Do not spray the camera, sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally.
· Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or plastic covers) or connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with high pressure water.
OAE078051
NOTICE
· Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment.
· Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
7-68
Maintenance
NOTICE
Waxing
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Automatic car wash which uses rotating brushes should not be used as this can damage the surface of your vehicle. A steam cleaner which washes the vehicle
A good coat of wax provides a barrier between your paint and environmental contamination.
Keeping a good coat of wax on your vehicle will help protect it.
Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint.
· Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish.
· Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plat-
surface at high temperature may Always wash and dry the vehicle ed or anodized aluminum parts.
result the oil to adhere and leave before waxing. Use a good quality This may result in damage to the
stains that is difficult to remove. liquid or paste wax, and follow the protective coating and cause
Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber towel or sponge) when washing your vehicle and dry with a
manufacturer's instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.
discoloration or paint deterioration.
microfiber towel. When you hand Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- NOTICE
wash your vehicle, you should not use a cleaner that finishes with wax. If the vehicle surface is too
als with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
dirty (sand, dirt, dust, contami- of the vehicle does not yet need wax- Do not use any polish protector
nant, etc.), clean the surface with ing. water before washing the vehicle.
such as a detergent, an abrasive and a polish. In case wax is
7
applied, remove the wax immedi-
ately using a silicon remover and
if any tar or tar contaminant is on
the surface use a tar remover to
clean. However, be careful not to
apply too much pressure on the
painted area.
7-69
Maintenance
Repairing your vehicle's finish
Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
In case of matte paint finish vehicles, it is impossible to modify only the damaged area and repair of the whole part is necessary. If the vehicle is damaged and painting is required, we recommend that you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Take extreme care, as it is difficult to restore the quality after the repair.
7-70
Bright-metal maintenance
· To remove road tar and insects, use a tar remover, not a scraper or other sharp object.
· To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
· During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody. If these materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust system, even though they have been treated with rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month, after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rusting.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
Aluminum wheel maintenance Corrosion protection
High-corrosion areas
The aluminum wheels are coated Protecting your vehicle from corro- If you live in an area where your vehi-
with a clear protective finish.
sion
cle is regularly exposed to corrosive
NOTICE
· Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminum wheels.
By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehicles of the highest quality. However, this is only part of the job. To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver, the owner's
materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution.
· Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
cooperation and assistance is also required.
Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in
· Use only a mild soap or neutral
which corrosion is most likely to
detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, clean the wheels after driving on salted roads.
· Do not wash the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.
· Do not use any cleaners containing acid or alkaline detergents.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:
· Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle.
· Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion.
occur. For example, corrosion is accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just above freezing. In such conditions, the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, it can still retain moisture and pro-
7
mote corrosion.
Maintenance
7-71
Maintenance
High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials. Attention to the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
· If you live in a high-corrosion area -- where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.--, you should take extra care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over.
· When cleaning underneath the vehicle, pay particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.
· When cleaning lower door panels, rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours. Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible.
7-72
Maintenance
Interior Care
Cleaning the upholstery and
Leather (if equipped)
Interior general precautions
interior trim
· Features of seat leather
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil, from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the interior parts, wipe them off immediately.
Vinyl (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.
- Leather is made from the outer skin of an animal, which goes through a special process to be available for use. Since it is a natural product, each part differs in thickness or density.
See the instructions for the proper Fabric (if equipped)
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
way to clean vinyl. NOTICE
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-
result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity.
· Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
· When cleaning leather products (steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use
tion recommended for upholstery or carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention, the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained.
- The seat is made of stretchable fabric to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are curved and the side supporting area is high which provides driving comfort and stability.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally
from usage. It is not a fault of the 7
products.
high alcohol content solutions or acid/alkaline detergents, the
NOTICE
color of the leather may fade or Using anything but recommended
the surface may get stripped off. cleaners and procedures may
affect the fabric's appearance and
fire-resistant properties.
7-73
Maintenance
NOTICE
· Wrinkles or abrasions which appear naturally from usage are not covered by warranty.
· Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage the seat fabric.
· Make sure not to wet the seat. It may change the nature of natural leather.
· Jeans or clothes which could bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fabric.
· Caring for the leather seats
- Vacuum the seat periodically to remove dust and sand on the seat. It will prevent abrasion or damage of the leather and maintain its quality.
- Wipe the natural leather seat cover often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of proper leather protector may prevent abrasion of the cover and helps maintain the color. Be sure to read the instructions and consult a specialist when using leather coating or protective agent.
- Light colored (beige, cream beige) leather is easily contaminated and the stain is noticeable. Clean the seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may cause the surface to crack.
· Cleaning the leather seats
- Remove all contaminations instantly. Refer to instructions below for removal of each contaminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and wipe the contaminated spot. Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth and remove water with a dry cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.
- Oil
Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with stain remover used only for natural leather.
- Chewing gum
Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually.
7-74
Cleaning the seat belt webbing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken the seat belt.
Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container.
NOTICE
Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid.
7
7-75
Maintenance
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty. Please see the warranty information contained in the Service Passport in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations. There are three emission control systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to ensure the proper function of the emission control systems, it is recommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual.
NOTICE
For the Inspection and Maintenance Test (with Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system)
· To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system off by pressing the ESC switch (ESC OFF light illuminated).
· After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again.
1. Crankcase Emission Control System
The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow-by gases being emitted from the crankcase. This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases, which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)
The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmosphere. The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.
7-76
Canister
3. Exhaust Emission Control Engine exhaust (carbon monox-
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
System
ide) precautions
tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister. When the engine is running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve.
The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance.
When the engine starts or fails to
· Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes. If you smell exhaust fumes of any kind in your vehicle, drive with all the windows fully open. Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately.
start, excessive attempts to restart
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
the engine may cause damage to the
WARNING
(PCSV)
emission system.
The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM); when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine. After the engine warms-up
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide (CO). Though colorless and odorless, it is dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine.
7
Maintenance
7-77
Maintenance
· Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as garages) any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area.
· When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running, adjust the ventilation system (as needed) to draw outside air into the vehicle.
· Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running.
· When the engine stalls or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system.
Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped)
WARNING
The exhaust system and catalytic converter are very hot during and immediately after the engine has been running. To avoid SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
· Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under your vehicle.
· Keep away from the exhaust system and catalytic converter or you may get burned.
Also, Do not remove the heat sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of the vehicle, and do not coat the vehicle for corrosion control. It may present a fire risk under certain conditions.
7-78
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device.
To prevent damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle, take the following precautions:
· Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines.
· Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance.
· Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the engine off and descending steep grades in gear with the engine off.
· Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more).
· Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Avoid driving with extremely low fuel level. If you run out of gasoline, it could cause the engine to misfire and result in excessive loading of the catalytic converter.
Specifications & Consumer information
Specifications
Dimensions ..............................................................8-2 Engine ......................................................................8-2 Bulb Wattage ..........................................................8-3 Tires and Wheels ...................................................8-5 Volume and Weight................................................8-6 Air Conditioning System........................................8-6 Recommended Lubricants and Capacities ..........8-7
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number .........................8-8 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...................8-9 Vehicle Certification Label....................................8-9 Tire Specification and Pressure Label .............8-10 Engine Number .....................................................8-10
8
Specifications
DIMENSIONS
Overall length Overall width Overall height
Front tread
Rear tread
Wheelbase *1 : Hybrid vehicle *2 : Plug-in hybrid vehicle
Items
195/65 R15 *1 205/55 R16 *2 225/45 R17 *1 195/65 R15 *1 205/55 R16 *2 225/45 R17 *1
mm (in) 4,470 (175.9) 1,820 (71.6) 1,445 (56.8) 1,563 (61.5) 1,555 (61.2) 1,549 (60.0) 1,577 (62.0) 1,569 (61.8) 1,563 (61.5) 2,700 (106.3)
ENGINE
Engine 1.6 GDI
Displacement cu cc (in.) Bore X Stroke mm (in.)
1,580 (96.4)
72 X 97 (2.8 X 3.8)
Firing Order 1-3-4-2
No. of Cylinders In-line 4 cylinder
8-2
BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb
Headlamp
Front Rear
Type A
Type B Daytime running light (DRL) Side repeater lamp Type A
Type B High mounted stop lamp License plate lamp
Parking lamp Turn signal lamp Side marker Headlamp Parking lamp Turn signal lamp Side marker
Tail/Stop lamp Turn signal lamp Tail lamp Backup lamp Side marker Tail/Stop lamp Turn signal lamp Tail lamp Backup lamp Side marker
Bulb Type
Wattage
Low
H7LL
55
High
9005HL+
60
W5W
5
28/8W
28/8
W5W
5
Low/High
LED
LED
LED
LED
28/8W
28/8
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
P21/5W
21/5
PY27W
27
W5W
5
W16W
16
W5W
5
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
W16W LED
16
LED
8
LED
LED
W5W
10
8-3
Specifications
Specifications
Map lamp
Light Bulb
Interior Room lamp
Vanity mirror lamp Luggage compartment lamp
Type A Type B Type A Type B
Bulb Type W10W LED
FESTOON LED
FESTOON FESTOON
Wattage 10 LED 8 LED 5 5
8-4
TIRES AND WHEELS
Items
Tire Size Wheel Size
Inflation Pressure kPa (psi)
Normal Load
Maximum Load
Front
Rear
Front
195/65 R15 *1 6.0J X 15
250 (36)
250 (36)
250 (36)
Full size tire
205/55 R16 *2 6.5J X 16
250 (36)
250 (36)
250 (36)
225/45 R17 *1 7.0J X 17
250 (36)
250 (36)
250 (36)
Compact spare tire (if equipped)
T125/80 D15 4.0T X 15 T125/80 D16 4.0T X 16
420 (60) 420 (60)
420 (60) 420 (60)
420 (60) 420 (60)
If your vehicle is not equipped with a compact spare tire, your vehicle will be equipped with a Tire Mobility Kit.
Rear 250 (36) 250 (36) 250 (36) 420 (60) 420 (60)
*1 : Hybrid vehicle *2 : Plug-in hybrid vehicle
WheelLug Nut Torque kgf·m
(lbf·ft, N·m)
11~13 (79~94, 107~127)
NOTICE
· It is permissible to add 20 kPa (3 psi) to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon. Tires typically loose 7 kPa (1 psi) for every 7°C (12°F) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
· An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you
plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a prop-
er level (Air inflation per altitude: +10 kPa/1 km (+2.4 psi/1 mile)).
8
NOTICE
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.
Specifications
8-5
Specifications
VOLUME AND WEIGHT
Gross Vehicle Weight kg (lbs.)
Hybrid vehicle 1,785 (3,935)*1 / 1,850 (4,079) *1 : For echo pack vehicles
Plug-in hybrid vehicle 1,970 (4,343)
Luggage Volume l (cu ft)
Hybrid vehicle 750 (26.5)
Plug-in hybrid vehicle 650 (23.0)
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Items
Refrigerant Compressor lubricant
g (oz.) cc (oz.)
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.
Weight of Volume 600±25 (21.16±0.88) 130±10 (4.58±0.35±0.88)
Classification R-134a POE
8-6
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
Lubricant Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill)
Volume
Classification
Recommends
3.8 l (4.0 US qt.)
0W-20 (SAE Viscosity Number), API SN (or above) or ACEA C2 *3
Specifications
Dual clutch transmission fluid
1.6 ~ 1.7 l (1.69 ~ 1.79 US qt.)
HK D DCTF TGO-10 (SK) SPIRAX S6 GHDE 70W DCTF (H.K.SHELL) 7 DCTF HKM (S-OIL) (API GL-4, SAE 70W)
Engine clutch actuator fluid
80 ~ 120 cc (0.08 ~ 0.13 US qt.) FMVSS116 DOT3
Engine coolant Inverter coolant Brake fluid
6.7 l (7.07 US qt.) 3.2 l (3.38 US qt.) 0.7 ~ 0.8 l (0.74~0.85 US qt.)
Mixture of antifreeze and water (Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol coolant for aluminum radiator)
SAE J1704 DOT-4LV, FMVSS 116 DOT-4, ISO4925 CLASS-6
Fuel
Hybrid vehicle Plug-in hybrid vehicle
45 l (11.9 US gal.) 43 l (11.4 US gal.)
Refer to "Fuel requirements" in the Foreword chapter.
8
*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page. *2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-
omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year's time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. *3 : If the ACEA C2 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use ILSAC GF-3 (or above) or ACEA A3 (or above).
8-7
Specifications
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather.
Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100
50 120
Engine Oil *1
10W-30 0/5W-20, 0/5W-30
*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 0W-20 (API SN (or above) or ACEA C2). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
8-8
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
Frame number
VIN label
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL
Specifications
OAE086001
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor under the passenger seat. To check the number, open the cover.
OAEPH089004L
The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard. The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside.
OAE086002
The vehicle certification label attached on the driver's side center pillar gives the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
8
8-9
Specifications
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL
ENGINE NUMBER
OAE086002L
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your car.
OAEPH086001
The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.
8-10
Index
I
Index
A
Accessing your vehicle .....................................................3-3 Immobilizer System ..................................................3-12 Remote Key .................................................................3-3 Smart Key.....................................................................3-7
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system.........2-47 Additional Safety Precautions....................................2-69 Air Bag Warning Labels.............................................2-70 How Does the Air Bag System Operate?...................2-52 Occupant Classification System (OCS) .....................2-58 SRS Care ....................................................................2-68 What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates..................2-57 Where Are the Air Bags? ...........................................2-49 Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?........2-63
Air cleaner.......................................................................7-25 Filter Replacement .....................................................7-25
Air conditioning system....................................................8-6 Appearance care..............................................................7-67
Exterior Care ..............................................................7-67 Interior Care ...............................................................7-73 Automatic climate control system ................................3-139 Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning ................3-140 Manual Heating and Air Conditioning.....................3-141 System Maintenance ................................................3-149 System Operation .....................................................3-148
I-2
B
Battery (12 volt, plug-in hybrid vehicle)........................7-32 Battery Recharging.....................................................7-33 For Best Battery Service ............................................7-33 Reset Features ............................................................7-34
Before driving ..................................................................5-4 Before Entering the Vehicle .........................................5-4 Before Starting .............................................................5-4
Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) ...........................5-89 Declaration of conformity .........................................5-99 System description .....................................................5-89 System setting and operation .....................................5-90 Warning message and system control ........................5-92
Brake fluid ......................................................................7-23 Checking the Brake Fluid Level ................................7-23
Braking system ...............................................................5-29 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................................5-42 AUTO HOLD.............................................................5-38 Disc Brake Wear Indicator .........................................5-30 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ...............................5-32 Electronic Stability Control (ESC).............................5-44 Good Braking Practices ............................................5-49 Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC).................................5-49 Parking Brake (foot type)...........................................5-30 Power Brakes..............................................................5-29 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .......................5-47
Bulb wattage .....................................................................8-3
C
Child Restraint System (CRS) ........................................2-36 Children Always in the Rear ......................................2-36 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................2-39 Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS).................2-37
Climate control additional features...............................3-155 Automatic Ventilation .............................................3-155 Sunroof inside air recirculation ...............................3-155
Climate control air filter .................................................7-27 Filter Inspection..........................................................7-27
Coasting guide ................................................................5-28 Cruise control................................................................5-109
Cruise Control Operation .........................................5-109
D
Dimensions .......................................................................8-2 Distance.........................................................................5-122 Door locks.......................................................................3-14
Auto Door Lock/Unlock Features..............................3-18 Child-Protector Rear Door Locks ..............................3-18 Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle ........3-16 Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle ......3-14 Driver Attention Warning(DAW)..................................5-101 Leading Vehicle Departure Alert..............................5-107 Resetting the system ................................................5-104 System malfunction..................................................5-104
System setting and operation ...................................5-101 System standby.........................................................5-104 Driver position memory system ....................................3-20 Easy Access Function.................................................3-21 Recalling Positions from Memory .............................3-21 Storing Positions into Memory .................................3-20 Dual clutch transmission.................................................5-15 Dual Clutch Transmission Operation .........................5-15 Good Driving Practices .............................................5-23 LCD display for transmission temperature and
warning message ......................................................5-17 Parking........................................................................5-22 Shift Lever Position....................................................5-19
E
Emission control system .................................................7-76
Crankcase Emission Control System .........................7-76
Evaporative Emission Control System Including
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) .........7-76
Exhaust Emission Control System .............................7-77
Engine ...............................................................................8-2
Engine compartment .........................................................7-3
Engine coolant/Inverter coolant......................................7-19
Changing Coolant.......................................................7-22
Checking the Coolant Level.......................................7-19
Engine number................................................................8-10
I
Engine oil........................................................................7-17
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter ...........................7-18
I-3
Index
Index
Checking the Engine Oil Level..................................7-17 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.................7-15 Exterior features..............................................................3-45
Fuel Filler Door (Hybrid vehicle) ..............................3-48 Fuel Filler Door (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) ..................3-51 Hood ...........................................................................3-45 Tailgate .......................................................................3-46
F
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) - sensor fusion .............................................................5-64 FCA sensor (Front view camera+ Front radar)..........5-69 FCA warning message and brake control ..................5-66 Limitations of the system ...........................................5-73 System malfunction....................................................5-71 System setting and activation.....................................5-64
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (front view camera only) ..............................................5-50 FCA sensor (Front view camera) ...............................5-55 FCA warning message and brake control ..................5-52 FCA Warning Message and Brake Control................5-58 System malfunction....................................................5-57 System setting and activation.....................................5-50
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ...3-134 Self-Diagnosis ..........................................................3-138
Fuses ...............................................................................7-50 Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement .........7-52 Fuse/Relay Panel Description ....................................7-54 Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement ..........................7-51
I-4
H
Hazard warning flasher ....................................................6-2 Highway Driving Assist (HDA) ...................................5-144
System Setting and Operation..................................5-144 Warning Message .....................................................5-147 Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG) Belt.........................7-22 Checking the Hybrid Starter & Generator
(HSG) Belt ...............................................................7-22 Hybrid Vehicle
Engine Compartment....................................................1-6 Exterior Overview ........................................................1-2 Instrument Panel Overview..........................................1-5 Interior Overview .........................................................1-4
I
If an accident occurs .......................................................6-44 If the 12 volt battery is discharged ...................................6-5
Before Jump Starting....................................................6-5 Jump Starting................................................................6-6 If the 12 volt battery is discharged (plug-in hybrid vehicle) ..................................................6-9 Jump Starting................................................................6-9 If the engine overheats....................................................6-12 If the vehicle will not start ...............................................6-3 If you have a flat tire .....................................................6-20 With Spare Tire ..........................................................6-20 With Tire Mobility Kit (TMK)- Type A.....................6-25
With Tire Mobility Kit (TMK)- Type B.....................6-33 Ignition switch ..................................................................5-6
Engine Start/Stop Button..............................................5-8 Key Ignition Switch .....................................................5-6 Turning Off the Vehicle..............................................5-14 Important safety precautions.............................................2-2 Air Bag Hazards ...........................................................2-2 Always Wear Your Seat Belt ........................................2-2 Control Your Speed ......................................................2-3 Driver Distraction.........................................................2-2 Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition ..........................2-3 Restrain All Children....................................................2-2 In case of an emergency while driving ............................6-2 If the Engine Stalls While Driving...............................6-2 If the Vehicle Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing ..........6-2 If You Have a Flat Tire While Driving ........................6-3 Infotainment system..........................................................4-2 Antenna ........................................................................4-2 Audio / Video /Navigation System .............................4-4 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Hands-Free..............4-4 Steering Wheel Audio Controls....................................4-3 USB and iPod® port .....................................................4-2 Instrument cluster ...........................................................3-54 Gauges and Meters .....................................................3-56 Instrument Cluster Control.........................................3-56 LCD Display Messages..............................................3-76 Warning and Indicator Lights.....................................3-63
Interior features ............................................................3-158 Cargo Security Screen..............................................3-164 Clock ........................................................................3-162 Clothes Hanger ........................................................3-163 Cup Holder ...............................................................3-158 Floor Mat Anchor(s).................................................3-163 Power Outlet ............................................................3-159 Sunvisor ....................................................................3-159 Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System .............3-160
L
Lane Following Assist (LFA) ......................................5-137
LFA operation...........................................................5-139
Limitations of the system .........................................5-142
Warning message......................................................5-140
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) ..........................................5-80
Limitations of the System ..........................................5-86
LKA operation............................................................5-82
LKA system function change .....................................5-88
Warning light and message ........................................5-85
LCD display ...................................................................3-92
LCD Display Control .................................................3-92
LCD display modes....................................................3-93
Light bulbs ......................................................................7-56
Daytime Running Light (DRL)..................................7-61 Headlamp, Parking Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp and
I
Side Marker..............................................................7-56
High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement....................7-64
I-5
Index
Index
Interior Light Bulb Replacement ...............................7-65 License Plate Light Bulb Replacement......................7-65 Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement..............7-61 Side Repeater Lamp Replacement .............................7-61 Lighting .........................................................................3-115 Exterior Lights..........................................................3-115 Interior Lights...........................................................3-123 Welcome System .....................................................3-125
M
Maintenance services ........................................................7-5 Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-5 Owner's Responsibility.................................................7-5
Mirrors ............................................................................3-25 Inside Rearview Mirror ..............................................3-25 Reverse Parking Aid Function ..................................3-36 Side View Mirrors ....................................................3-33
N
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC).........5-133 System Setting and Operation..................................5-134
O
Owner maintenance ..........................................................7-6 How to Disconnect the (-) Cable for Regular Maintenance (Hybrid vehicle) ...................................7-7 Owner Maintenance Schedule......................................7-7
I-6
P
Paddle shifter ..................................................................5-25 Regen B mode ............................................................5-25
Parking brake ..................................................................7-24 Checking the Parking Brake ......................................7-24
Plug-in hybrid vehicle Engine Compartment..................................................1-11 Exterior Overview ........................................................1-7 Instrument Panel Overview........................................1-10 Interior Overview .........................................................1-9
R
Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) ...........5-151 Detecting Sensor ......................................................5-155 System description ...................................................5-151 System setting and operation ...................................5-151 Warning message and system control ......................5-153
Rear View Monitor (RVM) ..........................................3-128 Recommended lubricants and capacities ..........................8-7
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number .......................8-8 Regular maintenance (hybrid vehicle)..............................7-7 Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) .................3-130
Self-Diagnosis ..........................................................3-133
S
Special driving conditions ............................................5-162
Driving at Night .......................................................5-163
Scheduled maintenance services.......................................7-8 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions...........7-13 Normal Maintenance Schedule ....................................7-9 Severe driving conditions...........................................7-14
Seat belts .........................................................................2-23 Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions ....................2-32 Care of Seat Belts.......................................................2-35 Seat Belt Restraint System .........................................2-25 Seat Belt Safety Precautions ......................................2-23 Seat Belt Warning Light.............................................2-24
Seats ..................................................................................2-4 Battery Cooling Duct .................................................2-22 Front Seats....................................................................2-6 Head Restraints ..........................................................2-16 Rear Seats ...................................................................2-12 Safety Precautions ........................................................2-5 Seat warmers ..............................................................2-20
Smart cruise control .....................................................5-114 Limitations of the system .........................................5-127 Sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead.........5-125 Smart Cruise Control speed......................................5-117 Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance..5-122
Driving in Flooded Areas .........................................5-164 Driving in the Rain...................................................5-163 Hazardous Driving Conditions.................................5-162 Highway Driving......................................................5-164 Rocking the Vehicle ................................................5-162 Smooth Cornering ....................................................5-163 Steering wheel.................................................................3-22 Electric Power Steering (EPS) ...................................3-22 Heated Steering Wheel ..............................................3-24 Horn ............................................................................3-23 Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering ..............................3-22 Storage compartment ....................................................3-156 Center Console Storage............................................3-156 Glove Box ................................................................3-156 Multi Box .................................................................3-157 Sunglass Holder........................................................3-157 Sunroof............................................................................3-41 Resetting the Sunroof .................................................3-44 Sliding the Sunroof ....................................................3-42 Sunroof Opening and Closing....................................3-42 Sunshade.....................................................................3-43 Tilting the Sunroof .....................................................3-43
To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control....5-116
To convert to Cruise Control mode..........................5-116
I
Index
I-7
Index
T
Theft-alarm system .........................................................3-19 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .....................6-14
Changing a Tire with TPMS ......................................6-18 Check Tire Pressure....................................................6-14 Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with
Position Indicator .....................................................6-16 Low Tire Pressure Telltale..........................................6-16 Tire Pressure Monitoring System...............................6-15 TPMS Malfunction Indicator .....................................6-17 Tire specification and pressure label ..............................8-10 Tires and wheels ......................................................7-35, 8-5 All Season Tires .........................................................7-48 Check Tire Inflation Pressure.....................................7-37 Low Aspect Ratio Tires..............................................7-49 Radial-Ply Tires..........................................................7-48 Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures.............7-36 Snow Tires..................................................................7-48 Summer Tires .............................................................7-48 Tire Care.....................................................................7-35 Tire Maintenance........................................................7-41 Tire Replacement........................................................7-39 Tire Rotation...............................................................7-38 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...............................................7-41 Tire Terminology and Definitions..............................7-45 Tire Traction ...............................................................7-40 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ...........................7-39 Wheel Replacement....................................................7-40
I-8
Towing ............................................................................6-40 Emergency Towing ....................................................6-42 Removable Towing Hook...........................................6-41 Towing Service...........................................................6-40
Trailer towing................................................................5-173 Trip computer (hybrid vehicle).....................................3-105
Trip modes................................................................3-105 Trip computer (plug-in hybrid vehicle) ........................3-110
Trip modes................................................................3-110
V
Vehicle certification label .................................................8-9 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)...............................8-9 Vehicle load limit ..........................................................5-168
Tire Loading Information Label...............................5-169 Volume and weight ...........................................................8-6
W
Washer fluid ....................................................................7-24 Checking the Washer Fluid Level ..............................7-24
Windows .........................................................................3-37 Power Windows..........................................................3-38
Windshield defrosting and defogging...........................3-151 Auto Defogging System ..........................................3-153 Defogging Logic ......................................................3-152 Rear Window Defroster............................................3-152 To Defog Inside Windshield.....................................3-151 To Defrost Outside Windshield................................3-152
Winter driving ...............................................................5-165 Snow or Icy Conditions............................................5-165 Winter Precautions ...................................................5-165
Wiper Blades...................................................................7-29 Blade Inspection .........................................................7-29 Blade Replacement.....................................................7-29
Wipers and washers .....................................................3-126 Windshield Washers ................................................3-127 Windshield Wipers ..................................................3-126
I
I-9
Index
Acrobat Distiller 9.3.0 (Windows)